Document:

Exhibit
10.28 

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED
AND ARE BEING FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN A CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST UNDER RULE 24b-2
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. THE SYMBOL “[***]” IN THIS EXHIBIT INDICATES THAT INFORMATION HAS
BEEN OMITTED.

 

Contract # TEI11362

 

MASTER CONTRACT FOR SEISMIC ACQUISITION SERVICES
IN WESTERN CANADA

 

THIS CONTRACT made as of Apr-15-2013 (the “Effective
Date”),

 

Between TALISMAN SASOL MONTNEY PARTNERSHIP (“Company”
or “Talisman”) and SAEXPLORATION (CANADA) LTD. (“Contractor”),

 

	TALISMAN SASOL MONTNEY
    PARTNERSHIP	SAEXPLORATION
    (CANADA) LTD.
	c/o TALISMAN ENERGY INC.	3rd  floor,
    3333 – 8 Street SE
	2000, 888 – 3rd Street SW	Calgary, Alberta
    T2G 3A4
	Calgary, Alberta  T2P 5C5	Attention:   Forrest
    Burkholder
	Attention:   Fernando
    Torres	Email:   fburkholder@saexploration.com
	Email:   ftorres@talisman-energy.com	Type of Entity:   Corporation
	Type of Entity:   Corporation	Jurisdiction of
    Formation:   Alberta
	Jurisdiction of Formation:   Canada	 

 

In consideration for the mutual promises and conditions contained
herein, and any other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Company and
Contractor hereby agree as follows:

 

		A.	Capitalized
                                         terms used in this Signature Page and not otherwise defined are defined in Schedule “A”
                                         hereto.

 

		B.	Contractor
                                         shall perform all Services as described in Schedule “B” in accordance with
                                         the terms and conditions of this Contract.

 

		C.	Subject
                                         to the terms and conditions of this Contract, Company agrees to compensate Contractor
                                         for the performance of Services as described in Schedule “C”.

 

		D.	This Contract consists
                                         of this Signature Page, Schedule “A” – General Terms & Conditions,
                                         Schedule “B” –Scope of Work (including any currently effective Scope
                                         of Work, each of which shall form a subpart to Schedule “B”), Schedule “C”
                                         – Contract Price (including any subparts relating to a specific Scope of Work),
                                         Schedule “D” – Company Policies and Procedures (including any subparts
                                         relating to a specific Scope of Work) and Schedule “E” – Form of Performance
                                         Guarantee (collectively, the “Contract”). Each such part shall be
                                         read and construed as an integral part of this Contract. In the event of any ambiguity
                                         or conflict between the parts, the order of precedence shall be as follows: Signature
                                         Page, Schedule “A”, Schedule “D”, Schedule “B” (except
                                         as to any Scope of Work of Schedule “B” which expressly alters, amends or
                                         adds a provision to Schedule “A”, in which case such specific provisions
                                         of Schedule “B” shall take precedence over the referenced provisions of Schedule
                                         “A” in respect of the specific Scope of Work), Schedule “C” and
                                         Schedule “E”.

 

	 	E.	This Contract forms the entire agreement
    between Company and Contractor relating to the Services described herein and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations,
    agreements, understandings and dealings between the Parties in respect thereof other than the non-disclosure/confidentiality
    agreement executed by the Parties, if any, which shall remain in full force and effect and shall survive completion of the
    Services and the expiration or termination of this Contract. All obligations, rights and remedies: (i) are in addition to
    any that the Parties may have in law or in equity; (ii) are cumulative; and (iii) may be exercised concurrently; and this
    Contract shall be read as a whole. No prior or subsequent agreement between the Parties, written or otherwise, shall alter
    the terms of this Contract or the relationship of the Parties (and the terms of this Contract shall take precedence over any
    such prior or subsequent agreement), except as described in Paragraph F of this Signature Page.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature
page follows]

 

    	1 of 156

    	 

    

 

	 	F.	Contractor shall acknowledge its acceptance
    of this Contract in writing by signing this Signature Page and returning one (1) copy of this Contract to Company. Acceptance
    by Contractor is limited to acceptance of the express terms of this Contract. Any amendments, modifications or qualifications
    shall only form part of this Contract if they are included in this Contract by way of (i) a Change Order, (ii) an Amending
    Agreement issued by Company and accepted by Contractor, or (iii) the addition of a duly authorized Scope of Work (Schedule
    “B” subpart) executed by an authorized representative of each Party in accordance with Clause 8.2 hereof (including
    any Schedule “C” and/or Schedule “D” subparts relating to a specific Scope of Work).

 

	 	G.	Concurrently with
    Contractor’s execution and delivery of this Contract, Contractor shall deliver to Company a performance guarantee executed
    by its parent company, SAExploration, Inc., in the form attached as Schedule “E” – Form of Performance
    Guarantee.

 

Executed by the Parties’ duly authorized representatives:

 

	TALISMAN SASOL MONTNEY PARTNERSHIP	SAEXPLORATION (CANADA) LTD.
	By its Managing Partner	 
	TALISMAN ENERGY INC.	 

 

	Signed this 17 day of April, 2013.	 	Signed this 15 day of April,
    2013.

 

	/s/ Paul Smith	 	/s/ Jeff Mackie  Jeff  Mackie Operations Manager
	Signature Above, Print Name and Title	 	Signature Above, Print Name and Title

 

    	2 of 156

    	 

    

 

SCHEDULE “A”

 

attached to and made part of
the Master Contract for Seismic Acquisition Services in Western Canada (No. TEI11362) dated the Apr-15-2013 between TALISMAN
SASOL MONTNEY PARTNERSHIP and SAEXPLORATION (CANADA)

 

LTD.

 

GENERAL TERMS
AND CONDITIONS

 

	 	1	INTERPRETATION 

 

	 	1.1	Definitions 

 

“Affiliate”
means with respect to a Person, another Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with
such Person. For these purposes, control means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the
other Person, whether directly or indirectly, and whether by virtue of the ownership of shares or other equity interests, the
holding of voting rights or contractual rights or partnership interests, as trustee or executor or otherwise, For certainty, a
partnership which is comprised of corporations which are Affiliates, as described above, shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of
each such corporation and its other Affiliates;

 

“Applicable Laws”
means all applicable federal, territorial, provincial, local and municipal statutes, laws, by-laws, ordinances, rules, orders
(including court orders), regulations, directives, codes, guidelines, policies, safety standards, requirements and specifications
in effect from time to time, and any amendments or re-enactments thereto, issued by any Authorities having jurisdiction over Company
Group, Contractor Group, the Services, the Worksite, or any of the foregoing;

 

“Authorities”
means any nation or government, or any federal, provincial, municipal, county or regional government or governmental authority
or other law, regulation or rule making entity, and includes any court, department, commission, bureau, board, agency or regulatory
body of any of the foregoing, having jurisdiction over the Services, the Worksite, any member(s) of Contractor Group or Company
Group, or any matter arising under this Contract;

 

“Business Day”
means any day on which Company is open for normal business in Calgary, Alberta, but does not include a Saturday or Sunday or a
statutory holiday under the laws of Alberta;

 

“Change Order”
means a written agreement signed after the Effective Date by Company and Contractor, changing the Services or otherwise revising
the terms of this Contract;

 

“Claims” means
all claims, actions, causes of action, suits, proceedings, liabilities and demands, of any kind or type whatsoever and all costs
and expenses associated therewith, including without limitation, regulatory fines or enforcement actions, judgments, penalties,
interest, settlement fees, court costs and legal fees, and shall include claims of strict liability, absolute liability and liability
or fault imposed by Applicable Laws;

 

“Company Contracts Representative”
means the individual listed as the Company contact on the Signature Page, who is responsible for and has authority to act on behalf
of Company on matters such as: contract expiration, termination, amendment and Change Orders and to revise the Schedules or body
of this Contract including the addition of Scopes of Work and any Schedule “C” and Schedule “D” subparts
relating to a specific Scope of Work;

 

“Company Equipment”
means any Equipment furnished by Company Group from time to time;

 

“Company Group”
means Company, its Affiliates and each of the foregoing parties’ shareholders, Personnel (excluding Contractor and Contractor’s
Subcontractors) and Company’s Invitees;

 

“Company Intellectual
Property” means all Intellectual Property Rights owned by Company Group, provided that Company Intellectual Property
shall not include Developments;

 

“Company Related Party”
means any member of Company Group and any of their co-venturers, joint venture partners, co-interest owners, co-lessors, working
interest partners in the project and/or facility where the Services are provided and their respective Affiliates and the shareholders,
partnership interest holders, Personnel and Invitees of each of them;

 

    	3 of 156

    	 

    

 

“Company Worksite Representative”
means the individual (and any alternate individuals) appointed by Company to act on Company’s behalf in all matters relating
to the Services, except for modifying any provision of this Contract;

 

“Confidential Information”
means all information and data (whether written, oral or electronic or any other form) received, reviewed or otherwise acquired,
learned or obtained by any member(s) of Contractor Group from any Company Related Party or otherwise during the course of, or
incidental to, the performance of this Contract, and which in any way concerns the assets, business, operations, opportunities,
activities, affairs, undertakings, finances, liabilities or prospects of any Company Related Party, including without limitation:
trade secrets, improvements, know-how, discoveries, inventions and patent applications, software, programs, data, codes, methods,
processes, proprietary information, data or materials, technology, test procedures and results, drilling, well and facility information,
land holdings, land data and land interests, financial and budget information, accounting reports and data, interpretive data,
maps, products and business plans, strategies and proposals, personal information regarding customers, employees, workers and
landowners, as well as design concepts, engineering drawings, process models, specifications, techniques, and geological, geophysical,
geochemical, exploration, development, production, engineering, processing, transportation, marketing or operating information
of any kind regarding property or lands on or in the vicinity of property and lands on which a Company Related Party may be conducting
operations;

 

“Consequential Damages”
means any special, indirect, consequential, exemplary or punitive damages or losses and includes damages for loss of profits,
goodwill or anticipated business;

 

“Contract Price”
means a description of the compensation payable to Contractor attached and forming a subpart of Schedule “C” executed
by an authorized representative of each Party in accordance with Clause 8.2 hereof;

 

“Contractor Equipment”
means any Equipment furnished by Contractor Group from time to time, regardless of whether such Equipment is intended to be consumed
or expended in the performance of the Services;

 

“Contractor Group”
means Contractor, its Affiliates and Subcontractors, and each of the foregoing parties’ Personnel, who are in any way involved
with the Services or any other matters arising under this Contract, and shall also include Persons who are the heirs and successors
of Contractor and its Affiliates, in addition to any Invitees of Contractor Group;

 

“Contractor Intellectual
Property” means all Intellectual Property Rights owned by Contractor;

 

“Developments”
means all inventions, improvements, discoveries, formulae, processes, algorithms and know-how produced or developed by Contractor
or its Personnel in the performance of this Contract; but excludes Company Intellectual Property, Confidential Information and
Documentation;

 

“Documentation”
means all reports, data, tapes, logs, charts, drawings, tracings, documents, calculations, computer printouts, and items of a
similar nature, that Contractor is required by this Contract to produce or develop in connection with the performance of the Services;

 

“Equipment”
means any facilities, equipment, personal protective equipment, machinery, tools, instruments, apparatus, appliances, computers,
communication apparatus, software, boilers, electronics, vehicles, parts, structures, temporary structures, vessels, tanks, trailers,
rentals and other goods, including items rented by Company from Contractor, used in association with the provision of the Services
hereunder;

 

“Good Industry Practice”
means those good, sound and professional practices, methods and acts engaged in, approved or followed by a significant proportion
of the industry in Canada which is involved in providing services similar to the Services and any other practices, methods or
acts, which accomplish the desired results at a reasonable cost, in an expedient manner and are consistent with Applicable Laws,
prudent practice, reliability and safety;

 

    	4 of 156

    	 

    

 

“Gross Negligence”
means willful, wanton or reckless disregard of harmful, avoidable or foreseeable consequences;

 

“Intellectual Property
Rights” means intellectual, industrial or other proprietary rights, including all rights in all jurisdictions within
or outside Canada to patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, industrial designs, know-how and trade secrets, howsoever
arising in law or equity and whether registered or unregistered in any jurisdiction;

 

“Invitee”
means any Person not a Party to this Contract whose presence is at the invitation of a Party to this Contract as a guest and not
under employment, retainer, contract or subcontract;

 

“Liens” means
all liens, claims, charges, security interests and encumbrances arising pursuant to Applicable Laws in respect of the performance
of the Services by Contractor Group, against the Worksite, premises, personal and real property of any Company Related Party;

 

“Losses” means
all losses, costs, charges, penalties, fines, interest, liabilities, expenses and damages (whether contractual or tortious), of
any kind or type whatsoever including reasonable legal fees and expenses;

 

“Parties”
means Contractor and Company, and “Party” means either one of them, as the context may require;

 

“Permits”
means all permits, consents, approvals, authorizations, certificates, licenses, memberships in professional associations and similar
instruments issued by the proper Authorities or other Person(s) that may be applicable to or are required in association with
the provision of the Services by a member of the Contractor Group;

 

“Person” means
any natural person, sole proprietorship, corporation of any kind, unincorporated organization, partnership of any kind, company
of any kind, joint venture, association, firm, trust, bank or other organization, whether or not a “legal entity”
and includes any Authority;

 

“Personnel”
means a party’s directors, officers, employees, workers, consultants, agents, partners, representatives, suppliers, vendors
and Subcontractors in any tier and the employees, workers and agents of all such Persons;

 

“Policies and Procedures”
means the policies and procedures of Company Group listed in Schedule “D”, including Company’s Additional HSE
Terms and Conditions (Exhibit “D-1”), Company’s Alcohol and Drug Policy Expectations for Contractors (Exhibit
“D-2”), Company’s NAO Driving Policy (Exhibit “D-3”), Aviation Safety Terms and Conditions for Onshore
Heliportable Seismic (Exhibit “D-4”), Company’s Policy on Business Conduct and Ethics (Exhibit “D-5”),
Company’s Golden Rules for Safe Operations (TLM Safety Culture Global Standard) (Exhibit “D-6”), Company’s
HSE Management System Questionnaire (Exhibit “D-7”), Company’s HSE Interface Document Template (Exhibit “D-8”)
and Company’s Local Benefits and Stakeholder Relations Requirements (Exhibit “D-9”) and other policies and procedures
communicated to Contractor and which are either provided to or are accessible to Contractor on the Company’s external website
at www.talisman-energy.com and shall include any additional or modified policies which are determined, adopted or implemented
by Company Group from time to time and communicated to Contractor;

 

“Schedule”
means a schedule referenced in paragraph “D” of the Signature Page;

 

“Scope of Work”
means a scope of Services attached and forming a subpart of Schedule “B” executed by an authorized representative
of each Party in accordance with Clause 8.2 hereof;

 

“Services”
means any services or work which are to be provided by Contractor under this Contract, including delivery of all Documentation
to Company;

 

“Signature Page”
means the first page(s) of this Contract evidencing the execution of both Parties;

 

    	5 of 156

    	 

    

 

“Subcontractor”
means any Person to whom execution of any part of the obligations of Contractor hereunder is subcontracted directly or indirectly
by Contractor and includes its Affiliates, sub-suppliers, sub-vendors and sub-subcontractors and all of the foregoing parties’
Personnel;

 

“Warranty Period” means the period
described in Clause 2.6; and

 

“Worksite” means the lands, waters
and other places on, under, in or through which Services are to be conducted, as may be further described in Schedule “B”.

 

	 	1.2	Matters of Interpretation 

 

In this Contract, unless specifically
stated otherwise:

 

	 	1.2.1	the phrase “Contractor Group
    shall” means that Contractor itself shall abide by such term of the Contract, and in addition, Contractor shall ensure
    that each member of Contractor Group shall abide by such term of the Contract. Conversely, the phrase “no member of
    Contractor Group shall” means that Contractor itself shall not do as specified in the Contract, and Contractor shall
    ensure that each member of Contractor Group shall not do as specified in the Contract;

 

	 	1.2.2	“herein”, “hereby”,
    “hereunder”, “hereof” and similar expressions are references to this Contract and not to any particular
    clause, article, or Schedule;

 

	 	1.2.3	“Article”,
    “Clause” and “Subclause” are references to an Article, Clause or Subclause contained in Schedule “A”
    of this Contract unless specifically stated otherwise;

 

	 	1.2.4	“including”
    and similar terms mean “including without limitation”;

 

	 	1.2.5	“$”, “dollars”
    or other sums of money shall mean Canadian currency, unless specifically stated otherwise;

 

	 	1.2.6	words importing the
    singular shall include the plural and vice versa, and words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine and
    neuter genders;

 

	 	1.2.7	headings are for convenience
    of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Contract; and

 

	 	1.2.8	where a word or phrase
    is defined, its derivatives or other grammatical forms have a corresponding meaning.

 

	 	2	PERFORMANCE OF
    THE SERVICES; DELIVERY OF THE DOCUMENTATION 

 

	 	2.1	Performance of
    Services 

 

	 	2.1.1	Strict
    Compliance 

 

Company hereby engages Contractor
to perform the Services. Contractor Group shall strictly comply with and perform all Services in accordance with the requirements
of this Contract, all Applicable Laws and Policies and Procedures. In the event of differing standards or a conflict between any
Applicable Laws, Policies and Procedures and this Contract, Contractor Group shall meet the higher standard in the performance
of Services and in all activities relating to and in support of the Services, whether at the Worksite or offsite.

 

	 	2.1.2	Due
    Diligence 

 

Contractor Group shall perform
the Services with due diligence, in a competent, careful, efficient and professional manner and in accordance with Good Industry
Practice.

 

    	6 of 156

    	 

    

 

	 	2.1.3	Services
    Schedule & Deadlines 

 

Contractor Group shall perform
the Services in accordance with the time schedule, deadlines and Services coordination procedures set out in Schedule “B”,
if any, or as otherwise directed by the Company Worksite Representative.

 

	 	2.1.4	Key
    Personnel 

 

Contractor Group shall supply
personnel who are qualified to perform the Services, including the key personnel, if any, specified in Schedule “B”
(“Key Personnel”). Contractor Group shall not remove, reassign or replace any Key Personnel in connection with
the Services without Company’s prior written consent, unless the engagement of any Key Personnel with Contractor Group has
been terminated, in which case Contractor Group shall promptly replace such Key Personnel with other personnel approved by Company,
who thereafter shall be deemed to be Key Personnel.

 

	 	2.1.5	Use of Equipment

 

Contractor Group shall:

 

	 	2.1.5.1	supply and mobilize,
    at its own expense and cost, all necessary Contractor Equipment suitable for the safe, legal and efficient performance of
    the Services other than such items Company specifically agrees to furnish;

 

	 	2.1.5.2	maintain all Contractor
    Equipment in a neat, clean, mechanically safe and first class operating condition, fit for the use for which they are intended
    and capable of the degree of performance specified in this Contract. Contractor Group shall use all Equipment only for the
    manufactured use intended, and in a safe and cost effective manner; and

 

	 	2.1.5.3	at its own cost, keep
    at the Worksite adequate quantities of spare parts to be able to maintain and repair the Contractor Equipment.

 

	 	2.1.6	Acceptance
    of Equipment 

 

Company shall have the right
at any time to inspect and reject any Contractor Equipment that Company deems unsuitable and Contractor Group shall replace or
repair the same immediately at no cost to Company, and in particular Company will not pay any transportation, mobilization, demobilization,
standby or other charges in relation to such replacement or repair. Failure by Company to exercise this right shall not relieve
Contractor of any of its obligations or liabilities under this Contract, including any warranty obligations.

 

	 	2.2	Delivery of Documentation
    

 

	 	2.2.1	Delivery
    of Documentation 

 

Contractor shall deliver the
Documentation to Company as specified in Schedule “B” (if so specified), or as otherwise directed by Company in writing.
Unless otherwise specified in Schedule “B”, all Documentation shall be delivered with all costs of shipping, importation
and taxes incurred or accrued prior to such delivery paid by Contractor.

 

	 	2.2.2	Shipping
    Instructions 

 

A packing list shall accompany
all shipments of Documentation, indicating the Contract number and fully describing all enclosed Documentation. All shipments
must be packed or crated to protect the Documentation from damage or destruction during transit, and in accordance with any special
conditions stated in Schedule “B”.

 

	 	2.2.3	Title
    and Risk 

 

Title to the Documentation
shall pass to Company upon Company’s receipt of the Documentation or as and to the extent that Company makes any payments
for the Services, whichever occurs earlier.

 

    	7 of 156

    	 

    

 

Risk of loss or damage to any
Documentation shall pass to Company upon Company’s receipt of such Documentation unless expressly stated to the contrary
in Schedule “B”. Contractor shall be responsible for the safekeeping of all Documentation while in the custody of
any member of Contractor Group, until such time as such Documentation is received by Company. Contractor shall maintain copies
of all Documentation until Company has confirmed to Contractor in writing that the integrity of the Documentation received by
Company has been verified by Company or its processing service company, at which time Company may provide Contractor with written
instructions regarding the shipping or disposal of such backup/archival Documentation.

 

	 	2.2.4	Acceptance
    of Documentation 

 

Company shall have the right
at any time within thirty (30) days after delivery to inspect and reject any Documentation that Company deems unsuitable and Contractor
Group shall replace or repair the same immediately at no cost to Company, and in particular Company will not pay any transportation,
mobilization, demobilization, standby or other charges in relation to such replacement or repair. Failure by Company to exercise
this right shall not relieve Contractor of any of its obligations or liabilities under this Contract, including any warranty obligations.

 

	 	2.3	Subcontracting
    

 

			Contractor
                                         shall not subcontract the whole or any part of this Contract without Company’s
                                         prior written consent, which may be withheld in Company’s sole discretion. No subcontract
                                         shall relieve Contractor of any of its duties, obligations or liabilities under this
                                         Contract, and Contractor shall be liable for the acts, defaults and omissions of its
                                         Subcontractors as fully as if they were the acts, defaults or omissions of Contractor,
                                         whether or not such acts, defaults or omissions were known to or authorized by Contractor.

 

	 	2.4	Independent Contractor
    

 

	 	2.4.1	Contractor shall be
    an independent contractor with respect to all Services performed hereunder. No member of Contractor Group shall be deemed
    for any purpose to be the agent, employee, servant, partner, representative, subcontractor or joint venture partner of any
    Company Related Party. This Contract does not create an employment, agency, partnership, joint venture or other joint relationship
    between the Parties. Company Group shall have no direction or control over Contractor Group except in the results to be obtained.
    Contractor Group shall be under the complete control and direction of Contractor and shall not be deemed or construed to be
    employees, agents, representatives or subcontractors of Company or any Company Related Party. For clarity, nothing contained
    in this Contract shall be construed to create any contractual relationship between any Company Related Party and the employees,
    agents, representatives and Subcontractors of Contractor.

 

	 	2.4.2	Further to Subclause
    2.4.1 above, Company shall not make any deductions from fees payable to Contractor, nor shall Company Group be in any way
    responsible to Contractor Group for any employment insurance, workers' compensation or pension plan contributions, income
    tax or any other responsibilities or payments required by Authorities in respect of employees. All such amounts shall be the
    responsibility of Contractor Group and Contractor shall provide Company with proof of compliance with these requirements upon
    request. Contractor Group shall be solely responsible for ensuring that each Person associated with it complies with all immigration
    requirements and obtains all necessary Permits to enable performance of its obligations hereunder.

 

	 	2.5	Warranties 

 

	 	2.5.1	Contractor represents
    and warrants that:

 

	 	2.5.1.1	the Services shall
    be suitable for the particular purposes, if any, for which Company intends to use such Services, as specified in this Contract;

 

	 	2.5.1.2	Contractor Group has
    the resources, skills and ability to perform the Services in accordance with this Contract and Services performed and Equipment
    used in connection therewith shall comply strictly with Applicable Laws, Policies and Procedures, Good Industry Practice and
    the specifications referred to in this Contract or as hereafter furnished by Company Group. Without limiting the generality
    of the foregoing, all Equipment shall be uncontaminated;

 

	 	2.5.1.3	the Services shall
    be free from material errors, omissions, defects and deficiencies; and

 

    	8 of 156

    	 

    

 

	 	2.5.1.4	the Services to be
    provided pursuant to the provisions of this Contract shall conform to the specifications set forth in Schedule “B”.

 

	 	2.5.2	Without limitation
    of any other rights or remedies of the Company Related Parties, if any error, omission, defect or deficiency in the Equipment
    or Services, in violation of the foregoing warranties arises within the Warranty Period, Contractor Group shall promptly furnish,
    at no cost to Company, all Equipment and Services necessary to repair, replace or otherwise correct to the full satisfaction
    of Company, such error, omission, defect or deficiency, as well as any damage caused to any part of Company’s facilities,
    property or Worksite and shall cause the Equipment and Services to comply fully with the foregoing warranties and guarantees,
    otherwise Company shall have the right to correct, or to have such errors, omissions, defects, deficiencies and damage corrected
    by another Person, and all costs and Losses thereby incurred by Company shall be reimbursed by Contractor within thirty (30)
    days of Company’s request, or such amounts may be immediately set off by Company against Contractor’s invoices.

 

	 	2.5.3	Except for the foregoing
    warranties, Contractor assumes no responsibility and makes no warranty or representation as to the merchantability, fitness,
    productivity or profitability of the Services and expressly denies and negates any such warranties.

 

	 	2.6	Warranty Period
    

 

Contractor’s warranties
set forth in Clause 2.5 shall terminate twelve (12) months after the earlier of: (i) the completion of the Services; or (ii) termination
of this Contract. The Warranty Period in respect of any repaired, replaced or corrected Services shall recommence for a further
period of twelve (12) months from the date of completion of the entire repair, replacement or correction of the error, omission,
defect, deficiency or damage.

 

	 	2.7	Inspection of Others’
    Services by Contractor 

 

If any Services to be performed
by Contractor are dependent upon the quality and/or completeness of work performed by others (other than Subcontractors), Contractor
Group shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Company any defects therein which render such work unsuitable for the
proper execution of the Services under this Contract. Failure to make such inspections or to report any such defects to Company
shall mean that Contractor Group shall, at its own expense, be required to make required repairs/corrections to its own Services
regardless of underlying causes; provided that Contractor Group shall not be responsible for defects which could not have reasonably
been detected.

 

	 	2.8	Inspection of Worksite
    by Contractor 

 

Contractor represents and warrants
that, prior to commencing any Services, it shall be familiar with the physical aspects and local conditions of the Worksite, and
shall ensure that it has the necessary information, equipment and personnel to perform its obligations in a safe and efficient
manner at the Worksite in accordance with this Contract.

 

	 	2.9	Inspection of Services
    by Company 

 

Without limiting any of Contractor’s
obligations and liabilities hereunder, all Services shall be subject to inspection by Company Group at the Worksite or the facilities
of Contractor or its Subcontractors during normal business hours upon reasonable prior notice to Contractor. Contractor shall
provide Company and its representatives with reasonable access to the facilities of Contractor and its Subcontractors for such
purpose. Company shall provide, at its own expense, the equipment, facilities and personnel necessary for the performance of any
tests specified in this Contract to determine that the Services conform to the requirements of this Contract.

 

	 	2.10	Progress Reporting
    

 

Contractor Group shall continuously
monitor, report, forecast and control the progress of the performance of the Services under this Contract. If Contractor Group’s
monitoring activities indicate a delay or a potential for a delay, Contractor shall promptly give written notice thereof to Company
and Contractor Group shall take appropriate corrective measures, subject to Company’s approval, to avoid or recover from
such delay. If, in the reasonable judgment of Company, Contractor Group fails to take such measures, Company may direct Contractor
to accelerate work in order to recover from the delay and maintain the delivery date(s) and time schedule(s) set out in Schedule
“B”. All costs incurred by Contractor Group to accelerate the work shall be borne by Contractor.

 

    	9 of 156

    	 

    

 

	 	3	TERMINATION, SUSPENSION
    AND TERM 

 

	 	3.1	Termination 

 

	 	3.1.1	Termination
    Without Cause 

 

Company may terminate this Contract
or any applicable Scope of Work, in whole or in part, at any time for its convenience and without cause by giving written notice
to Contractor to that effect, and in such event the effective date of termination of this Contract or applicable Scope of Work
shall be the date set out in such notice. Company shall pay Contractor the early termination fee stipulated in Schedule “C”,
provided that in no event shall Company Group be liable to Contractor for any other Losses or Consequential Damages incurred by
Contractor Group as a result of the termination or any unperformed Services.

 

	 	3.1.2	Termination
    with Cause by Either Party 

 

Either Party shall have the right
to immediately terminate this Contract at any time upon notice to the other Party in the event that:

 

	 	3.1.2.1	the other Party becomes
    insolvent;

 

	 	3.1.2.2	dissolution, winding-up,
    bankruptcy, liquidation or similar proceedings are commenced or are proposed in respect of the other Party;

 

	 	3.1.2.3	the other Party takes
    the benefit of any bankruptcy or insolvency legislation or files any plan of arrangement thereunder; or

 

	 	3.1.2.4	a receiver is appointed
    for such other Party or any of its property.

 

	 	3.1.3	Termination
    for Cause by Company 

 

If Company is or becomes aware
of any default by Contractor or failure to comply in full with its obligations set forth in this Contract (a “default”),
Company will give Contractor written notice describing the default and demanding that immediate corrective action be taken to
cease and remedy the default (the “Corrective Action Notice”). Upon receipt of the Corrective Action Notice
from Company, Contractor shall immediately correct any such default to Company’s satisfaction and Contractor shall make
no claim against any Company Related Party for compensation or damages in respect of the same. If, in the sole opinion of Company
acting reasonably, Contractor fails to take immediate action satisfactory to Company to remedy such default, and/or to prevent
or mitigate damage to property or harm to people arising from such default and to diligently complete such remedy thereafter,
Company may, without prejudice to its other legal or contractual rights, issue a written notice to Contractor terminating this
Contract in whole or in part. In addition, Company may, without prejudice to its other legal or contractual rights, terminate
this Contract at any time without notice and with immediate effect if, in the reasonable opinion of Company: Contractor is Grossly
Negligent and/or engages in willful misconduct and/or practices that do not comply with Applicable Laws, Policies and Procedures
or Good Industry Practice. Contractor shall not be entitled to any costs incurred as a result of such termination other than as
specified in Subclause 3.1.4.

 

	 	3.1.4	Right
    to Payment upon Termination 

 

In the event of any expiration
or termination of this Contract, Company shall be liable for payment for Services performed to the date of termination subject
to any remedies Company Group may be entitled to under the terms of this Contract.

 

    	10 of 156

    	 

    

 

	 	3.2	Suspension 

 

	 	3.2.1	Suspension
    without Cause 

 

Company may suspend performance
of this Contract, in whole or in part, at any time for its convenience and without cause and Company shall pay Contractor’s
reasonable costs incurred as a direct result of such suspension, provided that in no event shall Company Group be liable to Contractor
for any other Losses or Consequential Damages incurred by Contractor Group as a result of the suspension. Upon notice by Company
as to resumption of performance, Contractor shall promptly resume performance of this Contract to the extent requested by Company,
and any time schedules for performance shall be extended by a period equal to the period of suspension, unless otherwise agreed
to by the Parties in writing.

 

	 	3.2.2	Suspension
    for Cause 

 

If Contractor’s performance
of this Contract involves a hazardous or unsafe condition which is not promptly abated or eliminated, or a failure to comply with
Applicable Laws or Policies and Procedures, Company may, without prejudice to its other legal or contractual rights, issue an
order immediately stopping all or any part of the performance of this Contract, in which case Contractor shall not be entitled
to any further compensation or damages by reason of or in connection with such stoppage. If performance is stopped hereunder,
Contractor shall not be permitted to restart performance until such hazard has been abated or eliminated.

 

	 	3.2.3	Conduct
    Upon Suspension 

 

In the event of any suspension
or stoppage of performance of this Contract, Contractor Group shall, except as otherwise directed by Company, take all necessary
steps to preserve and protect the Services in progress, the completed Services, and the Equipment purchased for or committed to
the Services, whether located at the Worksite or offsite and cooperate with Company to minimize the impact of the suspension or
stoppage.

 

	 	3.3	Conduct Upon Termination
    

 

Upon any expiration or termination
of this Contract, Contractor Group shall immediately discontinue performance of this Contract and:

 

	 	3.3.1	preserve and protect
    the Services and Documentation in progress and the completed Services and Documentation, whether located at the Worksite or
    offsite, and deliver the possession and title to all of the foregoing to Company or another party, in accordance with Company’s
    instructions;

 

	 	3.3.2	return to Company
    any Company Equipment, materials, Confidential Information and other property (including keys and access cards which are the
    property of Company Group); remove any Contractor Equipment, people and other property from the Worksite, camps and any storage
    areas, including all refuse and waste materials resulting from performance of this Contract and all Contractor Group’s
    temporary structures, facilities; leave the Worksite, camps and storage areas in a safe and clean condition; and remedy any
    environmental damage caused by Contractor Group to the satisfaction of Company and in accordance with Applicable Laws;

 

	 	3.3.3	cooperate with any
    incoming contractor in order to provide for effective knowledge transfer and a seamless transition; and

 

	 	3.3.4	Contractor Group shall
    make no Claim against any Company Related Party for compensation or Losses incurred by reason of or in connection with Company’s
    Contract termination except as expressly provided for herein.

 

	 	3.4	Term 

 

The term of this Contract shall
commence on the Effective Date and terminate on the later of the date:

 

	 	3.4.1	that is five (5) years
    from the Effective Date; or

 

	 	3.4.2	on which all Scopes
    of Work under this Contract have been completed;

 

unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms
hereof.

 

    	11 of 156

    	 

    

 

	 	4	PAYMENT PROVISIONS
    

 

		4.1	Contract
                                         Price

 

	 	4.1.1	As full and final
    consideration for the Services, Company agrees to pay Contractor the Contract Price and Contractor waives any right to claim
    for other compensation. For greater certainty, unless otherwise specified in Schedule “C”, the Contract Price
    shall include: (i) all costs, expenses or amounts associated with the Services, including without limitation, any amounts
    in respect of meals, accommodation, transportation, telephone charges, photocopying, travel time, standby time (such as weekend
    layovers near the Worksite) and incremental overtime rates, and, with respect to the Documentation, packing, crating, labeling,
    storage, insurance, freight, delivery, customs duties or tarries and excise taxes to the delivery point.

 

	 	4.1.2	The Contract Price
    set out in Schedule “C” may be revised from time to time during the term of this Contract upon agreement by the
    Parties. In the event of a Contract Price revision, the Parties shall enter into a Change Order to evidence such Contract
    Price, and such revised Contract Price shall replace the relevant Contract Price set out in Schedule “C”.

 

	 	4.2	Invoicing 

 

	 	4.2.1	Contractor shall invoice
    as specified in Schedule “C”, provided that if Schedule “C” does not specify an invoicing schedule,
    Contractor shall, on a monthly basis, submit to Company one (1) invoice in respect of each Scope of Work. Submitted invoices
    shall be in a form satisfactory to Company Accounts Payable Department and must comply with this Clause 4.2 and the requirements
    set out in Schedule “C”.

 

	 	4.2.2	Contractor shall have
    ninety (90) days after the completion of its obligations hereunder or expiration or termination of this Contract, to invoice
    Company for all amounts due and outstanding relating to any Services after completion (as determined on a site-specific basis)
    of the relevant Services under this Contract. In the event Contractor fails to invoice Company for all amounts due within
    such period, Contractor shall release Company from any obligation to pay such amounts.

 

	 	4.2.3	No invoice shall include
    gross-up amounts in respect of any amounts withheld pursuant to Applicable Laws or this Contract, and Contractor shall ensure
    that such ‘no gross-up’ clause is included in any contract with Subcontractors in respect of the Services.

 

	 	4.3	Payment 

 

	 	4.3.1	In the event that
    Company disputes any invoice, Company shall provide a written notice of fees in dispute including details to Contractor in
    a timely manner and Company shall be entitled to withhold payment of the portion of the invoiced amount relating to the dispute.

 

	 	4.3.2	Subject to the acceptance
    of the Services by Company, and permitted or required offsets or withholdings, Company will pay to Contractor, within thirty
    (30) calendar days from receipt by Company of an invoice in accordance with Clause 4.2, the net invoice amount less: amounts
    in dispute, amounts subject to Liens, amounts paid by Company to remedy any default by Contractor, and amounts withheld or
    set off pursuant to this Contract or Applicable Laws. Non-payment by Company Group of any amount in dispute shall not alleviate
    or modify in any respect, Contractor’s obligations to perform all Services in accordance with this Contract.

 

	 	4.3.3	Unless otherwise mutually
    agreed, each payment by Company to Contractor shall be made by a wire transfer to Contractor’s bank account number and
    bank as specified on the invoice. If such bank account and bank is not specified on the invoice, then payment shall be made
    by cheque posted to Contractor’s address for notices.

 

	 	4.3.4	If Contractor has
    not received payment of an invoice within thirty (30) days, it shall notify Company of the same in writing.

 

	 	4.4	Payment not Waiver
    or Acceptance 

 

Payment of an invoice(s) by
a member of Company Group shall not constitute “acceptance by conduct” of rates or fees charged by Contractor which
are not in accordance with Schedule “C” and have not been agreed to by a Change Order; nor shall such payment constitute:
(i) acceptance by Company of an amendment to this Contract; (ii) the formation of a new contract; (iii) waiver by Company of the
provisions of this Contract regarding rate changes, invoicing, right to audit, warranties, Warranty Period, default; or (iv) acceptance
by Company of the Services or any part(s) thereof. Final payment to Contractor shall not relieve Contractor of any of its obligations
or liabilities under this Contract. The payment of any invoice shall not prejudice Company Group’s right to dispute such
invoice.

 

    	12 of 156

    	 

    

 

	 	4.5	Right to Withhold
    

 

Any payments required to be made
under this Contract are subject to any holdbacks or withholding required by Applicable Laws or expressly permitted by the terms
of this Contract. Subject to the indemnity and insurance provisions herein, Company shall be entitled to offset any amount including
premiums payable for workers’ compensation or equivalent insurance that it believes in good faith is owed by Contractor
to Company or an Affiliate of Company, pursuant to this Contract, against any amount due to Contractor hereunder.

 

	 	4.6	Electronic Procurement
    

 

Contractor acknowledges that
Company is implementing an electronic procurement process which includes electronic commercial transactions such as purchase orders
and invoices. Contractor agrees to conduct business using such electronic procurement process and to cooperate with Company in
the implementation and use of electronic procurement processes. Contractor understands that it may be required to input information
into the Company’s system of purchase orders and invoices and other documents and/or be required to register with and work
with third party system or network providers.

 

	 	4.7	Right to Audit
    

 

	 	4.7.1	Contractor Group shall
    maintain all records pertaining to the performance of its obligations under this Contract for a period of thirty-six (36)
    months after such performance. Company Group, upon reasonable notice in writing to Contractor, shall have the right at any
    time within such thirty-six (36) month period to audit such records as may be reasonably necessary for the purposes of ensuring
    that the obligations of Contractor are being performed in accordance with this Contract and for substantiating any charges
    appearing on invoices rendered by Contractor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Contractor shall have the right to exclude any
    cost components of Contractor’s fixed rates or to cost information for any Services performed on a lump sum or unit
    price basis, so long as the amounts invoiced are consistent with the agreed fixed, lump sum or unit price.

 

	 	4.7.2	Contractor shall,
    within thirty (30) days of receiving notice from Company of an overcharge disclosed by such an audit, either: (i) reimburse
    Company for the amount of such overcharge if such amount has already been paid by Company, including interest on such overcharge
    at an annual rate equal to the rate of interest established from time to time by the Royal Bank of Canada as its “Prime
    Rate” plus 2% from the date such amount was originally paid by Company; or (ii) dispute the amount of such claim in
    good faith and in writing to Company. Failure of Contractor to respond to any such notice within such thirty (30) day period
    shall be deemed to an acceptance by Contractor of the amount claimed, and the amount claimed shall be immediately due and
    payable to Company.

 

	 	4.7.3	Company shall bear
    all costs arising from such an audit unless such audit discloses an overcharge of 15% or more in the accuracy of any invoice,
    in which case Contractor shall reimburse Company for the actual costs of the audit.

 

	 	5	RESPONSIBILITIES
    OF CONTRACTOR 

 

	 	5.1	Confidential Information
    and Third Party Data 

 

	 	5.1.1	Contractor covenants
    and agrees that it shall not, and shall require that Contractor Group shall not, at any time during or after the term of this
    Contract, reveal, divulge, or otherwise make known to any Person, or use for its own account or for any purpose other than
    the performance of its obligations hereunder, any Confidential Information, unless such Confidential Information has become
    part of the public domain through no fault of any member(s) of Contractor Group. Upon completion of all Services hereunder
    or upon expiration or termination of this Contract, Contractor Group shall immediately return all Confidential Information,
    delete all computer files and shall not copy and retain any Confidential Information by any means or media.

 

    	13 of 156

    	 

    

 

	 	5.1.2	If, in connection
    with a specific Scope of Work, Company gives Contractor access to any LiDAR data or other imagery licensed by any member of
    Company Group from a third party (“Imagery”), Contractor:

 

	 	5.1.2.1	agrees that the provisions
    of Subclause 5.1.1 shall apply to the Imagery, mutatis mutandis, and that Contractor shall keep the Imagery
    confidential in accordance therewith;

 

	 	5.1.2.2	shall receive, retrieve
    and access the Imagery solely for the purpose of performing its obligations with respect to such Scope of Work;

 

	 	5.1.2.3	shall promptly notify
    Company of any unauthorized use of the Imagery;

 

	 	5.1.2.4	shall not alter the
    Imagery in any way and shall promptly advise Company of any errors in the Imagery of which it becomes aware;

 

	 	5.1.2.5	shall not alter any
    trademark, logo, copyright or other or proprietary notices, legends, symbols or labels in the Imagery; and

 

	 	5.1.2.6	acknowledges and agrees
    that all Intellectual Property Rights in the Imagery shall at all times be, and remain, the exclusive property of its licensors.

 

	 	5.2	Ownership of Intellectual
    Property 

 

	 	5.2.1	Company Group shall
    retain full ownership of Company Intellectual Property and Contractor Group shall retain full ownership of Contractor Intellectual
    Property.

 

	 	5.2.2	Company shall be the
    exclusive owner of the Documentation and all Intellectual Property Rights in and to the Documentation. Contractor Group shall
    cooperate fully with Company with respect to signing further documents and doing such acts and other things reasonably requested
    by Company to confirm the transfer of ownership of the Documentation, the waiver of moral rights therein, and to obtain or
    enforce any Intellectual Property Rights or other property rights therein.

 

	 	5.2.3	Contractor shall be
    the exclusive owner of the Developments and of all Intellectual Property Rights in and to the Developments. Company shall
    cooperate fully with Contractor with respect to signing further documents and doing such acts and other things reasonably
    requested by Contractor to confirm the transfer of ownership of the Developments, the waiver of moral rights therein, and
    to obtain or enforce any Intellectual Property Rights or other property rights therein.

 

	 	5.2.4	Contractor hereby
    grants to Company Group an irrevocable, perpetual, non-exclusive, royalty-free, world-wide license to use, reproduce, support
    and modify for its own internal use:

 

		5.2.4.1	Contractor
                                         Intellectual Property and the Developments to the extent necessary to realize the full
                                         benefit of the Services and Documentation; and

 

	 	5.2.4.2	Contractor Intellectual
    Property directly derived from the Developments or any Company Intellectual Property or Company know-how.

 

	 	5.3	Taxes and Withholding
    

 

	 	5.3.1	Contractor is solely
    responsible for and shall pay all taxes, duties, fees, charges and levies assessed against Contractor or any Contractor Personnel
    arising out of this Contract or the Services provided hereunder including, without limitation, taxes assessed on account ofContractor’s
    revenues or profit (“Taxes”) with the exception of GST, PST and HST, which Company shall pay and Contractor
    shall remit to the appropriate Authorities.

  

	 	5.3.2	Contractor Group shall
    cooperate with and make every effort to assist all Company Related Parties in obtaining any available remission, rebates,
    credits, deductions, exemptions and refunds for all Taxes and any related interest, fines or penalties. All such amounts received
    as refunds or otherwise shall accumulate to the benefit of Company and be itemized and expressly set off against money owed
    to Contractor by Company.

 

	 	5.3.3	Contractor agrees
    that any Services performed by any member of Contractor Group in respect of which “scientific research or experimental
    development credits” may be available under the Income Tax Act (Canada) is undertaken on behalf of Company and
    Company shall be solely entitled to claim all such credits.

 

    	14 of 156

    	 

    

 

	 	5.3.4	If Contractor is or
    becomes a non-resident of Canada for the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada), Contractor shall notify Company and
    Company shall withhold all amounts required to be withheld by Applicable Laws. Contractor shall indemnify all Company Related
    Parties for, and Company shall be entitled to set-off against any and all Claims and Losses incurred or suffered by any Company
    Related Party in relation to withholding requirements. Unless Contractor provides Company with written notice prior to the
    Effective Date that it is a non-resident of Canada, Contractor shall be deemed to have represented and warranted to Company
    that it is not a non-resident and is not subject to withholding for such purposes.

 

	 	5.4	Insurance 

 

	 	5.4.1	Insurance
    Coverage 

 

Unless specifically waived
in advance in writing by Company, Contractor shall at its own expense, secure, maintain and continuously carry for the duration
of the Services (including all Services performed during the Warranty Period), and Contractor shall ensure that each of its Subcontractors
secure, maintain and continuously carry for the duration of the Services (including all Services performed during the Warranty
Period), the following insurance:

 

	 	5.4.1.1	Workers’
    Compensation 

 

Contractor shall register and
shall require that its Affiliates and Subcontractors register with the Workers’ Compensation Board for the jurisdiction(s)
in which the Services are provided and will obtain coverage and require its Affiliates and Subcontractors to obtain coverage for
all Personnel who are in any way involved with the provision of the Services or any other matters arising under this Contract.
Prior to providing the Services, Contractor will provide Company with a certificate of clearance or other proof that workers’
compensation premiums have been remitted to the applicable Workers’ Compensation Board by Contractor, its Affiliates and
Subcontractors.

 

Contractor shall, on an annual
basis or on request by Company, provide evidence of the workers' compensation coverage for all its Personnel and that of its Affiliates
and Subcontractors involved in the provision of the Services.

 

If, and only for so long as,
Contractor or any of its Subcontractors are not required by Applicable Laws to procure and maintain Workers’ Compensation
or equivalent insurance coverage for themselves (if Supplier or any such subcontractor is a sole proprietor or otherwise) or for
any of their respective owners, principals or employees (“Uninsured Workers”), Contractor: (i) hereby represents
and warrants that it and such Subcontractors are not required to procure and maintain such coverage pursuant to Applicable Laws;
(ii) hereby releases Company Group from any and all liability for bodily injury or death to such Uninsured Workers, whether caused
solely or partly by Company Group, including negligence on the part of any of them in connection with this Contract; and (iii)
shall indemnify, defend and save harmless Company Group from and against any and all Claims and Losses which may be claimed, made
or brought by such Uninsured Workers or other third parties against Company Group, or which any of them may suffer, sustain, pay
or incur, arising out of or in connection with any bodily injury or death to such Uninsured Workers. Further, Contractor agrees
to immediately notify Company in the event that the basis for Contractor’s or its Subcontractor’s exemption from Workers
Compensation requirements no longer applies.

 

	 	5.4.1.2	If the insured party
    is a US resident, Employers’ Liability Insurance (including Occupational Disease) in an amount of not less than
    Five Million ($5,000,000) dollars;

 

	 	5.4.1.3	Automobile
    Liability Insurance covering all motor vehicles owned, leased, operated and licensed by Contractor Group, with limits
    of not less than Five Million ($5,000,000) dollars inclusive for bodily injury including death of one or more persons, and/or
    damage and destruction to property as a result of any one accident;

 

    	15 of 156

    	 

    

 

	 	5.4.1.4	Comprehensive
    General Liability Insurance on an occurrence basis, with a limit of not less than Ten Million ($10,000,000) dollars inclusive
    for bodily injury including death of one or more persons, and/or damage to and loss of use of property, and such coverage
    shall include: Products and Completed Operations Liability, Blanket Contractual Liability, Tortious Liability, Contractor’s
    Protective Liability, Personal Injury, Broad Form Property Damage, Non-Owned Automobile Liability, Contingent Employers' Liability,
    Cross Liability, Sudden and Accidental Pollution Liability, Forest Fire Fighting Legal Liability and Severability of Interest;
    and if Contractor is a United States resident, Company Owners’ and Contractors’ Protective;

 

	 	5.4.1.5	All
    Risk Property Insurance covering all risks of physical loss or damage to property of every description owned by Contractor
    or for which Contractor is legally liable or responsible, for an amount not less than the replacement value of such property,
    and providing a waiver of subrogation against all Company Related Parties;

 

	 	5.4.1.6	if the performance
    of the Services or On-Site Work requires the use of aircraft other than scheduled carriers, Contractor shall carry, or shall
    require the owners of such aircraft to carry, Aircraft Hull Property Insurance on a replacement cost basis;

 

	 	5.4.1.7	Basic
    Data-In-Transit Insurance with a limit of not less than Five Million ($5,000,000) dollars per occurrence or the cost to
    re-acquire the lost or damaged data;

 

	 	5.4.1.8	Professional
    Liability Errors and Omissions Insurance covering all claims arising out of errors and/or omissions of Contractor
    Group with a limit of not less than Ten Million ($10,000,000) Dollars;

 

	 	5.4.1.9	if the performance
    of the Services or On-Site Work requires the use of aircraft other than scheduled carriers, Contractor shall carry, or shall
    require the owners of such aircraft to carry, Aircraft Liability Insurance covering bodily injury liability, including
    passenger liability, and property damage liability, with inclusive limits of not less than Twenty-Five Million ($25,000,000)
    Dollars for any one occurrence; and

 

	 	5.4.1.10	any other insurance
    required by Applicable Laws of the jurisdiction where the Services or On-Site Work is performed.

 

	 	5.4.2	Policy
    Requirements 

 

Each
policy of insurance obtained and maintained by Contractor and its Subcontractors pursuant to this Contract shall:

 

	 	5.4.2.1	be held with insurance
    company(ies) having a Best’s Insurance Guide Rating of “A minus” (A-) or better;

 

	 	5.4.2.2	provide, by endorsement
    or otherwise, that the insurer(s) waives all its or their rights, whether by subrogation or otherwise, as against each Company
    Related Party;

 

	 	5.4.2.3	except for automobile
    insurance, name each Company Related Party as an additional insured;

 

	 	5.4.2.4	provide liability
    coverage on an “occurrence basis” as opposed to a “claims made basis”;

 

	 	5.4.2.5	provide that the coverage
    is primary to and shall not be “in excess” of any insurance coverage maintained by the Company Related Parties;

 

	 	5.4.2.6	provide that thirty
    (30) days written notice shall be given to Company prior to any alterations, terminations or cancellations of any such policy(ies);

 

	 	5.4.2.7	grant Company Group
    the right to request a certified copy of any policy of insurance required in this Article; and

 

	 	5.4.2.8	provide that such
    policy shall survive the default or bankruptcy of the insured party for claims arising out of an event before such default
    or bankruptcy.

 

    	16 of 156

    	 

    

 

	 	5.4.3	Prior to the commencement
    of performance of this Contract and at any time thereafter (including the Warranty Period), Contractor shall provide Company
    with evidence of the insurance required hereunder in respect of any member of Contractor Group in the form of certificates
    of insurance or as otherwise requested, within six (6) Business Days of such request by Company.

 

	 	5.4.4	All deductibles on
    each policy of insurance required by this Article shall be paid by the appropriate member of Contractor Group.

 

	 	5.4.5	The limits of insurance
    coverage listed herein do not limit Contractor’s obligations or financial liability under this Contract.

 

	 	5.4.6	The Parties agree
    that, regardless of whether:

 

	 	5.4.6.1	Company has received
    proof of insurance that fails to comply with the provisions of Subclauses 5.4.1, 5.4.3 and/or 5.4.4 from any member of Contractor
    Group; or

 

	 	5.4.6.2	any member of Contractor
    Group fails or refuses to provide proof of insurance or fails to carry the necessary insurance; and/or

 

	 	5.4.6.3	Company allows any
    such member of Contractor Group to perform the Services; and/or

 

	 	5.4.6.4	any of the policies
    of insurance required by this Contract are cancelled, terminated or are materially modified;

 

none
of the foregoing circumstances shall constitute waiver by Company of Contractor’s obligations under this Contract, nor shall
such a situation constitute acceptance by conduct by Company or acquiescence to a variation of the terms of this Contract by Company.
In addition, in any of the situations listed above, the Company Related Parties shall not be estopped from asserting against Contractor
any Claim(s) for failure of Contractor to meet its insurance obligations under this Contract.

 

	 	5.4.7	Contractor shall indemnify,
    defend and hold harmless Company from and against any and all Claims arising from or by reason of the failure by Contractor,
    its Affiliates and Subcontractors to remit workers’ compensation premiums or to maintain workers’ compensation
    or other insurance as required under this Contract.

 

	 	5.5	Permits 

 

Unless otherwise expressly
provided in the Scope of Work, Contractor Group shall:

 

	 	5.5.1	promptly apply for
    and procure all Permits, without additional compensation from Company;

 

	 	5.5.2	strictly comply with
    all Permits; and

 

	 	5.5.3	where applicable,
    within thirty (30) days of written request from Company, transfer the Permit(s) to any entity requested by Company Group.

 

In the event Company obtains
any Permits, Contractor Group shall strictly comply with all such Permits upon Contractor’s receipt of such Permits (or
copies thereof) from Company.

 

	 	5.6	Promotional Material
    

 

Contractor Group shall not
use any Company Related Party's name or trademarks in any manner, including in press releases, public announcements, advertising
or promotional materials, written or otherwise (“Statements”), unless previously authorized in writing by Company,
which authorization may be withheld in Company’s sole discretion for any reason. Contractor Group shall not publish or cause
to be published any Statement, or encourage or approve any Statement likely to be detrimental to the name, goodwill, reputation
or trademarks of any Company Related Party. Contractor Group shall, upon request by Company, withdraw and discontinue any Statement(s)
that in Company’s reasonable opinion is detrimental to any Company Related Party.

 

    	17 of 156

    	 

    

 

	 	5.7	Liens 

 

Contractor Group shall defend,
indemnify and hold harmless each Company Related Party from and against any and all Liens and shall keep the Worksite, premises
and all personal and real property of Company Related Parties free from such Liens. To the full extent permitted by law, Contractor
Group shall waive all rights of Liens against the leasehold interests, improvements, fixtures, wells, Equipment, lands, Worksite,
premises and real and personal property of Company Related Parties. In no event shall the foregoing be interpreted to prevent
Contractor from pursuing any Claim (other than by way of Liens against the leasehold interests, improvements, fixtures, wells,
Equipment, lands, Worksite, premises and real and personal property of Company Related Parties) when the right thereto arises
directly from Company’s failure to pay Contractor in breach of this Contract. If Contractor Group fails to release and discharge
any such claims of Liens within five (5) Business Days after receipt of notice from any Company Related Party to remove such claim
of Liens, such Company Related Party may, at its option, discharge or release the claim of Liens, or otherwise deal with the Liens
claimant(s), and Contractor shall pay the Company Related Parties’ Losses in so doing and/or any Company Related Party may
set off such Losses against amounts due to Contractor.

 

	 	5.8	No Infringement
    

 

Contractor covenants, warrants
and agrees that the Services provided under this Contract will not infringe any Intellectual Property Rights. If any Services
or any portion thereof are held or are alleged by a third party to infringe any Intellectual Property Rights, or if the Services
or any portion thereof is enjoined as a result of a claim for infringement, Contractor shall, in addition to its obligations under
Article 6, at its own expense and at Company’s option:

 

	 	5.8.1	procure for Company
    the perpetual right to use the affected Services;

 

	 	5.8.2	replace the affected
    Services with Services that are not infringing; or

 

	 	5.8.3	modify the affected
    Services so that they become non-infringing.

 

Any such replacement or modification of the Services
or any portion thereof shall meet the requirements of and be subject to the terms of this Contract.

 

	 	5.9	Prime Contractor
    

 

	 	5.9.1	For Services performed
    in British Columbia, for the purposes of Part III of the Workers Compensation Act, RSBC 1996, c. 492 and its Regulations
    (the “Act”), Contractor shall be the "prime contractor" for all Services. Contractor agrees to
    ensure the activities of employers, workers and other persons engaged in the Services relating to occupational health and
    safety are coordinated and to do everything that is reasonably practicable to establish and maintain a system or process that
    will ensure compliance with the Act

 

	 	5.9.2	For Services performed
    in Alberta, for the purposes of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.A. 2000, c. O-2 (the “Act”),
    Contractor shall be the “prime contractor” for all Services. Contractor agrees to fulfill the obligations of a
    “prime contractor”, to assume overall responsibility for the health and safety of all workers associated with
    the provision of the Services, and to ensure compliance with the Act, its regulations and associated code.

 

	 	5.9.3	For Services performed
    in Saskatchewan, for the purposes of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.S. 1993, c. O-1.1 (the
    “Act”), Contractor shall be the “prime contractor” for all Services. Contractor agrees
    to fulfill the obligations of a “prime contractor”, to assume overall responsibility for the health and safety
    of all workers associated with the provision of the Services, and to ensure compliance with the Act, its regulations.

 

	 	6	LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY
    

 

	 	6.1	Liability and Indemnity
    of Contractor 

 

In addition to any other liabilities
and indemnities provided for in this Contract, Contractor agrees to and shall:

 

	 	6.1.1	be liable to each
    Company Related Party for all Claims and Losses which such Company Related Party may suffer, sustain, pay or incur; and

 

    	18 of 156

    	 

    

 

	 	6.1.2	indemnify and save
    harmless each Company Related Party from and against any and all Claims and Losses which may be brought against, suffered,
    sustained, paid or incurred by such Company Related Party;

 

to the extent such Claims or
Losses arise out of or in connection with any negligence, wilful misconduct or non-compliance with Applicable Laws on the part
of Contractor Group, or by reason of breach of this Contract by Contractor Group.

 

	 	6.2	Liability and Indemnity
    of Company 

 

Company agrees to and shall:

 

	 	6.2.1	be liable to Contractor
    for all Claims and Losses which Contractor Group may suffer, sustain, pay or incur; and

 

	 	6.2.2	indemnify and save
    harmless Contractor from and against any and all Claims and Losses which may be brought against, suffered, sustained, paid
    or incurred by Contractor Group;

 

to the extent such Claims or
Losses arise out of or in connection with any negligence, wilful misconduct or non-compliance with Applicable Laws on the part
of Company Group, or by reason of breach of this Contract by Company.

 

	 	6.3	Limitation of Liability
    

 

Neither Party will be liable
or provide indemnity under this Contract for Consequential Damages, provided that the foregoing shall not limit: any liability
incurred under Clauses 5.1 or 5.8; any liability for any Uninsured Workers under Clause 5.4; any liability to pay liquidated damages,
if applicable; or any liability for gross negligence, wilful misconduct or breach of Applicable Laws.

 

	 	6.4	Company Related
    Parties 

 

For the limited purpose of extending
the benefit of the provisions in this Contract expressly referring to Company Related Parties other than Company, Company contracts
on its own behalf and as agent and trustee on behalf of each Company Related Party so referenced, and each Company Related Party
so referenced shall be or be deemed to be a Party of this Contract.

 

	 	6.5	Intellectual Property
    

 

Contractor shall indemnify, defend
and hold harmless Company from and against any and all Claims arising from or by reason of any infringement or alleged infringement
of Intellectual Property Rights in respect of any property, Contractor Equipment, Services, methods or processes furnished or
used by Contractor in connection with this Contract, but excluding any Company Equipment.

 

	 	7	DISPUTE RESOLUTION
    

 

			If there is a dispute
                                         between the Parties in connection with this Contract, either Party may provide a notice
                                         to the other Party to commence negotiations to resolve the dispute and the Parties will,
                                         acting in good faith, use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve the same as soon
                                         as possible. If the dispute is not resolved within ten (10) Business Days after notice
                                         to commence negotiations is given, then on notice from either Party to the other, the
                                         dispute will be referred to members of senior management of each of the Parties for resolution
                                         and each Party will appoint a senior officer with the authority to settle the dispute.
                                         The senior officers so appointed will attempt to resolve the dispute within a further
                                         period of five (5) Business Days from the date such referral notice is given. Any dispute
                                         resolved pursuant to this Clause will be reduced to writing and, when approved by the
                                         Parties, will be final and binding. If a settlement is not reached within the five (5)
                                         Business Days allotted, either Party shall have the option to utilize the Courts of Alberta
                                         for resolution.

 

    	19 of 156

    	 

    

 

	 	8	MISCELLANEOUS 

 

	 	8.1	Governing Law 

 

This Contract shall be interpreted
and construed in accordance with the laws of Alberta and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein, without regard to any
conflicts of law principles that could require application of any other law, and the same shall govern any dispute, controversy
or Claim arising from or relating to this Contract, including the existence, invalidity, performance, breach or termination hereof.
The Parties irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Alberta and the applicable courts
of appeal, with respect to any matters set forth herein.

 

	 	8.2	Amendment 

 

No change or modification of
this Contract shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by a duly authorized representative of each Party.

 

	 	8.3	Assignment 

 

Contractor may not assign this
Contract in whole or in part without the prior written consent of Company, which consent may be withheld in Company’s sole
and absolute discretion. Any assignment of this Contract or any interest herein by Contractor in violation of the foregoing shall
be null and void. The assignment of this Contract, if so permitted by Company, shall not relieve Contractor of its obligations
under this Contract. Company may, in its discretion, assign this Contract, which assignment shall be effective upon Company giving
notice thereof to Contractor.

 

	 	8.4	Enurement 

 

This Contract shall enure to
the benefit of and be binding upon Company and its successors and assigns and upon Contractor and its successors and permitted
assigns.

 

	 	8.5	Language 

 

All Contract documentation, including
communications between the Parties, shall be prepared in, and all members of Contractor Group shall be fluent in, English. The
parties hereto have expressly requested that this agreement and all documents related thereto be drafted in English. Les parties
aux présentes ont expressément requis que la présente convention et tous les documents y afférents
soient rédigés en langue anglaise. 

 

	 	8.6	Severability 

 

If any part of this Contract
is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, then the balance of this Contract
shall remain in full force and effect in all other respects, it being the intent of the Parties that the invalid or unenforceable
portions are severable. The Parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Contract with a valid
and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of the void or
unenforceable provision.

 

	 	8.7	Time of the Essence
    

 

Time shall be of the essence
of all provisions of this Contract.

 

	 	8.8	Waiver 

 

No waiver of any term or condition
of this Contract shall be valid unless made in writing and executed on behalf of the waiving Party by a duly authorized representative
of that Party and specifying the nature and extent of such waiver. Such waiver shall in no event be construed to be a general
waiver of any of the terms and conditions contained in this Contract, but the same shall be strictly limited to the extent and
occasion specified in such signed writing. Failure by either Party to complain of any act or failure to act by the other Party,
or failure by either Party to exercise any of its rights, powers or remedies hereunder irrespective of how long such failure continues,
shall not constitute a waiver of those rights, powers or remedies hereunder.

 

	 	8.9	Survival 

 

The provisions of Articles 1,
3, 4, 6 and 7 and Clauses 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 5.1, 5.2, 5.7, 5.8 and 8.1 of this Schedule “A” and the provisions of Schedule
“D” shall continue as valid and enforceable obligations of the Parties, notwithstanding the completion of the Services
or the expiration, revocation or termination of this Contract.

 

    	20 of 156

    	 

    

 

		8.10	Limitations 

 

The Parties agree that, without
regard to any otherwise applicable statute that may bar Claims on a shorter time period, the time period in which Parties may
bring a suit or demand arbitration with respect to Claims related to this Contract shall be as follows:

 

		8.10.1	for Claims disclosed by an
                                         audit, two (2) years after the last day this Contract permits that audit to be performed;

 

		8.10.2	for Claims relating to the
                                         enforcement of any provisions or obligations relating to taxes or customs duties, seven
                                         (7) years; and

 

		8.10.3	for all other claims, four
                                         (4) years.

 

The Parties agree that, without
regard to any otherwise applicable statute that may bar Claims on a shorter time period, the Parties shall not, with respect to
Claims related to this Contract, raise as a defense or affirmative defense the lapse of time since the accrual of an alleged Claim
except to the extent that such Claim would be barred by the time periods in this Clause 8.10.

 

		8.11	Further Assurances
                                         

 

Each Party shall at any time
and from time to time, upon request by the other Party, execute and deliver such further documents and do such further acts and
things as the other Party may reasonably request to facilitate performance of this Contract or to evidence, carry out, and give
full effect to the terms, conditions and intent of this Contract.

 

		8.12	Counterpart Execution
                                         

 

This Contract may be executed
and delivered by facsimile and in any number of identical counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed an original,
and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

		8.13	Electronic Signature
                                         

 

Company may execute this Contract
using a mechanical signature which is a facsimile signature of a duly authorized signatory of Company and such mechanical signature
shall be binding on Company in the same manner as an ink signature and shall be treated as an original.

 

		8.14	Notices 

 

All notices and communications
given in connection with this Contract shall be sufficiently given if addressed to the other Party at its address on the Signature
Page of this Contract and (i) delivered by hand or by reputable courier or overnight courier service or overnight mail to the
intended recipient’s address for service as set forth above, (ii) sent by direct facsimile telecommunication to such Party
at its fax number as set forth above (with receipt confirmed), or (iii) sent by email to such Party at its email address as set
forth above (with receipt confirmed). Any notice so given shall be deemed to have been given and received on the first Business
Day on which it is presented during normal business hours at the address for service of the addressee thereof, or, in the case
of a direct facsimile telecommunication or email communication, on the day on which it is transmitted if transmitted prior to
or during normal business hours on a Business Day, or on the first Business Day following the day on which it is transmitted if
transmitted otherwise. A Party may change its address of service by giving written notice thereof to the other Party.

 

		8.15	Force Majeure 

 

Notwithstanding any other provision
of this Contract, if either Party is wholly or partly unable to perform its obligations under this Contract by reason of any event
beyond its reasonable control (and “Event of Force Majeure”), such Party shall be relieved of such obligations to
the extent, and for the period, that it is affected by the Event of Force Majeure, provided that the affected Party gives the
other Party prompt notice of such inability and the nature, cause and expected duration of the Event of Force Majeure. An Event
of Force Majeure may include, but not necessarily be limited to, fire, flood, earthquake, civil disturbance, war rationing, embargoes,
strikes or lockouts, acts of God or acts of government, but shall not include a lack of finances of either Party, any failure
of equipment of Contractor Group or any delay of

 

    	21 of 156

    	 

    

 

Contractor Group in obtaining
any materials for any Services required to be delivered to Company under this Contract. The Party affected by the Event of Force
Majeure shall use all reasonable efforts (having regard to Good Industry Practice) to remedy the situation and remove, so far
as possible and with reasonable dispatch, the cause of its inability to perform; provided that there shall be no obligation on
the affected Party to settle labour disputes or to test or to refrain from testing the validity of any Applicable Law in any court
having jurisdiction. The affected Party shall give prompt notice to the other Party of cessation of the Event of Force Majeure.

 

		8.16	Application to Multiple
                                         Scopes of Work 

 

This Contract may be used by
the Parties to cover the performance of more than one distinct Scope of Work by designating a portion or subpart of Schedule “B”,
Schedule “C” and/or Schedule “D” to apply to a specific Scope of Work defined in said Schedules. If the
Parties designate a portion or subpart of Schedule “B”, Schedule “C” and/or Schedule “D” to
apply to a specific Scope of Work defined in said Schedule(s), the provisions of the designated subpart of each such Schedule
shall apply: (i) to the specific defined Scope of Work and no other; and (ii) with respect to the specific defined Scope of Work,
to the exclusion of other portions or subparts of Schedule “B”, Schedule “C” and/or Schedule “D”
not specifically designated to apply to the specific defined Scope of Work. In order for any Schedule (including any subpart thereof)
to be added to this Contract after the date that the Signature Page is executed by Company, such Schedule must be executed by
an authorized representative of each Party in accordance with Clause 8.2 hereof.

 

END OF SCHEDULE “A” to the Master Contract for
Seismic Acquisition Services in Western Canada.

 

    	22 of 156

    	 

    

 

SCHEDULE "B"
- SUBPART 1

 

attached to and forming
a subpart of Schedule “B” to the Master Contract for Seismic Acquisition Services in Western

Canada (No. TEI11362)
dated the Apr-15-2013 between TALISMAN SASOL MONTNEY PARTNERSHIP and

 

SAEXPLORATION
(CANADA) LTD.

 

SCOPE OF WORK

 

CYPRESS 3D

 

		1	TERM 

 

		1.1	The term of this Scope
                                         of Work shall commence on Apr-15-2013 and terminate on the later of Dec-15-2013 or the
                                         completion of the Services, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

		2	PHILOSOPHY 

 

		2.1	It is Company’s
                                         philosophy to conduct business as a good corporate citizen, with as little disturbance
                                         to the environment and the least disruption to the local populace and enterprise as possible.
                                         It is of extreme importance that we conduct our business in a safe and prudent manner,
                                         so as not to endanger Company workers, contractors’ workers, and the general public
                                         or public and private property. We must also endeavor to maintain the highest ethics,
                                         quality of work and product in order to sustain a competitive advantage.

 

		2.2	Company will use the
                                         services of contractors that best demonstrate a desire to work in harmony with the local
                                         populace, when possible, utilizing labor and services that can be provided by members
                                         of the communities that will be affected by Company and contractor operations.

 

		2.3	Contractor must work
                                         as part of a team in concert with Company’s project advisor(s) and/or project manager
                                         to ensure that the socio-economic aspects of the project are handled in a manner that
                                         maintains peace and harmony in the communities and is most beneficial to efficient operations.
                                         Contractor’s labor management plan must be specified in Contractor’s project
                                         management plan (the “Project Management Plan”), attached
                                         hereto as Exhibit “B-2”: Project Management Plan. 

 

		3	GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK 

 

		3.1	Contractor shall provide
                                         and furnish all technical, professional and other services, including any labor, materials,
                                         tools, supplies, equipment, transportation and supervision, and shall perform all operations
                                         necessary and required, to satisfactorily provide the Services described herein.

 

		3.2	Changes to the general
                                         or detailed scope of work or the Project Management Plan (Exhibit “B-2”:
                                         Project Management Plan), or any other changes to this Schedule, shall be
                                         made in accordance with Clause 8.2 of Schedule “A” – General
                                         Terms and Conditions.

 

		3.3	Contractor shall perform
                                         the Services in strict accordance with the requirements of Company and as more specifically
                                         described in this Contract, including all Schedules, exhibits, attachments and appendices,
                                         and future amendments hereto.

 

		3.4	All Services must be
                                         documented on a monthly and daily statistical report. The statistical report shall record
                                         the actual progress of the various operational tasks, expressed in the units that will
                                         be used for invoicing purposes. In addition, any item approved by the Company Worksite
                                         Representative, in writing, must be recorded on the statistical report. All Services
                                         documented on the statistical report must be supported by time sheets and/or invoices
                                         approved by the Company Worksite Representative. The statistical report must be accurate,
                                         as it will be used to verify and justify invoices charged for the Services. The monthly
                                         statistical report must be submitted to Company within five (5) days following the end
                                         of each month.

 

		3.5	Contractor shall perform
                                         each and every act and service hereunder with due diligence using qualified personnel
                                         who have the skills and are competent at the type(s) of services described herein.

 

    	23 of 156

    	 

    

 

		3.6	Contractor shall supply,
                                         when requested by Company and pursuant to the Contract, any additional Personnel, Equipment,
                                         labor, expendable materials and rental equipment such as special tools required to better
                                         perform the Services.

 

		3.7	Contractor is responsible
                                         to become thoroughly familiar with the terrain and all other operating conditions for
                                         the area.

 

		4	DETAILED SCOPE OF WORK 

 

		4.1	Survey Requirement

 

[***]

 

		4.2	The Services shall include:

 

		4.2.1	completion of advance land
                                         survey and line layout;

 

		4.2.2	line access and clearing work;

 

		4.2.3	provision of all energy sources
                                         (drills, explosives and vibrators);

 

		4.2.4	provision of all recording
                                         equipment;

 

		4.2.5	provision of camp and catering
                                         facilities;1

 

		4.2.6	provision of all personnel,
                                         including but not limited to: Survey Crew, Line Clearing Crew, Drilling Crew, Recording
                                         Crew, Catering Crew; and

 

		4.2.7	provision of key management
                                         personnel, including but not limited to: Project Manager, Party Manager, QHSE Manager,
                                         QC Processor, Survey Processor, Senior Survey, Senior Observer, Junior Observer, and
                                         Logistics Manager, and other Key Personnel as detailed in the Key Personnel List (Exhibit
                                         “B-4”: Contractor Personnel).

  

 

1 Without limiting the generality of Clause 2.3
of Schedule “A” – General Terms and Conditions, Contractor agrees that it shall not subcontract any camp or
catering services to Grizzco Camp Services Inc. or any Affiliate thereof without Company’s prior written consent.

 

    	24 of 156

    	 

    

 

		4.3	Application for OGC
                                         approval

 

		4.3.1	Application for any required
                                         approval(s) from the BC Oil & Gas Commission (the “OGC”) is NOT
                                         included in the Scope of Work. Company is responsible for obtaining any required approval(s)
                                         from the OGC and will incur all costs related to the application, notification and approval
                                         process.

 

		4.4	Equipment Requirements

 

		4.4.1	The Equipment anticipated to
                                         be furnished by Contractor is identified in Exhibit “B-3”:
                                         Contractor Equipment. 

 

		4.4.2	Contractor’s field crews
                                         must have an acquisition management system to generate the SPS format during the survey.
                                         The Field Database, Topographical computations and 3D recording management are the minimum
                                         elements required to support the generation of the SPS format.

 

		4.4.3	Acquisition management system must comply with requirements
                                         outlined in the “SHELL PROCESSING SUPPORT FORMAT FOR 3D SURVEYS Rev 2.1”
                                          http://www.seg.org/documents/10161/77915/seg_sps_rev2.1.pdf 

 

		5	PROJECT MANAGEMENT PLAN
                                         

 

		5.1	The Services shall be
                                         carried out in accordance with the Project Management Plan (Exhibit “B-2”:
                                         Project Management Plan). 

 

		5.2	Contractor shall identify
                                         all issues related to weather in its timeline.

 

		5.3	Company intends to contract
                                         a project management company to oversee data quality, daily cost tracking and HSE.

 

		6	DETAILED SERVICES DESCRIPTION
                                         

 

		6.1	Permitting: Notwithstanding
                                         Clause 5.5 of Schedule “A” – General Terms and Conditions:
                                         

 

		6.1.1	Contractor shall be responsible
                                         for obtaining, at its own cost, all Permits required to be in the name(s) of any member(s)
                                         of Contractor Group for the performance of the Services.

 

		6.1.2	Company shall
                                         be responsible for obtaining, at its own cost, all Permits required to be in Company’s
                                         (or an Affiliate of Company’s) name or required for Contractor Group to enter and
                                         carry out the Services in the survey area. Company will be responsible to supply permit
                                         supervision and permit agents to permit access for surface and subsurface seismic operations
                                         and negotiate damage payments resulting from the seismic operation. Company’s responsibility
                                         for acquiring Permits shall include, but not be limited to, road and railroad permits
                                         including all associated agreements, bonds, insurances, Federal, Provincial and Local
                                         regulatory approvals (including OGC approvals) and all competitor lease access and data
                                         acquisition approvals. Contractor will provide, at Company’s cost, reasonable assistance
                                         to Company in undertaking such permitting duties, if requested by Company Worksite Representative.

 

		6.2	Environmental issues:
                                         Are of paramount concern and should be mitigated, as regulators may require, to
                                         the full extent possible by Contractor in consultation with Company. Please see the
                                         map showing Wildlife Timing included in Exhibit “B-1”: Project
                                         Parameters. Operations are expected to take place during the calving window for ungulates,
                                         which follows the larger stream and river corridor riparian areas. Contractor will be
                                         required to show operational flexibility during this time and to move or delay operations
                                         as required. Company’s expectations regarding Wildlife are set out in Section 8
                                         below.

 

If Services take place within
the migratory bird nesting window and mitigation measures will need to be taken to minimize incidental removal of birds, bird
nests or eggs, Company will bear all costs related to these mitigation measures.

 

		6.3	Line Clearing: Whereever
                                         line clearing is required it is Company's wish to carry out the project while damaging
                                         the least amount of timber possible. Company envisions cutting only meandering paths
                                         through forests, leaving marketable timber untouched. This will have an effect on how
                                         line clearing, survey and energy sourcing operations take place. This must be included
                                         in the Project Management Plan (Exhibit

 

    	25 of 156

    	 

    

 

“B-2”: Project
Management Plan). Receiver lines need to be cleared for safe travel by the recording crew and in the event a stretcher
is needed. It is expected that Contractor will designate an Advance Man whose responsibility will be line clearing for both source
lines and receiver lines. Contractor has included information on the estimated amount of hand cutting and First Nation employment
in the Description of Labour Force (Exhibit “B-4”: Contractor Personnel).

 

		6.4	Survey: GPS survey
                                         is preferable, however Company will evaluate all methods of survey recommended by
                                         Contractor, including conventional “total station” survey, Inertial Navigation
                                         (INS), or “under canopy GPS” with LiDAR or any combination of GPS, LiDAR
                                         and INS. See Company’s survey guidelines in Exhibit “B-6”: Survey
                                         Guidelines.

 

		6.5	Energy Sources- Vibroseis-Dynamite:
                                         – The project requires the use of dynamite as a source. To this end,
                                         the appropriate explosives handling and storage permits must be obtained by Contractor
                                         as necessary to facilitate an efficient drilling and blasting operation. If possible,
                                         Company would like Contractor to use Vibroseis as a source in any areas that are appropriate.
                                         Contractor is asked to assess the terrain for Vibrator access and include any Vibroseis
                                         in the Project Management Plan (Exhibit “B-2”: Project Management
                                         Plan). 

 

		6.6	Drilling: It
                                         is anticipated that low impact track drills and heli-drilling will be utilized. Contractor
                                         must provide a detailed estimate of the number of points for each type of drilling
                                         in the Project Management Plan (Exhibit “B-2”: Project Management
                                         Plan).

 

		6.7	Shotholes: Contractor
                                         shall have a plan to tamp and plug the shotholes to prevent “blowouts” and
                                         secure all shotpoints in order to protect them from tampering or vandalism which
                                         includes the use of electronic detonators.

 

		6.8	Preloading shotholes:
                                         Company is aware of BC regulations regarding explosives left in the ground longer
                                         than 30 days. Contractor must provide a detailed operational and security plan that will
                                         illustrate how Contractor will deal with this issue through the OGC, minimize the risk
                                         to the public and prevent vandalism that may result in lost or damaged explosives charges.
                                         Electronic detonators are required.

 

		6.9	Recording: A
                                         recording plan will be submitted to Company which illustrates the projected plan of
                                         layout/sources acquired/pickup for the duration of the project. Contractor will adhere
                                         to Company‘s recording guidelines (Exhibit “B-7”: Company
                                         Recording Guidelines).

 

		6.10	Operational Plan:
                                         An operational and security plan shall be instituted by Contractor in order to minimize
                                         the risk to the public and prevent vandalism that may result in lost, stolen, or damaged
                                         equipment and/or explosives charges, and it shall be included in the the Project Management
                                         Plan (Exhibit “B-2”: Project Management Plan). 

 

		6.11	Security: Security
                                         at the explosives magazine and on line after the shot holes have been pre-loaded and
                                         when sleeping charges are present will be the responsibility of Contractor.

 

		6.12	Lost or Stolen Equipment:
                                         Will be the responsibility of Contractor. 

 

		6.13	Backup Equipment:
                                         Contractor shall have backup equipment available at short notice to replace any
                                         equipment that cannot be repaired. Company will not pay standby charges for lost
                                         time due to insufficient or inoperable backup equipment.

 

		6.14	Company will not accept
                                         any charges nor pay any invoices for consumables used for transportation and handling
                                         of spare parts.

 

		6.15	Contractor shall provide
                                         facilities and personnel to backup the operations in the field.

 

		6.16	Contractor shall have
                                         a rotating schedule of equipment or supply a pre-commencement testing report of the equipment
                                         that will be used.

 

		6.17	Subcontractors:
                                         For the purpose of Clause 2.3 of Schedule “A” – General Terms
                                         and Conditions, Company hereby approves Contractor subcontracting to the Persons
                                         identified in Exhibit “B-5” those portions of the Services identified
                                         therein with respect to each such Person.

 

    	26 of 156

    	 

    

 

		6.18	Company Worksite
                                         Representative 

 

The authorized Company Worksite
Representative shall be:

 

	Scott
    Verot 
	Cypress Project Manager
	Phone:	+1 403-265-7226
	Email:	scott.verot@rpsgroup.com

 

		7	LOCAL LABOUR AND COMMUNITY
                                         RELATIONS 

 

		7.1	Company has identified
                                         community relations as one of the most important factors which can contribute to a successful
                                         operation. Initial negotiations and permitting may be undertaken by Company advisors
                                         and consultants.

 

		7.2	During
                                         all operations Contractor will maintain a field office which will also serve as a meeting
                                         place for crews and landowners. Information updates will also be posted allowing landowners
                                         to keep informed about crew activities.

 

		7.3	Company’s
                                         expectations for the management of relations with the community are set out in Exhibit
                                         “D-7”: Local Benefits and Stakeholder Relations Requirements.
                                         

 

		8	WILDLIFE 

 

Company is committed to minimizing
disturbance to wildlife and wildlife habitat, and complying with all applicable regulations. Potential adverse impacts to wildlife
species of management concern, including species at risk will be mitigated to the extent possible by Contractor in consultation
with Company. Specific wildlife issues that must be managed for the project are outlined below:

 

		8.1	Ungulate Calving Areas

 

Undefined calving areas have
been identified along rivers and riparian corridors in the project area by a professional biologist. (See Wildlife Timing Map
included in Exhibit “B-1”: Project Parameters.) To minimize potential disturbance to females and their
calves, program activities will be mitigated and monitored, to the extent possible, during the peak ungulate calving period from
May 21 – June 8.

 

Company will contract a qualified
environmental professional to be onsite during the calving period to monitor activity in these areas. Operations in calving areas
will be directed on the advice of the qualified environmental professional and specific mitigation will be implemented to meet
the following objectives: avoid flights over calving areas; minimize impact of helicopter noise and presence in proximity to calving
areas; and avoid areas where cow/calf pairs are observed.

 

Operations are expected to take
place during the calving window for ungulates. Contractor will be required to show operational flexibility during this time and
to move or delay operations as required by Company.

 

		8.2	Migratory Birds

 

Company has an Incidental
Take & Migratory Bird Active Nest Surveys Practice to mitigate potential risks  associated with the incidental
take of active migratory bird nests and the disturbance to bird nests, young or eggs. The highest risk of incidental take2
occurs when there is clearing of vegetation scheduled to occur within the migratory bird active nesting window, from May
1 – July 313.

 

Operations
are expected to take place during the migratory bird active nesting window and Company will seek the advice of a qualified environmental
professional to design and conduct migratory bird nest surveys/sweeps where required to demonstrate due diligence in protecting
species that receive protection under the British Columbia Wildlife Act, the Migratory Birds Convention Act and the Species at
Risk Act. Species at risk within the project area include: Connecticut Warbler, Cape May Warbler, Canada Warbler, Bay-breasted
Warbler and Black- throated Green Warbler.

 

 

2 Incidental Take: the destruction
of migratory birds, their nests or eggs due to a human activity in which the objective was not destruction (CWS 2008). A common
example is vegetation clearing or timber harvesting in which the purpose is not to kill migratory birds, but it happens incidentally
when unidentified active nests are destroyed by the removal of vegetation in which nests are contained.

3 Company’s migratory bird timing window for
the BC Peace Region.

 

    	27 of 156

    	 

    

 

Qualified environmental professionals
will be retained by Company to conduct an active bird nest survey. An active nest survey is a search for nests by walking through
the entire area to be cleared, and includes examining shrubs, trees and ground for nests, and listening for the presence of song
birds in an area. The active nest survey will be conducted a maximum of 7 days prior to the start of clearing, and is valid for
7 days following the completion of the survey. Efforts will be made to prioritize areas and coordinate active nest surveys according
to the program schedule. Efforts will also be made to allocate additional survey crews at key times as and when required.

 

Active nests that are located
will be recorded (UTM), and an appropriate buffer will be established such that clearing can occur up to the buffer boundary without
disturbing the nest. The buffer radius will be determined by the qualified environmental professional and will be clearly marked
in the field and communicated to project personnel. The buffer radius is determined based on the bird species and site specific
features; 30m is a typical song bird nest buffer radius however, potential buffer zones (radius) could range from 10m to 100m.

 

Active nests shall be confirmed
inactive by the qualified environmental professional prior to clearing even if clearing is scheduled to occur outside of the active
nesting window. Removal of the tree/nest after the nesting season may not be appropriate for species where the loss of the nest(s)
could have negative impact on future nesting success. For example, ospreys re-use their stick nests among seasons. Stick nests
are protected under the BC Wildlife Act regardless of their current use.

 

Stick nests will be located (in
mid to late March) using an aerial survey method. This survey will also be conducted by the qualified environmental professional.
If mitigation is required due to a stick nest’s proximity on or near a planned seismic line, the qualified environmental
professional will provide recommendations for the mitigation depending on the species, use of the nest and site-specific factors.
The OGC requires a 100m minimum setback around stick nests. Various best management practices for raptors suggest setbacks ranging
from 50m to 200m and in certain cases suggest additional buffers. The appropriate setback and mitigation technique for stick nests
is species and site-dependent and will be based on recognized practices.

 

If operations take place during
the migratory bird active nesting window (May 1 – July 31), Contractor will be required to incorporate the work of the qualified
environmental professionals, and any additional Company requirements, into the Project Management Plan (Exhibit “B-2”:
Project Management Plan”) and show operational flexibility during this time and to move or delay operations as required.
Contractor’s field project manager will be required to liaise with the lead qualified environmental professional in order
to coordinate field operations. Contractor will be required to provide a detailed ERP and will be responsible for providing appropriate
medical response during the active nest survey. Company expects Contractor to be flexible on logistics and scheduling operations
to ensure that potential delays related to bird surveys do not incur additional overall cost. No lines may be cut or shot without
first being surveyed and cleared for operations by the qualified environmental professional.

 

		8.3	Wildlife Awareness &
                                         Wildlife Sighting Cards

 

Company will provide a Wildlife
Awareness Training Sessions to inform all project personnel about sensitive wildlife and wildlife habitat in the project area.
Mitigation plans for migratory birds, stick nests, species at risk and calving areas will also be conveyed during this session.
It is expected that all project personnel will participate in this session (1-1.5 hrs).

 

Wildlife sighting cards will
be provided for project personnel to proactively report wildlife sightings and wildlife habitat features encountered (i.e. nests,
dens) during the work. This information will also be helpful for Company in planning future oil and gas operations in the project
area.

 

		9	POTENTIAL CHANGE TO PROJECT
                                         TIMELINE 

 

Notwithstanding anything else
contained herein, Contractor acknowledges that, as of the commencement date of this Scope of Work, Company continues to evaluate
its obligations under Applicable Laws relating to migratory birds and, as such, may determine, in its sole discretion, that the
project timeline should be changed so that field operations do not commence until after the migratory bird nesting window (May
1 – July 31).

 

    	28 of 156

    	 

    

 

If Company makes such determination
and provides Contractor with written notice thereof, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith, for at least thirty (30) days
following Contractor’s receipt of Company’s notice, to execute such amendments to this Scope of Work (including the
Exhibits attached hereto) and to the Schedule “C” and “D” subparts relating hereto, as are necessary or
desirable to provide for field operations to commence in August 2013.

 

[Remainder of page
intentionally left blank]

 

    	29 of 156

    	 

    

 

LIST OF EXHIBITS TO SCHEDULE “B”

 

	Exhibit “B-1”	Project Parameters
	 	·	Project Map
	 	·	Notification Map
	 	·	Wildlife Timing Map
	 	·	Recording Parameters
	 	·	SPS Files
	 	 	 
	Exhibit “B-2”	Project Management Plan
	 	·	Schedule – Gantt Chart
	 	·	Detailed Project Management Plan
	 	 	 
	Exhibit “B-3”	Contractor Equipment
	 	·	Recording & Quality Control
	 	·	Camp and Communication
	 	·	Survey & Line Clearing
	 	·	Drilling
	 	·	Vehicles, Vessels and Auxiliary Equipment
	 	 
	Exhibit “B-4”	Contractor Personnel
	 	·	Key Personnel List
	 	·	Description of Labour Force
	 	 	 
	Exhibit “B-5”	Subcontractors
	 	 
	Exhibit “B-6”	Survey Guidelines
	 	 
	Exhibit “B-7”	Company Recording Guidelines

 

Executed by the Parties’ duly authorized representatives:

 

	TALISMAN SASOL MONTNEY PARTNERSHIP	 	SAEXPLORATION (CANADA) LTD.
	By its Managing Partner	 	 
	TALISMAN ENERGY INC.	 	 

 

	Signed this ______ day of _____________, _______.	 	Signed this ______ day of _____________, ______.
		 	 
	Signature Above, Print Name and Title	 	Signature Above, Print Name and Title

 

[Remainder of page
intentionally left blank; Exhibits follow]

 

    	30 of 156

    	 

    

 

Exhibit “B-1”

PROJECT PARAMETERS

 

[***]

[4 pages omitted pursuant to the Confidential
Treatment Request]

 

    	Exhibit "B-1"	Page 1 of 1

    	 

    

 

Exhibit “B-2”

PROJECT MANAGEMENT PLAN

 

SA Exploration

Project Management Plan

 

SAExploration has been created to provide
a unique service to energy companies that demand the most effective acquisition of seismic data. SAE is committed to meeting specific
client requirements and ensuring continuous customer satisfaction. We operate to the highest standards in safety, efficiency and
quality while respecting the environment and the communities in which we operate.

 

PERSONNEL

 

Our strength is in our people: Our team
consist of the most experienced, knowledgeable and qualified people in the industry. We have an energy and vision that is unsurpassed.
The table below highlights our Canadian based Senior Field staff that would manage and support the Cypress 3D. In addition to the
individuals shown we have the ability to draw on additional Canadian based staff or if needed internationally based Canadian experienced
personnel.

 

Project Managers, Recording Crew Managers
and Senior Observers have valid SFOS tickets; our in house SFOS trainer is available to Talisman Energy Personnel if requested.

 

[***]

[1.5 pages omitted pursuant to the Confidential
Treatment Request]

 

    	Exhibit "B-2"	Page 1 of 13

    	 

    

 

KEY CONSIDERATIONS

 

SAExploration believes that the best way
to ensure a positive outcome on complex projects is through proper planning. It is our experience that collaborating with our clients
on the detailed project management plan greatly enhances the likelihood of a successful project. Our view of a successful project
is a project that is on time, on budget with zero incidents. The obvious variables that can affect the AFE are weather and ground
conditions.

 

It is our understanding that SAExploration
would be considered the Prime Contractor onsite, appropriate discussions would be required to ensure that a clear understanding
of what the role entails combined with clear roles and responsibilities of all parties.

 

Prior to starting operations a detailed
Project Risk Assessment would be completed with appropriate mitigation for high risk activities.

 

SAExploration utilizes a Green, Yellow
and Red grading system for managing subcontractors. Our preference is to always utilize green contractors. In the event that yellow
or red contractors are required, we would work with our client and the contractor to ensure that the appropriate level of management
and mitigation is in place to ensure successful operations.

 

Wildlife timing considerations, work planning
and helicopter flight restrictions would be followed as per the Government approval, onsite Biologists and Community Monitors.
All activity would be required to be coordinated through the Project Manager. Subsequent reporting would go to the Survey Mapper
to ensure proper communication with all phases of the operation (Line Clearing, Survey, Drilling, Acquisition and all helicopter
operations). If specific flight plans are required a Kodiak Navigation unit will be utilized to ensure specific flight routes are
maintained (especially for Migrating birds).

 

The final key consideration is that our
PMP is a proposal only and should essentially be considered a draft document as we believe that as the primary stakeholder Talisman
Energy should be involved in the finalizing of the plan.

 

Although SAExploration has gotten informal
rates from the local community it is our belief that we could not get formal bids as First Nation consultation and Line Clearing
work for the local community typically go hand in hand.

 

Careful consideration should be given to
Helicopter management for Front End Operations (Line Clearing). SAE recommends that Line Clearing and Survey operation helicopter
support is managed by us with costs being paid by Talisman. It would be necessary to receive revised bids from contractors if Talisman
agrees with this philosophy. Adopting this philosophy ensures that Community Environmental Monitors have unrestricted access to
field operations in addition to HSE Advisors and Drill Pushes.

 

All operations would commence in the South
end of the project. This will allow time to evaluate conditions on the Northern portion of the project to determine if 100% of
the project should be acquired in 2013.

 

    	Exhibit "B-2"	Page 2 of 13

    	 

    

 

SAExploration recommends a local Bear Guard
be utilized as the area is known to have a significant bear population.

 

REGULATORY AND PROJECT PERMITTING

 

Government Approval:

 

SAExploration will work with Talisman on
an as needed basis.

 

First Nations Consultations:

 

SAExploration will work with Talisman on
an as needed basis.

 

Permitting:

 

SAExploration will work with Talisman on
an as needed basis if required.

 

PREPLANNING MEETINGS

 

SAExploration preplanning would involve
Talisman, successful subcontractors, and our Operations Group.

 

Preplan meetings are intended to cover
everything from roles and responsibilities to Emergency response.

 

EMPLOYMENT PLAN

 

SAExploration is first and foremost an
equal opportunity employer. Although a large portion of our workforce is labor we have an obligation to try and field an experienced
properly trained crew. As a result of this and the seasonality of our work we try and re-hire as many of our past employee’s
or seismic experienced personnel as possible. When we move into different operating area’s we are open to provide employment
opportunities to qualified people. Our expectation is to try and hire long term people and not just area specific local people.
We need our field staff to be mobile and move with the crew.

Our pre-employment requirements are as
follows:

 

Resume and Interview

Drug Test

Physical demands analysis

Minimum 18 yrs. of age.

Social Insurance Number

 

If all these requirements are met and the
person accepts an offer of employment they are required to complete our in-house SAET Level 1 training before being deployed to
a field crew. This SAET Level 1 training consists of the following:

 

    	Exhibit "B-2"	Page 3 of 13

    	 

    

 

WMHIS

H2S Aware

PPE

Safe Manual Handling

Behavioural Based Safety

Enform Certified General Safety Orientation

SAE 10 LIFE Saving Rules

 

Once the individual is on a crew he will
be given additional training within the first 7-10 days which we call SAET Level 2. This Training consists of the following:

 

Stop It Burning

Lockout/Tagout

Preventing Slips Trips and Falls

Noise Inducted Hearing Loss

Blood Borne Pathogens

Job Safety Analysis

REACH (Recognition, Evaluation and Control
of Hazards)

Wildlife Awareness

 

These are the minimum requirements to begin
work at SAExploration

 

[***]

 

ENVIRONMENTAL

 

SAExploration will follow the following
directive on this proposed project:

 

		•	All government regulations concerning environmental damage resulting from the contractor’s
activities must be adhered to.

		•	Proper planning will be carried out before any operations commence on a seismic line to ensure
that the highest standards of environmental protection and restoration are considered.

		•	All contractors must protect the environment by acting to preserve air, water, animal life and
plant life from adverse effects of their activities, by minimizing any disturbances caused by required operations.

		•	All-non-degradable rubbish and petroleum products shall be removed from the site and disposed of
in an appropriate manner.

		•	All precautions must be taken to prevent soil and water contamination by having approved storage
facilities.

		•	Appropriate procedures must be in place to prevent spillage of chemicals, fuels, or other agents.

		•	Any significant spillage or incident must be reported to SAExploration management immediately.

		•	Environmental hazards associated with the contractors activities are to be identified and any risks
will be mitigated.

 

    	Exhibit "B-2"	Page 4 of 13

    	 

    

 

CAMP

 

SAExploration will utilize existing camps,
currently 3 camps are in the area and at this time all have availability for the timing requested. SAExploration will audit the
camp prior to committing to the chosen location. The camp audit will be conducted based on internal camp audit and WorkSafe BC
regulatory requirements.

 

OPERATIONS

 

Talisman’s project will be recorded
using conventional heli-assist and heli-portable operations. SAExploration has included various options based on Client preferences.
Operations are configured to operate 13 hour shifts during daylight hours only.

 

Prior to commencing work all personnel
will be required to have an initial site orientation, ticket verification and equipment inspection (if applicable). Equipment inspection
will include verification of radios and the appropriate frequencies for traveling on resource roads.

 

The CAGC Heli - Assist / Heliportable Operations
Best Practice is the foundation to our Heli-portable operations.

 

HSE

 

HSE is integral to every SAExploration
project. Our Project Managers, Recording Crew Managers and Field HSE personnel have extensive experience with managing significant
Heliportable mountain projects.

 

A project risk assessment and mitigation
plan will be created prior to project start-up in conjunction with Talisman during the preplanning phase.

 

Hazard maps are considered to be “living”
and change daily based on crew reporting. Hazards are reported to the mapping department through Hazard 10 cards daily. Our HSE
staff verify and validate significant hazards while in the field.

 

At SAExploration, we consider the safety
and well-being of our personnel to be of the utmost importance. We continue to work diligently on implementing fresh ideas towards
the improvement of our Health and Safety Programs so that we may provide a work environment that is safe. We rely on our personnel
to assist with creating these new ideas, while also continuing to train, mentor, and develop our personnel to be the best.

 

SAExploration continues to strive for excellence
and in doing so we have enhanced our initiatives within our Canadian Operations.

 

		-	Improved pre-employment physical testing for new workers.

		-	Pre-employment substance abuse testing and introduction of breath alcohol units on all crews to
ensure fit to work initiatives.

 

    	Exhibit "B-2"	Page 5 of 13

    	 

    

 

		-	An improved, two phased approach to new worker training and competency verification complete with
the new Enform General Safety Orientation training which replaces IRP 16. (Reg #: GS0-0014-2012). At the time of our bid submission
SAExploration is the only CAGC member that have completed the Enform GSO approval process and are 1 of 38 companies Enform has
approved overall (at the time of bid submission).

		-	Full time, experienced, and competent Health and Safety Field Advisors on our sites

		-	Injury Management Program

		-	Improved driver training and assessment

		-	Driver monitoring systems for vehicles, snowmobiles and UTV’s

		-	Behavior / Task Observation Program

		-	Kodiak Navigation system or equivalent will be utilized for flight watch.

 

A safety meeting will be conducted each
morning, prior to the start of operations. Copies of the job plan for that day, updated hazard/access maps, safety reporting forms
(Near-miss and Hazard cards), and assigned daily crew activity will be reviewed at this time. The previous day’s results
and a discussion of the hazards expected that day are reviewed before the crew departs for the field.

 

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

 

All SAExploration personnel and all contractors
working on these programs will be required to have the following basic PPE based on initial project risk assessment:

 

Approved footwear (ankle support, aggressive
tread)

Approved Hard Hats

Eye Protection

Long Sleeves

Covered legs

Gloves

Appropriate outer-ware for weather conditions

Approved Fall Protection when working above
1.8m

 

Other PPE may be required depending on
job specific hazards that could be identified once field operation commence.

 

Front End Operations

 

Sub-Contractor selection would be completed
in conjunction with Talisman.

SAExploration utilizes a Red, Yellow and
Green contractor rating system. Based on contractor grading’s, additional mitigation is put in place to ensure a successful
project. All contractors must be approved in our system before commencing work. In addition to our stoplight program our contractors
are also rated under the OGP mode 1, 2 and 3 contractor management system.

 

All personnel including any contractor
onsite would be required to have both the SAE and Client site orientation prior to commencing work. Visitors will have a site orientation
and be accompanied by a site representative.

 

    	Exhibit "B-2"	Page 6 of 13

    	 

    

 

Transportation

 

Primary transportation for getting to and
from the field will be supplied by our subcontractors. All vehicles will require driver monitoring and tracking devices while on
the project. A bus may be supplied for chain saw operators based on road conditions and the overall project risk assessment.

 

For field operations a combination of light
trucks, UTV’s (no A TV’s) and helicopter support will be required. SAExploration can supply Hagglund’s for emergency
response and personnel support in the field if required in areas of limited vehicle access.

 

By working closely with Great Slave Helicopters
(our preferred service provider) we have included Heliportable options that do not utilize performance class 1 or 2 aircraft. This
is based on Great Slave’s interpretation of Talisman documents. Performance class 1 or 2 aircraft are available for personnel
movement at an additional cost. A more thorough summary is available on request however here is a short summary of the mitigation
that we have in place for helicopter operations.

 

A portion of the terrain that is encompassed
by the Cypress 3D could be considered “hostile”, is the narrow definition of not having a safe landing area under the
helicopter at all times was utilized. In order to reduce the risk of requiring a forced landing in a single engine helicopter the
following mitigating steps will be taken:

 

		1.	No components that are critical for flight (engine, transmission, etc) will be on extension.

		2.	No inspections that involve the drive train of the aircraft will be on extension.

		3.	A Spectrometric Oil Analysis Program (SOAP) will be in place for the engine oil.

		4.	An engine recording device that counts it’s Start and Gas Producer cycles, as well as all
exceedances, will be installed on the aircraft(s).

		5.	A program to review all recorded engine information will be in place.

		6.	All engine chips will be sent for laboratory or manufacturer review within 20 flight hours of discovery.

		7.	All post maintenance ground runs will be twice the OEM requirement.

		8.	All Flight Data (in 3 axes plus audio and video from the cockpit) will be recorded and reviewed
in near real time (daily), with pilot involvement in any discussion of flight events.

		9.	All flight crew will undergo mission specific training (LOFT) based on the project required tasks.

		10.	An engine failure focused Safety Management System (SMS) is in place and will be referred to at
all times during operations.

 

Line Clearing

 

It is our recommendation that due to the
dangerous nature of tree falling operations a zero line width methodology is used rather than cutting lines 1.5 meters wide. If
Talisman Energy agrees to this methodology a HETS crew would be required onsite for the duration of the program. It is our experience
that a portion of these costs can be covered by having timber damage assessments waived due to the line width reduction. Although
not widely used in British Columbia the de-limb and dangerous tree control methodology has been successfully employed on numerous
sites in this region with great success. In addition to the reduced risk associated with falling trees there is a cost benefit
due to improved crew productivity.

 

    	Exhibit "B-2"	Page 7 of 13

    	 

    

 

QST’s and crew foreman are considered
a critical component on managing the risk associated with chain saw operations. Depending on the final outcome of the bid and consultation
process additional management (QST / Foreman) may be required. IRP #11 for Dangerous Tree Control will be adhered to.

 

Mulching operations will utilize a meandering
technique as described in the CAGC mulching best practice.

 

During the preplanning phase a better understanding
of ground conditions will determine creek crossing locations and preparation. Every effort will be made to reduce downtime hourly
charges for the mulchers.

 

SAExploration verifies that all site workers
have been deemed competent by their perspective employers. In addition to the competency sign off by the employer our on-site HSE
representative will also be assigned to front end operations and is responsible for operational safety, compliance with procedures
and personnel training issues.

 

BC’s Resource Road protocols will
be utilized by everyone on site.

 

Note: Based on the BC data there
are three burn areas that could have an impact on cutting operations. Two burn areas are from 1985 and 1986. The most significant
burn area is 396 Hectares and burned in May of 1985 and the second area is 134 Hectares and was August of 1986.

 

Survey operations will take place only
after detailed operational planning session in conjunction with but not limited to the completion of the HSE planning. Some of
the items to be addressed would include permit restrictions, cultural and or community concerns, regulatory or approval requirements,
hazard identification and environmental/endangered species concerns that may exist in the area.

 

An access man will be on-site before the
survey crew arrives to identify problem areas, culture, water wells, structures, oil wells and confirm point placement. Hazards
that were not previously identified through design and job preplanning can be addressed at this time. This person will “own”
the hazard map throughout the job. The Chief Surveyor will oversee all survey operations, supported by his Field Supervisor. Both
individuals will report directly to the SAExploration Project Manager

 

SAExploration verifies that all site workers
have been deemed competent by their perspective employers. In addition to the competency sign off by the employer our on-site HSE
representative will also be assigned to front end operations and is responsible for operational safety, compliance with procedures
and personnel training issues.

 

    	Exhibit "B-2"	Page 8 of 13

    	 

    

 

HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

 

Hazards will be marked by a lath “X”
and colored flagging. Hazards can consist of fences, terrain, rivers/creeks, wildlife etc. The receivers will be marked with a
lath, or tag with the color based on CAGC guidelines.

 

All personnel are responsible for reporting
any hazards encountered during their work day. Each hazard will be reviewed and appropriate mitigation put in place, a project
hazard map will be maintained and updated as required. This is in conjunction with extra flagging and stakes to ensure that field
hazards are visible to all personnel working in the immediate area.

 

Surveyors will be familiar with and conform
to all regulations that govern safe distances from energy sources (shot points) to various structures and terrain issues including
but not limited to all creek setbacks and all oil and gas infrastructure.

 

All personnel must be alerted to any known
hazards they may face prior to starting their work day, relevant information will be communicated at the safety I operations meeting
prior to the start of the shift.

 

Some general common hazards that may be
encountered at the worksite are as follows:

 

		•	Difficult ground conditions, steep slopes, water hazards,
vegetation covered holes

		•	Wells, fences, gates, H2S locations

		•	Power, gas, water and telephone lines, radio, television,
and radar transmitters

		•	Weak bridges, holes, or pits

		•	Animals

 

SOURCE AND RECEIVER POINT MARKING

 

Each source and receiver point will be
marked using a shipping tag to ensure a degree of permanency and thus eliminate the need for re-establishment by survey or recording
crews.

 

Shot and receiver numbers are required
on all tags. Appropriate amounts of flagging are required between points and as necessary on all detours to provide a visual access
from point to point from either direction.

 

All flagging colors will be based on the
CAGC Seismic Flagging poster

 

When necessary crews will be utilize handheld
GPS receivers loaded with the project to aid in project navigation.

 

INITIAL HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

 

When an obstruction in the field is encountered
the following should be used as a guideline for marking access:

 

    	Exhibit "B-2"	Page 9 of 13

    	 

    

 

Hazards: Mark any and all potential
hazards such as potholes, stumps, snags, steep pitches, cross fences etc. to identify for subsequent personnel working on site.
Hazards will be cross-referenced on the Hazard Assessment and Access Maps.

 

Fences: Attention should be given
to making sure every fence line is marked.

 

Pipelines: All locations where the
line crosses or parallels a pipeline, such crossings shall be marked by a lath with “P/L” and directional arrows flagging
tied to the lath. All lathe will be placed at bends, corners or elevation changes > 2 M.

 

Power lines: Low overhead power
lines must also be designated by a lath with “O/H Power”.

 

DRILLING

 

WorkSafe BC drill inspection requirements
audit will be conducted prior to the equipment commencing work. This is a relatively new document and as such we reduced the number
of sub-contractors that were selected for bidding to ensure 100% compliance. This includes ensuring drillers have the G600 training
and rigging training.

 

The CAGC “Safe Operating Procedures
for Seismic Drilling and Blasting” and WorkSafe BC Drilling regulations will be adhered to. This includes Safe Guarding of
Rotating Parts, iButton use, and Dust suppression for drilling.

 

Operations will utilize a combination of
low impact tracked drills and Heli-Portable drills.

 

SAExploration verifies that all site workers
have been deemed competent by their perspective employers. In addition to the competency sign off by the employer our on-site HSE
representative will also be assigned to front end operations and is responsible for operational safety, compliance with procedures
and personnel training issues.

 

Drilling crews will consist of an experienced
Driller and Drill Helper for each piece of drilling equipment on the ground and all will be supported by a Drill Push. The Drill
Push provides support for drills, the ratio being dependent upon terrain conditions and the ease of travel between drills. This
ratio is determined on a project by project basis. Drillers and drill push will follow IRP 17 and have Ground Disturbance training.

 

Heli - Drill crews report in by radio to
the Drill Push prior to move-ups between shot holes.

 

BC’s Resource Road protocols will
be utilized by everyone on site.

 

Electronic detonators will be utilized
in all holes and due to the high cost of Heliportable holes double detonators will be used as an extra safety measure.

 

Various methods of “tamping”
shot holes are available. Bids are based on regulatory requirements any additional requirements by Talisman would be at cost (gravel,
bentonite etc.).

 

Based on Talisman Energy’s scout
it is estimated that approximately 9800 heli drill holes would be required.

 

    	Exhibit "B-2"	Page 10 of 13

    	 

    

 

EXPLOSIVES STORAGE AND HANDLING

 

SAExploration recognizes the security concerns
and issues associated with North East British Columbia, due to the perceived higher security threat in the region we are recommending
that a Security Magazine is utilized. The magazine utilizes satellite communications and reports magazine door opening, closing
and tampering.

 

Although overnight storage is permitted
on heli drills we would propose posting security in areas with vehicle access to ensure no issues occur.

 

The drill push is responsible for distributing
and maintaining explosives counts on a daily basis in addition to ensuring drilling operations are conducted in a safe manner.

 

Please note: Daily magazine visits are
conducted with an I Button being utilized for daily logging of site visit.

 

ACQUISITION

 

RECORDING SYSTEMS AND CREW CONFIGURATION

 

[***]

[2 pages omitted pursuant to the Confidential
Treatment Request]

 

Overview

 

The recording crew has been configured
with sufficient Oyo GSX wireless equipment and Oyo GS ONE super phone for the main acquisition of the project so that no seam will
be required for the project. The test spread portion of the project has been configured utilizing Sercel DSU 3 component cable
equipment.

 

By utilizing wireless technology we do
not have concerns of the 20 kilometer long lines. This will allow us to operate in the most efficient ways possible.

 

SAExploration has included multiple options
including full Heliportable as there are many potential variables based on access due to weather and ground conditions.

By working closely with Great Slave Helicopters
(our preferred service provider) we have included Heliportable options that do not utilize performance class 1 or 2 aircraft. This
is based on Great Slave’s interpretation of Talisman documents. Performance class 1 or 2 aircraft are available for personnel
movement at an additional cost.

 

Based on our experience with wireless equipment
utilizing a single point sensor we are able to achieve some significant benefits while maintaining exceptional data quality.

		•	Smaller crews (3 man layout and 3 man pickup crews). This reduces our HSE exposure due to fewer
personnel walking down line).

		•	Lower overall equipment weight per station which allows more channels per heli bag which reduces
our aviation risks.

 

    	Exhibit "B-2"	Page 11 of 13

    	 

    

 

		•	Insignificant risk for equipment damage from weather (lightning) when compared to cable equipment.
Equipment would require almost a direct strike compared to cable equipment.

		o	This reduces cost overrun risks as a lightning strike on a cable system can be costly due to the
actual damage as well as the required time to troubleshoot damaged equipment.

		o	Based on the estimate of 45% heli drilling our estimate is that 35% of the geophones would be group
planted due to elevation changes if a geophone array was utilized.

 

Day to Day operations

 

The crew is configured to have eight three
man crews. These crews would be deployed as required to ensure smooth operations day to day. A combination of Trouble Shooters,
Line View Technicians would be utilized to verify spread prior to acquiring data on them. Each person on layout or pickup is responsible
for deploying individual stations completely. Stations will be line viewed either by the Line Boss or a Trouble shooter prior to
recording operations commencing on each station.

 

It is our intention to utilize a helicopter
support for equipment (and personnel if required). Bags will be deployed utilizing either a carousel or a Mr. T BagRunner. Heli-bags
will contain 12- 15 stations per bag depending on our final risk assessment.

 

Recorder setup locations can be located
based on the best location for communications and daily access as there is no requirement to be able to tie into the line.

 

Sufficient equipment has been allocated
for the project for a 6 line roll. This will allow our operations to continuously work on a two line swath which will assist in
minimizing our HSE exposure to personnel detouring in order to maintain production.

 

Daily tailgate meetings, hazard reporting,
animal sighting cards and behavior observations are a daily part of our operations. We acknowledge that our HSE Advisors are also
responsible for paperwork however their primary role is to ensure that they are on-site in the field working with our crews for
continuous improvement.

 

Alternative Source

 

Depending on final design and government
approval SAExploration would propose to utilize AHV IV Commander buggy vibrators to replace shot holes (specifically heli holes
where practical). During the negotiation phase we would propose adjusting the design accordingly to validate the potential cost
savings.

 

Crew Transportation

 

Crew transportation will be handled through
various methods. A combination of 1⁄2 ton support trucks, and 2 ton line trucks and a crew bus will be utilized based on road
conditions. Once crews are in staging a combination of trucks, UTV’s and Hagglund Personnel Carriers and helicopters would
be utilized. All forms of transportation are fitted with Driver monitoring and tracking devices. A Kodiak system in addition to
Great Slave’s satellite tracking would be used for flight watch duties. BC’s Resource Road protocols will be utilized
by everyone on site.

 

    	Exhibit "B-2"	Page 12 of 13

    	 

    

 

3C TEST

 

If Talisman proceeds with the 3C test it
is our intention to utilize the Sercel DSU. A separate crew would be added to manage the is portion of the project.

 

SHOT HOLE REMEDIATION

 

Blowouts will be plugged if practical by
the shooter and the shooters helper. In the event that the blowout caused a significant increase in size (or a crater) of the bore
hole shooters will call in the shot point location to the Recorder. The Observer will make a note of the location. SAExploration
will provide a shot hole remediation crew as per rates shown in rates sheet. Based on our previous experience and depending on
the size of the blowout or crater various materials will be required. This could include a lava rock, peat moss or support from
a Chain saw crew to properly remediate the shot point. In the event of a flowing hole regulatory requirements will be applied to
ensure that the flowing hole is properly plugged to ensure no possibility of contamination.

 

FINAL CLEANUP AND INSPECTION

 

The pickup crew is responsible for removing
all debris from line. As an additional measure Recording Crew Managers, Senior Observers, HSE Advisors, Trouble Shooters and Line
Bosses are utilized to spot check the project to ensure appropriate cleanup has been conducted.

 

Final inspection and a letter of clearance
request will occur in the spring of 2014.

 

FINAL REPORT

 

The two Final Reports completed for this
project would be the required government submission and The Final Operations Report. The final Operations report would include
information on each phase of the operation budget to actual comparisons, final statistical information on HSE performance and suggestions
for improvement.

 

    	Exhibit "B-2"	Page 13 of 13

    	 

    

 

Exhibit “B-3”

CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT

 

Contractor’s Equipment- Recording,
quality control, (data analysis software and hardware)

 

The model and make of the Equipment, including
spares, support equipment, testing equipment and quality control equipment, which the Contractor will place on this project and
use during the course of the Services are:

 

[***]

[2 pages omitted pursuant to the Confidential
Treatment Request]

 

    	Exhibit "B-3"	Page 1 of 4

    	 

    

 

Contractor’s Equipment- Camp
and Communication Equipment

 

The model and make of the Equipment, including
site accommodations, administration, medical, laundry, fuel storage vessels and vans, communication equipment and repeaters which
the Contractor will place on this project and use during the course of the Services are:

 

[***]

 

    	Exhibit "B-3"	Page 2 of 4

    	 

    

 

Contractor’s Equipment- Survey
& Line Clearing, survey processing, quality control software hardware with onsite map generation capabilities

 

The model and make of the Equipment, including
support equipment for survey and mapping, which the Contractor will place on this project and use during the course of the Services
are:

 

[***]

 

    	Exhibit "B-3"	Page 3 of 4

    	 

    

 

Contractor’s Equipment- Drilling-
Subcontractor

 

The model and make of the Equipment, including
site support equipment for drilling and spares which the Contractor will place on this project and use during the course of the
Services are:

 

[***]

 

    	Exhibit "B-3"	Page 4 of 4

    	 

    

 

Exhibit “B-4”

CONTRACTOR’S PERSONNEL

 

Key Personnel List

 

[***]

[4 pages omitted pursuant to the Confidential
Treatment Request]

 

    	Exhibit "B-4"	Page 1 of 1

    	 

    

 

Exhibit “B-5”

SUBCONTRACTORS AND VENDORS

 

Company approves that Contractor employs
the following Subcontractors and Vendors in the performance of the Services to furnish major components, materials and equipment:

 

[***]

 

    	Exhibit "B-5"	Page 1 of 1

    	 

    

 

Exhibit “B-6”

Survey Guidelines

 

A quality survey is essential in order
to provide a quality seismic section and successful interpretation. The following standards and procedures must be followed in
order to provide a quality final product.

 

[***]

[17 pages omitted pursuant to the Confidential
Treatment Request]

 

    	Exhibit "B-6"	Page 1 of 1

    	 

    

 

Exhibit “B-7”

 

30 Recording Guidelines and Deliverables

 

Audits

 

Acceptance Audit

 

Company shall carry out an acceptance
audit at any time prior to start of data acquisition or during the first six weeks of recording operations. Contractor shall allow
Company personnel full access to the Equipment for audit purposes. This audit will include:

		•	Equipment condition;

		•	maintenance records, procedures and schedules;

		•	HSE conditions and procedures;

		•	operational procedures;

		•	system parameters.

The purpose of this audit shall
be to establish that the Equipment, Personnel and procedures meet Company’s contractual requirements. The acceptance audit
shall be considered as part of the mobilization.

 

Further Audits

 

In addition, Company may carry
out further audits during the course of the Survey, at its discretion. This may include, but is not necessarily limited to, the
items specified above.

 

Any operating time lost during
audits after completion and acceptance of the initial acceptance audit, except during the routine daily or monthly tests, shall
be reimbursed at the Standby Rate in Schedule “C”. Any defects or failures to meet the contractual requirements which
are determined during such audits, and which in the opinion of the Company should be rectified, shall be so rectified by Contractor,
at the Contractor’s cost, unless otherwise agreed by the Company in writing. If, in the opinion of the Company, the defect(s)
or failure(s) to meet the contractual requirements warrant discontinuation of operations, then operations shall cease immediately,
and no further reimbursement for time lost shall be made until such defect(s) or failure(s) are rectified.

 

    	Exhibit "B-7"	Page 1 of 2

    	 

    

  

Parameters and
Procedures

 

[***]

[15 pages omitted pursuant
to the Confidential Treatment Request]

 

    	Exhibit "B-7"	Page 2 of 2

    	 

    

  

SCHEDULE “C”
- SUBPART 1

 

attached to and forming
a subpart of Schedule “C” to the Master Contract for Seismic Acquisition Services in Western

Canada (No. TEI11362)
dated the Apr-15-2013 between TALISMAN SASOL MONTNEY PARTNERSHIP and

 

SAEXPLORATION
(CANADA) LTD.

 

CONTRACT PRICE

 

CYPRESS 3D

 

		1	RATES AND FEES

 

		1.1	Mobilization
                                         Fee	$
                                         [***]

 

The mobilization fee is the entire compensation for
Contractor to mobilize all of Contractor Group’s Personnel and Equipment to the Worksite(s) and complete all preparations
to ready the camp(s), Equipment and Personnel to commence field operations, including but not limited to: insurance, permits,
transportation, labour, security during transportation, fuel, lubricants, preparation for packing, crating, testing, import/export
documentation, fees, duties, taxes, and costs to modify Equipment to meet Applicable Laws, Company specifications and the terms
of this Contract.

 

		1.2	Demobilization
                                         Fee	$
                                         [***]

 

The demobilization fee is the
entire compensation for Contractor to de-mobilize all of Contractor Group’s Personnel and Equipment from the Worksite(s)
and for reclamation and remediation of the camp site(s), removal of all garbage and refuse from the Worksite(s), including but
not limited to: permits, transportation, labour, security during transportation, fuel, lubricants and disposal of all waste in
accordance with Company guidelines.

 

Company reserves the right to
withhold payment of the Demobilization Fee until all Documentation (including the final project report) is received and accepted
by Company.

 

		1.3	Early
                                         termination Fee	$
                                         [***]

 

The early termination fee is
payable to Contractor in the event of termination without cause pursuant to Clause 3.1 of Schedule “A” – General
Terms and Conditions.

 

		1.4	Line
                                         Clearing Rates	 

 

	Line Clearing - Hand Cutting	 	per surveyed km	 	$	[***]	 
	Line Clearing – Mulching	 	per surveyed km	 	$	[***]	 

 

		1.4.1	The hand cutting rate is an
                                         estimate only. Once negotiations with Contractor’s hand cutting Subcontractor conclude,
                                         Contractor and Company will agree on the final rate by a signed document, which will
                                         be attached to this Schedule “C”. In the absence of agreement on such a document,
                                         the rate specified above shall apply.

 

		1.4.2	If the hand cutting rate does
                                         not include helicopter transportation, Contractor shall provide Company with a reasonable
                                         estimate of helicopter hours required for that portion of the Services.

 

		1.5	Turnkey Rates 

 

	Survey	 	per surveyed
 point	 	$	[***]	 
	Survey control and permanent monuments	 	per day	 	$	[***]	 

 

    	31 of 156

    	 

    

 

	Loaded Shotholes (Heli) 2kg @ 15m depth, 
(includes drilling, loading and hole
    safety)	 	per loaded 
shothole	 	$	[***]	 
	Loaded Shotholes (LIS) 2kg @ 15m depth, 
(includes drilling, loading and hole safety)	 	per loaded 
shothole	 	$	[***]	 
	Dynamite - Data Acquisition (Recording)	 	per shot point	 	$	[***]	 
	Dynamite - Data Acquisition
                                 (Recording) –
 Test
                                         Patch (s. 4.1.1.2 of the Scope of Work)
	 	Total turnkey rate	 	$	[***]	 

 

		1.5.1	The turnkey rates include PPE,
                                         camp/catering costs and helicopter transportation for all Personnel; provided that, if
                                         Contractor’s actual camp/catering costs exceed $ [***] per man day, Company
                                         shall be responsible for the incremental cost in addition to the turnkey rates.

 

		1.5.2	The turnkey rates have been
                                         defined for the number of heli-drilling source points specified in Exhibit “B-1”:
                                         Project Parameters. If the actual number of heli-drilling points exceeds the number
                                         specified in Exhibit “B-1”: Project Parameters by 15% or more, the
                                         “Loaded Shotholes (Heli)” turnkey rate will drop to $ [***] per loaded
                                         shothole.

 

		1.5.3	The turnkey rates specified
                                         above are firm for the current Scope of Work. Any amendments to the turnkey rates, as
                                         contemplated by Section 9 of the Scope of Work, will be negotiated based on the above
                                         rates to reflect only the amendments required to the Scope of Work and any applicable
                                         changes to market/price conditions and assumptions. Such amendments to the Scope of Work
                                         may include, but not necessarily be limited to, helicopter hours, number of crews and
                                         supervision levels.

 

		1.6	Additional Rates
                                         

 

	Helicopter (subject
                                         to prior written approval by the
 Company
                                         Worksite Representative)
	 	per hour	 	$	[***]	 
	Handling fee for third party costs	 	%	 	 	[***]	%

 

		1.7	General Stand-by
                                         Rates 

 

The stand-by rates set out below
shall apply for any days where Contractor is unable to proceed with the Services, as follows:

 

		1.7.1	due to suspension by Company
                                         without cause (different from Force Majeure) for the period as provided in the Contract
                                         or for weather days when crews are unable to work;

 

		1.7.2	waiting on spread due to electrical
                                         static problem on lines;

 

		1.7.3	waiting on line clearance or
                                         relaying line, provided that related clearance and relaying is necessary after particular
                                         events (sand storm or strong wind), and not for usual maintenance routine.

 

		1.7.4	downtime due to security, checkpoints,
                                         or de-mining activities;

 

		1.7.5	time spent waiting on any Permits
                                         which are not the responsibility of Contractor Group to obtain;

 

		1.7.6	any delays in the Services
                                         due to government or other Authorities;

 

		1.7.7	any delays outside of Contractor’s
                                         reasonable control and not imputable to Contractor;

 

		1.7.8	recording time lost due to
                                         adverse weather causing excessive noise on records;

 

		1.7.9	time during which work is not
                                         possible due to damage to receiver spreads or data links or to other contractors’
                                         equipment, if such damage is due to third parties or due to events beyond Contractor’s
                                         reasonable control; or

 

		1.7.10	time spent conducting instrument
                                         tests.

 

    	32 of 156

    	 

    

 

The stand-by rates will apply
if Contractor’s Personnel are unable to work in the field for at least six (6) hours on a given day. For such days, Contractor
will invoice the stand-by rates for the actual hours the Personnel was unable to work in the field in any twelve (12) hour day.
Partial stand-by hour days will be prorated to the nearest one-half (1/2) hour and compensation calculated accordingly.

 

	Line clearing Mulching	 	per unit day*	 	$	[***]	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Line Clearing Hand cutting	 	per crew hour	 	$	[***]	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Survey	 	per man day*	 	$	[***]	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Drilling - LIS	 	per crew day*	 	$	[***]	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Drilling – Heli	 	per crew day*	 	$	[***]	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Dynamite - Data Acquisition (Recording) Crew	 	per hour	 	$	[***]	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Helicopter pilots & crew	 	per man day*	 	$	[***]	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Dynamite - Data Acquisition (Recording) Crew – Test Patch (s. 4.1.1.2 of the Scope of Work)	 	per hour	 	$	[***]	 

 

		*	For the purposes of partial stand
                                         by calculations, stand by rates are for 8 hrs. per day

 

		1.8	Force Majeure Stand-by
                                         Rates 

 

The following stand-by rates
shall apply for any Force Majeure time or event:

 

	Line clearing	 	per crew day	 	$	[***]	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Survey	 	per crew day	 	$	[***]	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Drilling	 	per crew day	 	$	[***]	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Dynamite - Data Acquisition (Recording) Crew	 	per hour	 	$	[***]	 

 

		2	INVOICING

 

Contractor shall invoice Company for all Services
performed during each two (2) calendar week period, within five (5) Business Days following the end of each such period.

 

All invoices must include the
following information and supporting documentation where applicable. In the event the requirements of this subpart are not met,
the invoice may be returned to Contractor unpaid, or payment may be delayed until requirements have been met.

 

		2.1	Invoices must include:
                                         

 

		2.1.1	Contractor’s complete
                                         legal company name (legal entity) and address;

 

		2.1.2	Contractor’s remit-to
                                         address;

 

		2.1.3	Clearly identified “INVOICE”
                                         document;

 

    	33 of 156

    	 

    

 

		2.1.4	Invoice date;

 

		2.1.5	Unique Invoice Number;
                                         

 

		2.1.6	Appropriate Talisman company
                                         being billed (i.e. Talisman Energy Canada, Talisman Sasol Montney Partnership, or Talisman
                                         Energy USA Inc.). Ask Company requestor for the appropriate Company name to include on
                                         the invoice;

 

		2.1.7	Coding information provided
                                         by the Company Contracts Representative:

 

		·	Purchase
                                         Order number, where applicable; 

 

		·	Material
                                         Group Code: 173 – SEISMIC; 

 

		·	Full
                                         name of Company Contracts Representative ordering the Services; 

 

		·	Cost
                                         Center; 

 

		·	WBS
                                         number; 

 

		·	GL
                                         Account. 

 

		2.1.8	Complete supporting documentation
                                         including but not limited to:

 

		·	Approved
                                         time sheets, third party invoices (where provided for reimbursement), delivery ticket(s)/work
                                         (service) ticket(s) with complete cost coding information and signature of Company’s
                                         Contract Representative, and Packing Slip(s), where applicable. 

 

		2.1.9	Contract number associated
                                         with Scope of Work;

 

		2.1.10	Itemized list of Services
                                         provided by Contractor (i.e. quantities, UOM, price and extended price, where applicable);

 

		2.1.11	Reimbursable expenses, where
                                         applicable;

 

		2.1.12	Any taxes payable by Company
                                         shown within a separate line on the invoice;

 

		2.1.13	GST / HST, PST / QST or State/Federal
                                         tax registration numbers, as applicable; and

 

		2.1.14	Sub Total and Grand Total
                                         of invoice in relevant currency.

 

All original invoices
must be sent, together with appropriate supporting documents, directly to the appropriate Bill To address shown below. A copy
of the original invoice may be sent to the requestor upon their request. Any deviation of the billing requirements may cause
delay in payment or the invoice returned unpaid.

 

Bill To Address:

 

For work performed within
Canada

 

TALISMAN ENERGY INC.

Attention: Accounts Payable

2000, 888 3rd Street SW

Calgary, AB T2P 5C5

 

Or Via email:

 

APInvoices@talisman-energy.com;

 

A copy of the invoices must
also be sent via e-mail to:

 

Scott Verot

Cypress Project Manager

scott.verot@rpsgroup.com

 

Payment of an invoice shall
not constitute “acceptance by conduct” of rates or fees charged by Contractor which are not in accordance with this
Contract.

 

    	34 of 156

    	 

    

 

		2.2	Invoice Inquiry Information:
                                         

 

Vendor Invoice Query (VIQ) is
a website where Contractors can check the status of their invoices throughout Company’s accounting system. Users can also
obtain details on payments made to their company.

 

(VIQ) Website:

 

https://vendor.talisman-energy.com/dana-na/auth/url_10/welcome.cgi;

 

For invoice questions or information
on how to obtain access to VIQ, please contact the Vendor Query desk: 

 

Via email at:

 

Canada 

 

vendorquery@talisman-energy.com;

 

USA 

 

TalismanUSAAPInquiry@talismanusa.com;

 

Or Call: 

 

+1 (403) 237-4795 – Canada

 

+1 (724) 814-5300 – USA

 

Executed by the Parties’ duly authorized representatives:

 

	TALISMAN SASOL MONTNEY PARTNERSHIP	 	SAEXPLORATION (CANADA) LTD.
	By its Managing Partner	 	 
	TALISMAN ENERGY INC.	 	 
	 	 	 
	Signed this ______ day of _____________, _______.	 	Signed this ______ day of _____________, ______.
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	Signature Above, Print Name and Title	 	Signature Above, Print Name and Title

 

    	35 of 156

    	 

    

 

SCHEDULE “D”
- SUBPART 1

 

attached to and forming
a subpart of Schedule “D” to the Master Contract for Seismic Acquisition Services in Western

Canada (No. TEI11362)
dated the Apr-15-2013 between TALISMAN SASOL MONTNEY PARTNERSHIP and

SAEXPLORATION
(CANADA) LTD.

 

COMPANY POLICIES
AND PROCEDURES

 

CYPRESS
3D

 

	Exhibit “D-1”	Additional HSE Terms and Conditions
	 	 
	Exhibit “D-2”	Alcohol and Drug Policy Expectations for Contractors
	 	 
	Exhibit “D-3”	NAO Driving Policy
	 	 
	Exhibit “D-4”	Terms and Conditions for Helicopter Operations
	 	 
	Exhibit “D-5”	Policy on Business Conduct and Ethics
	 	 
	Exhibit “D-6”	Golden Rules for Safe Operations (TLM Safety Culture Global Standard)
	 	 
	Exhibit “D-7”	HSE Management System Questionnaire
	 	 
	Exhibit “D-8”	HSE Interface Document Template
	 	 
	Exhibit “D-9”	Local Benefits and Stakeholder Relations Requirements

 

Executed by the Parties’ duly authorized representatives:

 

	TALISMAN SASOL MONTNEY PARTNERSHIP	 	SAEXPLORATION (CANADA) LTD.
	By its Managing Partner	 	 
	TALISMAN ENERGY INC.	 	 
	 	 	 
	Signed this ______ day of _____________, _______.	 	Signed this ______ day of _____________, ______.
		 	 
	 	 	 
	Signature Above, Print Name and Title	 	Signature Above, Print Name and Title

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; Exhibits
follow]

 

    	36 of 156

    	 

    

 

Exhibit “D-1”

 

ADDITIONAL
HSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

		1	DEFINITIONS 

 

In addition to the terms defined
in this Contract, the following defined terms are used in this Schedule. Should there be any conflict between the definitions
utilized in this Schedule and the remainder of the Contract, the following definitions shall govern only in relation to the interpretation
of this Schedule.

 

“HSE” means
health, safety and the environment;

 

"HSE Interface Document"
means a comparative analysis of the HSE management systems utilized by the Company and the Contractor for On-Site Work. The HSE
Interface Document identifies relevant gaps (including roles, responsibilities and actions) in the different HSE management systems
and determines which elements and procedures have precedence during the On-Site Work.

 

“HSE Project Specific
Plan” means Contractor's plan for managing the HSE risks associated with On-Site Work;

 

“Incident”
means an undesired event or near miss, arising in relation to any member(s) of Contractor Group, the Work, On-Site Work or in
proximity to the Work, On-Site Work or the Worksite, which resulted in or may have resulted in, harm to a person or people, damage
to or loss of property, damage to the environment, or process loss, including but not limited to a fire, explosion, a loss of
revenues, vehicles, equipment, productivity, hydrocarbons, or may involve a release, flare, vent or leak of any pollutant(s) or
contaminant(s) to the environment;

 

“Key Personnel”
means the persons named as such in the Scope of Work or the HSE Interface Document;

 

“On-Site Work”
means the performance of any Work or entering onto a Worksite in connection with this Contract, including any delivery, inspection
or repair of Goods on a Worksite;

 

“Policies”
means the policies of Company communicated or provided to Contractor and/or accessible to Contractor on Company’s external
website at www.talisman-energy.com as such policies are modified, supplemented, adopted or implemented by Company from time to
time.

 

“ROW” means
right of way;

 

“Safe Work Systems”
includes any standards, policies, procedures, directives, rules, regulations, requirements, codes, operating procedures, safety
rules, loss control standards, codes of practice and guidelines of Company Group governing the conduct of workers, the performance
of On-Site Work and operation of the Worksite, and any additional or revised Safe Work Systems determined, adopted or implemented
by Company Group from time to time and communicated to Contractor;

 

“Spills” means
unintended solid or liquid releases outside secondary containment;

 

“Waste” means
a substance or mixture of substances generated from or associated with the Work or On-Site Work which has chemical, physical,
and toxicological properties which require it to be managed, handled, treated, transported and disposed of in accordance with
Applicable Laws, Policies, Safe Work Systems or Good Industry Practice in order to protect human health and the environment and
which includes: hazardous waste, industrial waste, dangerous oilfield waste, non-dangerous oilfield waste and produced water;
and

 

“Work” means
all the work that Contractor is required to carry out in accordance with the terms of this Contract, including the provision of
all Goods, Equipment and Services to be rendered in accordance with the terms of this Contract.

 

    	37 of 156

    	 

    

 

		2	COMPANY DUTY 

 

Nothing contained in this Schedule
shall be interpreted as enlarging the legal duty of Company to Contractor, Contractor's Personnel or third parties or as altering
the status of Contractor as an independent contractor.

 

		3	GLOBAL HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT
                                         POLICY 

 

The commitment of the Company
is to create a working environment such that it causes no harm to people, and where Company minimizes its impact on the environment.

 

To achieve this the Company and
the Contractor agree that they will:

 

		·	Always
                                         comply with Applicable Laws, or Company Group standards, whichever are higher; 

 

		·	Operate
                                         to ensure proactive risk mitigation and continuous improvement; 

 

		·	Set
                                         goals and targets, and measure performance against them; 

 

		·	Hold
                                         Contractor Group accountable to meet Company standards; 

 

		·	Communicate
                                         openly with those who may be affected by Contractor Group activities; 

 

		·	Choose
                                         safety over operational results should the two come into conflict. 

 

		4	COMPANY HSE REPRESENTATIVE 

 

Contractor agrees that Company
has the right to have a full-time HSE representative to support the On-Site Work and to provide Company with ongoing and continual
assurance that Contractor Group is complying with the Applicable Laws, Safe Work Systems, the obligations set out in the HSE Project
Specific Plan, the HSE Interface Document, and the terms and conditions of this Schedule.

 

		5	COMPANY RIGHT TO STOP WORK 

 

		5.1	Company shall have the
                                         power and authority to stop the On-Site Work or request changes to the manner in which
                                         the On-Site Work is being conducted at any time if it is of the opinion that the manner
                                         in which the operations are being conducted does not comply with the terms of this Contract,
                                         including this Schedule, or otherwise creates an imminent danger, hazard or risk which
                                         Company considers unacceptable.

 

		5.2	If operations are shut
                                         down or suspended pending the implementation of corrective actions requested by Company,
                                         any direct or indirect costs associated with that delay or shut down will be borne entirely
                                         by Contractor and any noted deficiencies will be corrected as soon as possible.

 

		6	CONFLICT PROVISION 

 

In the event of any conflict
between the Applicable Laws and the provisions of this Contract, including this Schedule, the more stringent requirement will
prevail.

 

		7	PERFORMANCE OF ON-SITE WORK
                                         

 

If this Contract results in any
member of Contractor Group performing On-Site Work, then Contractor Group shall strictly comply with the following provisions:

 

		7.1	Prequalification
                                         

 

Contractor agrees to register
with and maintain an account, at its own expense, with ISNetworld and provide such information requested by the Company in order
to permit the Company to monitor the Contractor’s HSE management system and compliance with Company Safe Work Systems. Contractor
also agrees to impose this requirement on any subcontractor utilized in the provision of the Work.

 

    	38 of 156

    	 

    

 

		7.2	HSE Commitment &
                                         Safe Work Systems (SWS) 

 

Contractor Group shall conduct
all On-Site Work in a safe manner, immediately rectify all unsafe situations or potential hazards, and take all reasonable measures
to protect the health and safety of all workers, members of the public and the environment, and meet or exceed the requirements
of:

 

		7.2.1	Applicable Laws 

 

Applicable conditions of any
regulatory permit or approvals governing the On-Site Work including any requirements stipulated in any Environmental Impact Assessment
(EIA) and/or the Environmental Management Plan (EMP).

 

		7.2.2	Good Industry Practice 

 

Including that found in the following
references:

 

		·	BS
                                         OHSAS 18001 Occupational Health and Safety; 

 

		·	Environmental
                                         Management in Oil & Gas Exploration & Production, a Joint E&P Forum / UNEP
                                         Technical Publication; UNEP IE/PAC Technical Report 37, and E&P Forum Report 2.72/254;
                                         ISBN 92-807-1639-5; 

 

		·	IAGC
                                         Land Geophysical Operations Safety Manual, (Latest Edition). Note: Report is specific
                                         to seismic operations; 

 

		·	IAGC
                                         Environmental Guidelines for Worldwide Geophysical Operations (Latest edition) 1994/2000.
                                         Note: Report is specific to seismic operations; and 

 

		·	OGP
                                         Environmental Management in Oil & Gas Exploration and Production (2.72\254). 

 

		7.2.3	All Safe Work Systems

 

Including Company:

 

		·	Policies;
                                         

 

		·	Golden
                                         Rules for Safe Operations; and 

 

		·	global
                                         standards, regional practices and local procedures; 

 

		·	the
                                         HSE management system implemented by Contractor; and 

 

		·	stakeholder
                                         commitments as agreed to and directed by Company. 

 

		8	HSE PROJECT SPECIFIC PLAN 

 

Contractor shall have in place
its own policies and HSE management system, which meets or exceeds any Policies and Safe Work Systems.

 

Contractor will develop a HSE
Project Specific Plan which will include:

 

		8.1	a project specific hazard
                                         register which identifies the HSE risks associated with the On-Site Work and the mitigation
                                         procedures and measures for the identified HSE risks;

 

		8.2	safe work systems necessary
                                         to comply with the requirements of paragraph 7.2;

 

		8.3	operating practices
                                         to safeguard Company and Contractor Personnel from known natural and other unique hazards
                                         such as mines and unexploded ordinances;

 

		8.4	a program of regular
                                         maintenance and inspection ensuring that all tools and Equipment provided, whether owned
                                         or rented, are fit for their intended purpose, are appropriately certified, and are stored
                                         and maintained such that risks to users and others and to the environment are minimized.
                                         The program must include the identification of Equipment criticality, maintenance and
                                         inspection plans for this Equipment, schedule of maintenance and inspection activities,
                                         the roles and responsibilities for the maintenance and inspection activities, the relevant
                                         procedures for maintenance and inspection activities including repair and re-certification
                                         procedures, competency and training records for maintenance and inspection activities,
                                         and records of Equipment drawings;

 

    	39 of 156

    	 

    

 

		8.5	a program to manage
                                         technical, organizational, and administrative changes. The program must include the procedure
                                         for how management of change is performed, the level of rigor for the review process
                                         and approval, the process for implementation of the change, close out of the change,
                                         the training and update/communication to impacted people and documents, and the primacy,
                                         interface and communication between changes initiated by Contractor and Company;

 

		8.6	a training matrix of
                                         required training for all of Contractor Personnel;

 

		8.7	details as to the minimum
                                         requirements and means by which Contractor Personnel will be deemed competent to complete
                                         any and all tasks associated with the Work;

 

		8.8	a HSE performance monitoring
                                         program which will include the tracking and analysis of leading and lagging HSE performance
                                         indicators;

 

		8.9	procedures to protect
                                         the air, land, water, animal, and plant life from adverse effects of Contractor Group’s
                                         activities and minimize any nuisance that may arise from its operations;

 

		8.10	specific procedures
                                         to ensure compliance with Applicable Laws and conformance with Good Industry Practice
                                         and Safe Work System for On-Site Work;

 

		8.11	a program of regular
                                         inspections to verify compliance with the HSE Project Specific Plan and this Schedule.
                                         The HSE inspection procedure must include a list of all items to be inspected, inspection
                                         frequencies, assigned responsibilities, and a description of follow up procedures of
                                         noted deficiencies; and

 

		8.12	identified Contractor
                                         Personnel accountable and responsible for implementing and ensuring compliance with each
                                         component of the HSE Project Specific Plan.

 

		9	HSE INTERFACE DOCUMENT AND PERFORMANCE
                                         IMPROVEMENT PLAN 

 

		9.1	At the request of the
                                         Company, prior to the mobilization or commencement of On-Site Work, Contractor shall
                                         collaborate with Company in establishing:

 

		9.1.1	HSE interface arrangements
                                         and producing an HSE Interface Document that indicates which policies and procedures
                                         of the Contractor or the Policies of Company have precedence during the On-Site Work;

 

		9.1.2	a performance improvement plan
                                         with actions to address gaps and deficiencies, as determined by Company, in Contractor’s
                                         HSE management system or HSE Project Specific Plan.

 

		9.2	Contractor shall be
                                         responsible for ensuring that the requirements of any performance improvement plan are
                                         communicated to Contractor Group and Contractor Personnel and for monitoring the implementation
                                         of such arrangements. Contractor also agrees to make such changes to its HSE management
                                         system and HSE Project Specific Plan to satisfy the requirements of any performance improvement
                                         plan on such date specified by the Company or where no date is specified, as soon as
                                         is reasonably practicable.

 

		9.3	Where the procedures
                                         of the Contractor for managing HSE risk may conflict with the Safe Work Systems of Company,
                                         Contractor agrees to utilize the procedures as otherwise directed by Company.

 

		10	VERIFICATION BY CONTRACTOR
                                         

 

		10.1	Prior to the mobilization
                                         and commencement of On-Site Work, Contractor shall verify the full implementation of
                                         all mitigation and preventative measures identified in the HSE Project Specific Plan,
                                         and any performance improvement plan. Any modifications to the mitigation and/or preventative
                                         measures must be appropriately documented and where there is an increase in risk as a
                                         result of the modification, approved by Company.

 

    	40 of 156

    	 

    

 

		10.2	Contractor shall continually
                                         review the HSE Project Specific Plan during the On-Site Work and keep the HSE Project
                                         Specific Plan up to date to ensure that risks associated with the On-Site Work are identified
                                         and mitigated.

 

		10.3	The HSE Project Specific
                                         Plan will be a guideline for Company’s field auditor and HSE representative to
                                         follow, in order to verify that Contractor has complied with all of the applicable HSE
                                         requirements for the On-Site Work. Where the HSE Project Specific Plan of Contractor
                                         including any mitigation strategy associated with any risk is not acceptable to Company,
                                         Contractor agrees to modify its HSE Project Specific Plan as requested by Company.

 

		11	CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL 

 

		11.1	Contractor HSE Representative
                                         

 

Contractor shall have an HSE
representative to support HSE planning activities and meetings required by Company.

 

		11.2	Organizational Chart
                                         and Contact Lists 

 

Contractor will provide to Company
an organizational chart and contact information for all Key Personnel including its HSE representative and advisors.

 

		11.3	Key Personnel 

 

Contractor will provide sufficient
Key Personnel approved by the Company in order to safely and efficiently complete the On-Site Work.

 

		11.4	Additional Key Personnel
                                         

 

During the production of the
HSE Interface Document additional Key Personnel necessary for the completion of the Work may be identified and Company must approve
these individuals.

 

		11.5	Changes to Key Personnel
                                         

 

Any changes to the number of
or the individual Contractor Personnel must be submitted to Company in writing for approval. To facilitate the initial approval
and the approval of the substitution of any Key Personnel, Contractor must provide Company with an outline of the roles and responsibilities,
the curriculum vitae and the details of the training provided to the proposed substitute Key Personnel.

 

		11.6	Contractor HSE Advisors
                                         

 

Contractor shall ensure that
such numbers of competent HSE advisor(s) that are acceptable to Company are present at the Worksite(s) at all times. The HSE advisors
must have the authority and training to implement Contractor’s HSE management system, the HSE Project Specific Plan and
all other contractual and regulatory requirements for the On-Site Work and comply with Company’s HSE expectations and Policies.
Where a number of work locations are in use simultaneously, Contractor shall provide additional HSE advisors to support these
operations as necessary. The HSE advisor(s) will be responsible for reporting on HSE performance indicators to Company on a monthly
or such other basis as specified in the HSE Interface Document. Contractor must provide Company with an outline of the roles and
responsibilities, the curriculum vitae and the details of the training provided to the HSE advisor(s) for approval by Company.
Any changes to the Contractor HSE advisors must be submitted to Company in writing for approval.

 

		12	LOCAL LANGUAGE(s) 

 

		12.1	HSE Documentation
                                         

 

Contractor shall furnish Company
with Contractor’s HSE documentation in the local language, with an English language copy. This includes, but is not limited
to, Contractor HSE management system, procedures and policies, performance statistics, Incident reports, and other general HSE
documentation.

 

    	41 of 156

    	 

    

 

		12.2	Personnel Documents
                                         

 

Contractor shall furnish HSE
documents and procedures (including HSE procedures, work permits, training material, signage and emergency response procedures)
to Contractor Group in English and in local languages as appropriate. In the event that any Contractor Personnel are illiterate,
Contractor will ensure that Contractor Group has all documents and procedures explained to them in a language and manner that
they fully understand.

 

		12.3	Fluency in English
                                         and Local Language 

 

Contractor shall ensure that
at least one of its representatives at the Worksite will be able to read, write and speak both English and the local language
in order to ensure that all Contractor Personnel fully understand the HSE aspects of the On-Site Work. This is critical for all
aspects of HSE including implementation of procedures, permits to work, training, signs and emergency response procedures.

 

		13	USE OF EQUIPMENT 

 

Contractor Group shall:

 

		13.1	supply and mobilize,
                                         at its own expense and cost, all necessary Equipment suitable for the safe, legal and
                                         efficient performance of the On-Site Work other than such items Company specifically
                                         agrees to furnish;

 

		13.2	maintain all Equipment
                                         in accordance with manufacturer specifications, in a neat, clean, mechanically safe condition,
                                         fit for use for which they are intended, and capable of the degree of performance specified
                                         in the Contract;

 

		13.3	use all Equipment only
                                         for the manufactured use intended, and in a safe manner and shall have all manufacturer
                                         recommended safety equipment either accompanying the Equipment or present at the Worksite
                                         at which the Equipment will be utilized; and

 

		13.4	have readily available
                                         for inspection by Company copies of all Equipment maintenance records and damage reports.

 

		14	HSE TRAINING 

 

		14.1	Competency 

 

In accordance with Good Industry
Practice, Contractor Personnel shall have the necessary HSE, emergency, and job or Equipment related training/certifications and
shall be competent to undertake their required duties in a safe and efficient manner prior to the commencement of On-Site Work.
Contractor Group shall provide training records and certificates to Company upon request.

 

		14.2	Short Service Workers
                                         

 

Contractor Group shall have a
Company approved “Short Service Worker" (SSW) program. The program shall define Contractor’s criteria for a SSW.
In addition, the program shall identify the process by which new and/or transferred Contractor Personnel shall be mentored, obtain
the knowledge, skills and abilities (KSA’s) required to graduate out of the SSW program and have a formal process to graduate
(e.g. checklist, supervisors verification of KSA’s). Contractor shall have a Company-approved process that uniquely identifies
all SSW’s (e.g. stickers, identifiable hard hats, etc.) and have established a specified minimum timeframe for SSW’s
to be in the program.

 

In addition:

 

		14.2.1	competency of individual Contractor
                                         Personnel is to be assessed using the requirements set out in paragraph 8.7; and

 

		14.2.2	for any unqualified worker
                                         to perform On-Site Work, regardless of the worker’s enrollment in a

                                            SSW
program, Contractor shall obtain prior written approval of Company and will ensure such individual is adequately supervised by
a member of Contractor Group who is qualified to do the On-Site Work.

 

    	42 of 156

    	 

    

 

		14.3	Behavioral Based
                                         Safety 

 

Contractor shall have a “Behavioral
Based Safety” or equivalent safety behavioral program implemented at the Worksite to encourage good safety leadership and
behavior.

 

		14.4	Incident Investigation
                                         Training 

 

At the request of the Company,
Contractor shall ensure that at all times at least one Contractor HSE advisor who has completed the TapRoot five day investigation
course can be dispatched, in a timely manner, to the Worksite to conduct an Incident investigation.

 

		14.5	Environmentally,
                                         Culturally or Historically Sensitive Areas 

 

Where it may be expected that
On-Site Work may be conducted, or Contractor Personnel may otherwise be present in environmentally, culturally or historically
sensitive areas, Contractor Group will ensure Contractor Personnel have received the necessary training to ensure the protection
of these areas.

 

		14.6	HSE Orientation
                                         

 

Each member of Contractor Group
performing On-Site Work shall complete an HSE orientation as required by Company prior to entering a Worksite, regardless of prior
experience. Such orientation will address mandatory HSE Policies, Safe Work Systems and any Worksite-specific hazards.

 

		14.7	HSE Meetings 

 

Unless otherwise directed by
Company, Contractor Group shall attend the following HSE Meetings:

 

		14.7.1	HSE Interface Meetings: Prior
                                         to the commencement of On-Site Work, HSE interface meeting(s) shall be held with Company
                                         and Contractor. As directed by Company, Contractor will ensure that a representative
                                         for each of the Contractor’s HSE, operations and management functions is in attendance
                                         at the meeting(s). The required outcome of these meetings should include a review of
                                         Contractor’s project specific hazard register and mitigation procedures and measures,
                                         a list of action plans to modify and implement the HSE Project Specific Plan, the setting
                                         of the time for completion of action plans and responsibility for completion and acceptance
                                         of any modification of Contractor’s mitigation procedures and measures.

 

		14.7.2	Start-up Meeting: Contractor
                                         Group will attend a start-up HSE meeting immediately prior to the start of the On-Site
                                         Work. Multiple meetings may be required if the On-Site Work is started in phases. Contractor
                                         is required to spend sufficient time to thoroughly cover the objectives of the meeting.
                                         Senior management from Contractor and a representative of Company must participate in
                                         the meeting to demonstrate Contractor and Company commitment and expectations for HSE
                                         performance during the On-Site Work. The Contractor Personnel that must be in attendance
                                         will be dictated by Company based on the organization of Contractor Personnel as identified
                                         in the HSE Project Specific Plan. During the meeting the following objectives will be
                                         completed by the Contractor:

 

		·	outline
                                         work scope and purpose of the meeting; 

 

		·	re-iterate
                                         the Company and Contractor commitment to HSE; 

 

		·	advise
                                         Contractor Personnel of HSE goals and objectives for the Work; 

 

		·	confirm
                                         HSE plan to be implemented and confirm that roles and responsibilities have been clearly
                                         defined and understood by Contractor Personnel; 

 

		·	confirm
                                         competence, review training matrix and the minimum training requirements for workers
                                         who are exposed to workplace hazards as set out in the HSE Project Specific Plan; 

 

		·	review
                                         process to be utilized to supervise execution of On-Site Work and supervision of workers,
                                         including short service workers; 

 

		·	confirm
                                         scope and review schedule of HSE activities (e.g. inspections, emergency drills, safety
                                         meetings); 

 

		·	confirm
                                         compliance with both conditions of permits issued by any Authority and all Applicable
                                         Laws; 

 

    	43 of 156

    	 

    

 

		·	review
                                         identified HSE risks and mitigation procedures associated with the On-Site Work, including
                                         but not limited to systems for safe work procedures, Contractor and Contractor Personnel
                                         safety coordination, right to refuse unsafe work, and permit to work procedures; 

 

		·	confirm
                                         Contractor Group and Contractor Personnel understand and will fulfill their HSE responsibilities
                                         associated with the On-Site Work; 

 

		·	review
                                         Incident investigation and notification procedures; and 

 

		·	review
                                         Emergency Response Plans (ERP). 

 

		14.8	Deficiencies 

 

Where deficiencies are identified
during the HSE Interface or Start-up meetings, they will be rectified by Contractor Group prior to the commencement of On-Site
Work.

 

		14.9	Performance Meeting
                                         

 

As and when directed by Company,
Contractor agrees that it will attend HSE performance meetings at which Contractor Group’s HSE performance, including compliance
with the terms of this Schedule, will be reviewed. In attendance will be Contractor’s HSE representative and a representative
of Contractor’s management. As directed by Company, Contractor agrees that it will execute an HSE performance improvement
plan to address any deficiencies or concerns identified by Company.

 

		14.10	Weekly HSE Meetings
                                         

 

At a minimum, Contractor Group
will attend weekly HSE meetings during the On-Site Work, to provide a forum for the discussion of and to address of HSE issues
and concerns. All available Contractor Personnel must attend these meetings. Company may request additional HSE meetings (e.g.,
HSE Committee meetings) to be held to meet the HSE needs of the On-Site Work. Meetings must have minutes taken by Contractor,
with copies provided to Company.

 

		14.11	Daily Crew Meetings
                                         

 

Contractor Group shall participate
in toolbox crew meetings at individual work locations before commencement of daily activities. A review of job specific, field
level HSE risk assessment must be convened with the crew prior to undertaking work including the initiation of critical or particularly
hazardous Work. Such meetings and inspections must be documented by Contractor, with copies sent to Company.

 

		14.12	Post Contract Performance
                                         Meetings 

 

If requested by Company, Contractor
must participate in a post contract performance review within one month of the completion of On-Site Work whereby the performance
of Contractor will be compared to the requirements of this Contract including the HSE Interface Document; this Schedule; and any
performance improvement plan.

 

		15	HSE PERFORMANCE REPORTS AND
                                         METRICS 

 

		15.1	HSE Performance
                                         Monitoring 

 

At Company’s request, Contractor
Group shall participate in a HSE performance monitoring program which will include analysis of leading and lagging HSE performance
indicators and shall provide HSE performance reports monthly, or as requested by Company.

 

		15.2	HSE Reports 

 

		15.2.1	Contractor will provide to
                                         the Company HSE reports on a monthly basis in the format directed by the Company which
                                         detail performance indicators including:

 

		15.2.1.1	HSE audit/inspections;

 

		15.2.1.2	status
                                         of compliance with the provisions of this Contract including Applicable Laws;

 

		15.2.1.3	contact
                                         with any Authority including:

 

    	44 of 156

    	 

    

 

		·	notices
                                         of non-compliance; 

 

		·	administrative
                                         orders; and 

 

		·	judicial
                                         actions. 

 

		15.2.1.4	number of near miss reports
                                         per month & year-to-date;

 

		15.2.1.5	number of safety meetings
                                         conducted per month & year-to-date;

 

		15.2.1.6	number of safety contacts/observations
                                         conducted per month & year-to-date; and

 

		15.2.1.7	number of job safety analysis
                                         reviews per month & year-to-date;

 

		15.2.2	The following numbers should
                                         be represented in a report which calculates an injury/illness rate (e.g. [medical treatment
                                         only cases + restricted work day cases + lost work day cases + fatalities x 200,000]
                                         ÷ man-hours = IIR):

 

		15.2.2.1	number of man-hours worked
                                         per month & year-to-date;

 

		15.2.2.2	number of first aid cases
                                         per month & year-to-date;

 

		15.2.2.3	number of medical treatment
                                         only cases per month & year-to-date;

 

		15.2.2.4	number of restricted work
                                         day cases per month & year-to-date;

 

		15.2.2.5	number of lost work day
                                         cases per month & year-to-date; and

 

		15.2.2.6	number of fatalities per
                                         month & year-to-date.

 

		15.2.3	Total Spills including hydrocarbon
                                         Spills:

 

		15.2.3.1	number greater than or equal
                                         to 0.5 bbl; and

 

		15.2.3.2	total volume greater than
                                         or equal to 0.5bbl.

 

		16	HSE INSPECTION 

 

Contractor agrees that Company
has the right, at any time, to require additional HSE inspections by Contractor or to independently conduct HSE inspections of
the Worksite and Contractor’s Equipment, procedures and HSE management system to verify compliance with Applicable Laws
and this Contract including this Schedule. Contractor Group shall fully cooperate with Company in such HSE inspections and shall
implement any recommendations in a timely manner at no cost to Company.

 

		17	INCIDENT INVESTIGATION AND
                                         REPORTING 

 

Contractor Group shall:

 

		17.1	immediately notify
                                         Company of any injury, illness, fatality, Spills, contaminant releases, or other HSE-related
                                         Incident (e.g. complaints related to ground water wells), associated with the Work;

 

		17.2	immediately notify
                                         Company of any regulatory inspections or interactions with any Authority or stakeholder
                                         complaints associated with the Work;

 

		17.3	immediately contain
                                         and clean up any Spill or release as directed by Company;

 

		17.4	promptly investigate
                                         all HSE-related Incidents;

 

		17.5	provide, when directed
                                         by the Company, copies of an Incident investigation report that contains the following
                                         minimum information:

 

		17.5.1	summary of Incident investigation
                                         process including identification of investigation team members;

 

		17.5.2	sequence of relevant events
                                         before, during, and after the Incident;

 

		17.5.3	causal analysis of Incident
                                         including direct causes, contributing factors and root causes;

 

    	45 of 156

    	 

    

 

		17.5.4	analysis of protective Equipment
                                         performance (e.g. emergency shutdown systems, fire alarms, sprinklers, water supplies,
                                         process controls, instruments, containment systems, etc.); any impairment of protective
                                         Equipment; and measures taken to restore protection;

 

		17.5.5	analysis of administrative
                                         and human factors (e.g. were there written procedures, were the procedures followed,
                                         were procedures adequate, etc.);

 

		17.5.6	analysis of emergency response
                                         (e.g. civil defense, fire brigade, public fire department, Spill plan, public notification,
                                         reporting to authorities, etc.);

 

		17.5.7	supporting evidence including
                                         witness statements, pictures, drug and alcohol test results, expert reports or opinions
                                         and police reports;

 

		17.5.8	corrective action(s) taken
                                         and/or planned to prevent recurrence of Incident and identification of Contractor Personnel
                                         responsible for implementation of the corrective actions;

 

		17.5.9	details of any interaction
                                         with any Authority; and

 

		17.5.10	copies of all Incident reports
                                         submitted to any Authority; and

 

		17.5.11	cooperate fully in any Incident
                                         investigation by Company, regardless of whether Contractor Group has also conducted an
                                         investigation, and make all relevant information and documents in the possession of or
                                         available to Contractor Group as well as Contractor Personnel available for interviews
                                         and drug and alcohol testing as requested by Company.

 

		18	PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
                                         

 

Contractor Group shall provide,
at no additional cost to Company, Contractor Personnel with all personal protective equipment (PPE) required by this Schedule.
All PPE must meet an acceptable standard such as American National Standards Institute (ANSI), British Standard (BS), American
Standard Testing Methods (ASTM), Occupational Safety & Heath Administration (OSHA) or equivalent standards.

 

		18.1	Contractor shall ensure
                                         the following PPE is worn/used by all Contractor Personnel at all times at all Worksites:

 

		·	head
                                         protection, current ANSI Z89.1 Class 1 Type E&G or international equivalent; 

 

		·	eye
                                         and face protection, appropriate for the Work environment/conditions (lighting, dust,
                                         etc.), current ANSI Z87.1 or international equivalent; 

 

		·	foot
                                         protection, current ASTM F 2413 or international equivalent. For seismic operations,
                                         boots with ankle support are required, sneakers are not allowed. For seismic workers
                                         with a risk of foot injury, foot protection that is compliant with ASTM F 2413 applies;
                                         

 

		·	hearing
                                         protection, current ANSI Z95 or international equivalent; 

 

		·	hand
                                         protection; e.g. gloves, barrier creams or etc., current ANSI/ISEA 105 or equivalent;
                                         

 

		·	protective
                                         clothing, clothing that covers all body limbs (e.g. pants, jeans, long sleeve shirts,
                                         coveralls), T-shirts and shorts are not allowed; 

 

		·	PPE
                                         for handling hazardous chemicals; hand, face, body, etc.; 

 

		·	aviation
                                         helmet for helicopter operations; and 

 

		·	full
                                         flame retardant coverall for aircraft pilots. 

 

		18.2	In addition, Contractor
                                         Group will ensure that any additional PPE required by Applicable Laws or requested by
                                         Company to minimize the risks and health hazards to which workers may be exposed, will
                                         be worn/used by Contractor Personnel at the Worksite.

 

		18.3	Contractor Group shall
                                         provide Contractor Personnel with appropriate training for the use and care of all PPE
                                         and shall maintain the PPE in good condition.

 

    	46 of 156

    	 

    

 

		18.4	Contractor agrees that
                                         Company has the right to deem as appropriate or inappropriate, items of PPE that are
                                         not of an acceptable quality and quantity and to require Contractor to provide other
                                         replacement items. An approval process prior to mobilization will be carried out with
                                         Contractor and Company representatives.

 

		18.5	Contractor will carry
                                         a buffer stock of PPE to ensure that Contractor Personnel and visitors have access to
                                         PPE as and when they require it, and that it can be freely replaced as and when necessary.

 

		19	EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANS 

 

		19.1	Emergency Response
                                         Plan 

 

At Company request, Contractor
must maintain a comprehensive Emergency Response Plan (ERP) and demonstrated Worksite response capability commensurate with the
risks associated with the operations including, where applicable, the following identified risks:

 

		19.1.1	Social/Civil Unrest;

 

		19.1.2	Weather/Natural Disasters;

 

		19.1.3	Hazardous Environments;

 

		19.1.4	Emergency Medical Management;

 

		19.1.5	Fire/Explosion;

 

		19.1.6	Security;

 

		19.1.7	Hydrogen Sulfide Operations;

 

		19.1.8	Environmental Spills;

 

		19.1.9	Lost Personnel;

 

		19.1.10	Equipment/Structure Damage;

 

		19.1.11	Exposures (Heat/Cold; Radiation,
                                         etc); and

 

		19.1.12	Other identified risks.

 

		19.2	Emergency Response
                                         Plan Contents 

 

The Emergency Response Plan will
include:

 

		19.2.1	procedures for responding
                                         to HSE Incidents;

 

		19.2.2	procedures to and interface
                                         with Company Global Standard Integrated Emergency and Crisis Management;

 

		19.2.3	muster and evacuation of Contractor
                                         Personnel;

 

		19.2.4	emergency contact lists;

 

		19.2.5	emergency communication and
                                         reporting procedures;

 

		19.2.6	procedures for securing area
                                         surrounding the Incident;

 

		19.2.7	detailed descriptions of the
                                         roles and responsibilities of the responders; and

 

		19.2.8	emergency medical support
                                         arrangements, including medi-vac procedures and insurance coverage for costs of medi-vac.

 

		19.3	Emergency Communications
                                         

 

As directed by Company, Contractor
will ensure that an appropriate communication system will be available 24 hours a day to ensure permanent contact between facilities
including any base, camp, Worksite or field operations associated with the Work.

 

    	47 of 156

    	 

    

 

		19.4	Monthly Drills 

 

The ERP will be regularly tested
and updated as necessary during the course of the On-Site Work. Contractor will hold scheduled table-top and field-based emergency
response exercises of the ERP as specified by applicable international or local regulations, IAGC guidelines, and Contractor and
Company requirements. Contractor shall conduct an ERP communications drill at the beginning of On-Site Work. Contractor shall
also conduct monthly drills to test medi-vac, fire and lost man procedures during the On-Site Work. Reports for these will be
prepared by Contractor and provided to the local Company Representative. Company may request Contractor to conduct additional
tests of the ERPs and/or contingency plans during project operations. Contractor will cooperate with Company in the planning and
implementation of any such additional ERP exercises.

 

		20	SUBSTANCE ABUSE 

 

It is a prerequisite for safe
and efficient work performance that no Contractor Personnel are under the influence of alcohol or other drugs at work. Contractor
must prevent the use of drugs and alcohol at the Worksite, including villas and camps at which Contractor Personnel will reside
during performance of On-Site Work. Contractor shall implement procedures for the management of substance abuse and control.

 

		21	FIREARMS PROHIBITION 

 

Firearms are strictly forbidden
at the Worksite except where a legitimate use has been authorized in writing by Company. In such cases, firearms will be strictly
controlled by Contractor.

 

		22	BREACH OF PROVISIONS CONCERNING
                                         SUBSTANCE ABUSE AND FIREARMS 

 

Where Contractor Personnel breach
the provisions of this Schedule as they relate to substance abuse or firearms, Contractor will immediately notify Company in writing.
In addition, the individual in breach will not be permitted to return to the Worksite without the written approval of Company.

 

		23	COMPANY INSPECTIONS 

 

Contractor Group agrees that
by entering the Worksite, facilities and premises, including residing at Company villas and camps, Contractor Personnel will consent
to the Company’s right to conduct inspections to detect any material, including alcohol, drugs, firearms or other items
that may jeopardize safe operations. Contractor will ensure that prior to attendance to any Company Worksites, facilities and
premises that Contractor Personnel are advised of Company’s right and that Contractor Personnel consent to such inspections.

 

		24	REMOVAL FROM WORKSITE 

 

If, in the opinion of Company,
any member of Contractor Group is performing unsafe work practices, is not complying with Applicable Laws, Policies, Good Industry
Practice, or the terms of this Contract including this Schedule, or is not competent to perform the activities being undertaken
safely, Company reserves the right to request the immediate removal of the individual from the Worksite. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Contractor Group shall retain all authority and control over its Contractor Personnel. Contractor shall be liable for any costs
arising directly or indirectly from such circumstances.

 

		25	DISCIPLINARY
                                         ACTION

 

Contractor shall establish a
progressive disciplinary policy and communicate it to all Contractor Personnel in order to ensure that expectations are clear,
to act as a deterrent against HSE violations, and to provide an opportunity to improve HSE performance. Disciplinary action imposed
on Contractor Personnel at all times remains the responsibility of, and is at the discretion of Contractor. Contractor shall report
all cases of disciplinary action taken against Contractor Personnel for HSE violations to Company.

 

		26	SPECIFIC HSE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
                                         COMPONENTS 

 

As components of its HSE Project
Specific Plan, Contractor shall include the following:

 

    	48 of 156

    	 

    

 

		26.1	Environmental Management
                                         

 

		26.1.1	Prevention 

 

Contractor Group shall conduct
On-Site Work in a manner which complies with Good Industry Practice and which prevents, avoids or minimizes damage to the environment
and leaves the affected area in as close to its original condition as practicable

 

		26.1.2	Worksite Management 

 

Contractor Group shall confine
the On-Site Work to the areas designated by Company. Contractor Group must:

 

		26.1.2.1	limit the number and size
                                         of Worksite areas to the extent practical;

 

		26.1.2.2	ensure that the Worksite
                                         is kept tidy and free from debris;

 

		26.1.2.3	where additional Worksite
                                         area is needed, Contractor Group will consult Company to:

 

		·	ensure
                                         an appropriate environmental review of the area is conducted prior to development or
                                         use of that area, 

 

		·	obtain
                                         the approval of landowners and/or any Authority; 

 

		26.1.2.4	any additional Worksite
                                         areas should be in a previously disturbed area and avoid archaeological resources, rare
                                         plants, migratory birds, wetlands, watercourses and other identified environmentally
                                         sensitive areas. The Worksite areas will be designed to prevent contamination of the
                                         area through fuel spills or other refuse.

 

		26.1.2.5	upon completion of the On-Site
                                         Work or when directed by Company, promptly remove any Waste and leave the Worksite in
                                         a clean condition;

 

		26.1.2.6	dispose of Waste as directed
                                         by Company and obtain approval from Company before using any of Company’s pollution
                                         control or Waste disposal facilities; and

 

		26.1.2.7	bear the cost of disposal
                                         of Waste associated with the On-Site Work, unless otherwise agreed to by Company.

 

		26.1.3	Chemical and Fluid Management
                                         

 

		26.1.3.1	Storage, Handling and
                                         Labeling Requirements 

 

Contractor Group must:

 

		26.1.3.1.i	maintain a current inventory
                                         and accurate volume of hazardous materials that are present at the Worksite;

 

		26.1.3.1.ii	clearly label containers
                                         containing hydrocarbons, chemicals, and hazardous substances to identify their contents;

 

		26.1.3.1.iii	store hydrocarbons, chemicals
                                         and hazardous substances well away from streams and other water in leak proof tanks of
                                         good quality to avoid any leakages into the environment;

 

		26.1.3.1.iv	install storage tanks
                                         off of the ground where possible, in a non-floodable area;

 

		26.1.3.1.v	provide secondary containment
                                         for hydrocarbon, chemical and hazardous substance storage. Secondary containment must,
                                         at a minimum, be:

 

		·	impermeable
                                         to prevent spilled material from contaminating underlying soil and/or groundwater, and

 

		·	capable
                                         of holding 110% of tank volume or 100% of largest tank plus 10% of aggregate volume if
                                         more than one tank;

 

    	49 of 156

    	 

    

 

		26.1.3.1.vi	inspect at planned intervals
                                         for the integrity of primary and secondary containment, and to detect any leakage and
                                         spillage or hydrocarbons, chemical, and hazardous substances;

 

		26.1.3.1.vii	properly close tanks
                                         or containers used to store hydrocarbons, chemicals, and hazardous substances to prevent
                                         leaks or Spills;

 

		26.1.3.1.viii	use self-closing fuel-dispensing
                                         nozzles; and

 

		26.1.3.1.ix	store explosives securely
                                         and well away from Worksite and camps.

 

		26.1.3.2	Maintenance 

 

Tanks and containers will comply
with all applicable technical and safety requirements to avoid excessive evaporation, contamination, blowouts or fuel Spills.

 

		26.1.3.3	Hazardous Materials List
                                         

 

Contractor will check whether
or not the inputs and/or materials that it will use are classified as hazardous substances. In such event, it must give notice
thereof to Company, ensure that a list of all hazardous materials are provided to the Company and readily available to Contractor
Group, and implement a hazardous substance handling procedure before performing the On-Site Work.

 

		26.1.3.4	Material Data Safety
                                         Sheets 

 

Contractor will ensure that
all hazardous chemicals utilized in respect of On-Site Work are accompanied by Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). Contractor
Group shall instruct Contractor Personnel in the safe handling and use of the chemicals and provide all Contractor Personnel with
PPE indicated on the MSDS. Contractor Group shall keep the MSDS in respect of the chemicals in a location readily available to
all Contractor Personnel and, if necessary, shall translate the MSDS into local languages.

 

		26.1.3.5	Chemicals Recycling 

 

All chemicals not consumed in
the On-Site Work or in maintenance must be kept in stock and returned to the supplier (to the extent possible) or recycled by
Contractor Group at its own risk and account.

 

		26.2	Spill Management
                                         

 

		26.2.1	Spill Response Capability
                                         

 

Contractor must maintain Spill
response capabilities and plans acceptable to the Company and commensurate with the operational risks. Plans must include response
procedures; organization and structure, Equipment; notification plans for Contractor, Company and any Authority; Spill prevention
and response training; and response drill procedures and schedules.

 

		26.2.2	Spill Containment 

 

Any spillage or other Incident
involving hydrocarbons, chemicals, or hazardous substances must be immediately contained, cleaned up, properly disposed of and
reported to the Company.

 

		26.2.3	Spill Reporting 

 

Contractor Group must report
Spills as indentified in the HSE Interface Document or as otherwise requested by Company.

 

		26.3	Waste Management
                                         

 

		26.3.1	Waste Management Plan
                                         

 

Before starting activities,
Contractor must present to Company, Contractor’s Waste management plan. Contractor agrees to make such changes to its Waste
management plan as directed by Company.

 

    	50 of 156

    	 

    

 

		26.3.2	Standard Wastes and Discharges
                                         

 

Contractor is responsible for
ensuring that Contractor Group procedures for the environmentally acceptable transport, storage, handling, treatment, removal
and/or disposal of any solid or liquid Waste at the Worksite, camp or vicinity and other areas affected during the On-Site Work
are in accordance with Applicable Laws and Good Industry Practice. Solid Waste includes, but is not be limited to containers,
Equipment, rubbish, ash from incinerators, plastic, glass and any other non-biodegradable items. Liquid Waste includes, but is
not be limited to, diesel fuel, gasoline, motor oil, lubricants, solvents, paints, hydraulic fluid, polluted water and other similar
materials.

 

		26.3.3	Comprehensive Waste Inventory
                                         

 

Contractor must create an inventory
of likely hazardous and non-hazardous Waste streams associated with the On-Site Work prior to the commencement of On-Site Work.

 

		26.3.4	Comprehensive Waste Disposal
                                         Plan 

 

Contractor must prepare a Waste
disposal plan for all hazardous and domestic Wastes generated during the On-Site Work which will specify the final disposition
of the Wastes including the name of the company responsible. Collection tracking to final disposal and recording data will be
Contractor’s responsibility.

 

		26.3.5	Uncontrolled Discharges
                                         

 

There must be no uncontrolled
discharge of any kind to the environment.

 

		26.3.6	Waste Tracking 

 

Any Wastes sent away for final
disposal must be tracked and a register of final disposal method kept by Contractor. To ensure all Wastes are properly and responsibly
dealt with, copies of documents showing disposition of Wastes at licensed facilities must also be included. Contractor must be
able to provide Company documented proof (e.g., manifest) of final disposition of all Wastes upon request. Contractor Group will
keep detailed records of the nature, quantity and location of any Wastes disposed by all used methods (burial or third party facility).

 

		26.3.7	Waste Disposal 

 

Safe methods of Waste disposal
must be strictly ensured. For example, metals, glasses and plastics will be stored in one place, the best means of disposal being
employed at an appropriate time before the Contractor Personnel leaves the Worksite, at the end of the On-Site Work or as otherwise
directed by Company. All Waste that is not apt to be disposed of at the Worksite during the construction and operation of fly
camps, heliports, unloading zones, seismic lines and drilling locations, will be transferred to the base camp for temporary storage
in a safe place. Waste that is to be finally disposed of outside of the Worksite will be delivered to a solid waste service company
that is duly authorized by the Authorities for that activity

 

		26.3.8	Biodegradable Matter 

 

Biodegradable matter will only
be buried on specific sites in accordance with Good Industry Practice and any Applicable Laws. GPS coordinates will be taken and
decommissioning work undertaken at the end of the On-Site Work to confirm good practice. Similarly, non-biodegradable material
may only be incinerated if consistent with Good Industry Practice and Applicable Laws. Ashes must also be managed in accordance
with any Applicable Laws.

 

		26.3.9	Waste Water 

 

Disposal of Waste waters, both
grey and black will be done responsibly in accordance with Good Industry Practice and will depend upon groundwater levels, flora
and fauna, and the EIA, if applicable;

 

		26.3.10	Cleaning Water 

 

All cleaning water or other
water originating from the conduct of On-Site Work or the provision of maintenance services should be properly controlled in order
to avoid discharging it directly into the soil, rivers, lakes or lagoons.

 

    	51 of 156

    	 

    

 

		26.4	Water Management
                                         

 

Contractor Group must manage
all water sourcing, use, disposal and water quality monitoring as directed by Company.

 

		26.5	Air Quality and
                                         Noise Management 

 

Contactor Group must manage emissions
of conventional air contaminants and noise that will occur from the use of vehicles and Equipment during On-Site Work. The following
environmental protection procedures shall be implemented by Contractor Group:

 

		26.5.1	air emission specifications
                                         shall be considered during all Equipment selection and procurement to ensure compliance
                                         with all Applicable Laws;

 

		26.5.2	continuous venting of associated
                                         or excess gas shall be avoided. Associated or excess gas shall be routed to an efficient
                                         flare system, although continuous flaring shall be avoided if feasible alternatives are
                                         available;

 

		26.5.3	all reasonable attempts shall
                                         be made to maximize energy efficiency;

 

		26.5.4	to the extent reasonable,
                                         all facilities will be designed to minimize energy use;

 

		26.5.5	water will be the only dust
                                         suppressant used during periods when visible dust is generated;.

 

		26.5.6	if standard dust suppressant
                                         techniques are not effective (e.g., during periods of high winds), On-Site Work activities
                                         must be modified to protect the health and safety of Company and Contractor Personnel
                                         and the public in areas adjacent to the On-Site Work area;

 

		26.5.7	watering for dust control
                                         will not result in the excessive formation of puddles, rutting by Equipment or vehicles,
                                         tracking of mud onto roads, or siltation of watercourses;

 

		26.5.8	construction Equipment will
                                         be maintained in good working order and properly muffled;

 

		26.5.9	noise-generating activities
                                         will be restricted and less noisy Equipment will be used where practical;

 

		26.5.10	noise concerns raised by
                                         the public will be addressed on an individual basis in a timely manner; and

 

		26.5.11	any unanticipated events
                                         (e.g., unplanned noise event due to faulty noise abatement on construction Equipment)
                                         will be addressed by initiating immediate actions or mitigation measures likely consisting
                                         of conventional techniques to minimize or remediate the potential environmental effect.

 

		26.6	Surface Disturbance
                                         

 

Contractor Group must:

 

		26.6.1	use competent environmental
                                         staff to supervise soil-salvage activities and provide direction on site-specific depths
                                         and procedures if colours changes and soil horizons are difficult to discern;

 

		26.6.2	restrict salvage activities
                                         during periods when soils are at high risk of compaction, rutting and erosion;

 

		26.6.3	suspend soil salvage if conditions
                                         will result in loss or degradation of the resource;

 

		26.6.4	plan carefully so as to minimize
                                         the amount of ground disturbance, clearing and cutting of trees and vegetation, and new
                                         access creation;

 

		26.6.5	avoid damaging roads and bridges,
                                         and stream banks at crossings and dry creek beds;

 

		26.6.6	minimize removal of soil and
                                         avoid the disruption of natural drainage at the Worksite; and

 

		26.6.7	ensure that any bulldozing
                                         will be only carried out with written permission of the Company.

 

    	52 of 156

    	 

    

 

		26.7	Topsoil Storage
                                         and Erosion Reduction Measures 

 

Contractor Group must:

 

		26.7.1	ensure all topsoil from disturbed
                                         areas will be salvaged and placed in stockpiles so it will be available for future Worksite
                                         reclamation, stockpiles are to be placed in well-drained locations away from roads and
                                         boundaries, and areas of instability;

 

		26.7.2	install erosion and sediment
                                         control measures according to the Worksite’s topography and layout prior to the
                                         On-Site Work, where required, and as directed by Company. Erosion-control methods may
                                         include tackifiers, erosion-control matting or crimping with certified weed free straw
                                         or hay;

 

		26.7.3	monitor and repair erosion
                                         control measures as necessary throughout the course of On-Site Work activities;

 

		26.7.4	before seeding, grade stockpiles
                                         to gentle side slops (3H:1V) with, if practical, ridges running perpendicular to slope
                                         direction to help control water erosion and promote seed establishment;

 

		26.7.5	use a native seed mix that
                                         is approved by Company and for use in vegetation cover on topsoil stockpiles. For cases
                                         of sandy subsoil or parent material left onsite during disturbances, gravel or other
                                         wind-resistant material will be spread to reduce subsoil erosion;

 

		26.7.6	report to Company the stockpile
                                         monitoring requirements for first growing season to ensure adequate erosion protection;
                                         and

 

		26.7.7	ensure any soil contamination
                                         will be localized and remediated effectively in a timely manner.

 

		26.8	Flora and Fauna
                                         Protection and Management 

 

Contractor Group:

 

		26.8.1	will not harass, hunt, fish,
                                         hold in captivity, or, to the extent avoidable, disturb in any manner, any wildlife unless
                                         authorized by Company;

 

		26.8.2	shall prevent the collection,
                                         removal or, utilization, directly or indirectly, of locally protected environmental resources,
                                         including without limitation, plants, or animals, for consumption, profit or any other
                                         purpose whatsoever, by Contractor Personnel;

 

		26.8.3	will establish and report
                                         weed management plans, as appropriate, to prevent and control the spread of restricted,
                                         noxious and invasive plants. Contractor will:

 

		26.8.3.1	identify restricted and noxious
                                         weeds and invasive plant specified on Worksites, along ROWs and access roads; and

 

		26.8.3.2	prevent the spread of restricted
                                         and noxious weeds and invasive plants, by implementing effective mitigation measures;

 

		26.8.4	will report wildlife Incidents
                                         and potential interference with wildlife or key wildlife features to Company. Examples
                                         include sightings of rare or endangered species, any expected interference with previously
                                         unidentified wildlife features (e.g., nests, dens, beaver dams or licks), wildlife vehicle
                                         collisions; nuisance wildlife, and wildlife found (alive or dead) in association with
                                         On-Site Work. The observations will be recorded in daily reports; and

 

		26.8.5	as directed by Company, will
                                         revegetate temporary workspaces with native species that reflect the surrounding vegetation.
                                         Growth and encroachment of native vegetation will not be controlled, unless necessary
                                         for operations or maintenance, or to control noxious weeds.

 

		26.9	Avoid Sensitive
                                         Habitats, Plants and Wildlife 

 

Contractor is responsible for
ensuring that:

 

		26.9.1	Contractor Group is aware
                                         of any sensitive habitats, features, water resources and wildlife that may be present
                                         at the Worksite or any area associated with the On-Site Work. Training will be provided
                                         by Contractor to Contractor Group in relation to the Policies which must be adhered to
                                         in order to protect sensitive habitats, plants and wildlife and avoid identified sensitive
                                         seasons and life-stages whenever possible at the Worksite;

 

    	53 of 156

    	 

    

 

		26.9.2	Contractor Group will preferentially
                                         avoid steep and erosion prone slopes, riparian habitats, streams and rivers, rare plant
                                         communities, critical wildlife habitat, and other inherently sensitive environmental
                                         features and areas to the maximum extent possible given the nature and location of the
                                         Worksite;

 

		26.9.3	measures are implemented to
                                         prevent the colonization species from outside the area of operations;

 

		26.9.4	protocols are in place for
                                         managing potential wildlife–human interactions, including food and Waste storage
                                         measures to deter scavengers and other wildlife from construction camps and other Work
                                         areas;

 

		26.9.5	Contractor Personnel are prohibited
                                         from feeding, harassing or destroying wildlife on or near the ROW or project infrastructure;

 

		26.9.6	speed limits for all project
                                         vehicles on project roads and ROWs. Vehicles will reduce speed in the presence of wildlife;

 

		26.9.7	disturbance to sensitive wildlife
                                         will be reduced through access management. This requires that Contractor Group will:

 

		26.9.7.1	where possible, use existing
                                         roads, ROWs and watercourse crossings, and locate infrastructure near existing roads;

 

		26.9.7.2	prohibit Contractor Personnel
                                         from the recreational use of temporary access roads and the ROW;

 

		26.9.7.3	deactivate and rehabilitate
                                         temporary access roads;

 

		26.9.7.4	implement seasonal road closures;
                                         and

 

		26.9.7.5	avoid unauthorized use of
                                         the ROW through the use of physical barriers, such as large berms.

 

		26.10	Cultural and Historical
                                         Resources 

 

		26.10.1	Identification of Significant
                                         Sites 

 

			Contractor Group
                                         must identify any significant archaeological sites at the Worksite at the scouting phase
                                         of the operation. Such archaeological sites must be flagged off temporarily, with detail
                                         and position noted and information recorded digitally. All heritage and paleontological
                                         sites requiring mitigation measures will be marked on the project schematics and diagrams.

 

		26.10.2	Avoid Significant Cultural
                                         Resources and Features 

 

			Contractor Group
                                         will avoid or protect sites of known archaeological and ethno-historic significance.
                                         If previously unidentified cultural resources are found during project activities, activity
                                         in the area will be halted until Company provides written authorization to proceed.

 

		26.10.3	Prohibition of Removal
                                         

 

			The removal or
                                         possession of any artifacts by Contractor Personnel is strictly prohibited. Local artifacts
                                         must be left undisturbed and intact to the extent such resources are known.

 

		26.11	Follow-up and Monitoring
                                         

 

Should follow-up and monitoring
be required throughout the course of On-Site Work to ensure management of residual environmental effects, Contractor will develop
a program and report it to Company. Follow-up and monitoring activities will be carried out by qualified Contractor Personnel
as directed by Company using Good Industry Practice, as appropriate.

 

    	54 of 156

    	 

    

 

		26.12	Documentation 

 

Contractor shall document and
track the following information during the On-Site Work and will provide Company with a copy upon request and at the completion
of the On-Site Work:

 

		26.12.1	ongoing commitments to the
                                         communities affected by the On-Site Work either through permitting arrangements or otherwise;

 

		26.12.2	restoration works performed
                                         on any significant environmental impacts or degradation that occurred during the course
                                         of the On-Site Work;

 

		26.12.3	any remaining environmental
                                         impacts which have not been fully reclaimed and remediated at the completion of the On-Site
                                         Work such as access roads, river crossings and burial pits for Waste; and

 

		26.12.4	photographic documentation
                                         of the area of Work before, during and after the On-Site Work.

 

		26.13	Abandonment Activities
                                         

 

		26.13.1	Abandonment Plan 

 

			The abandonment
                                         activities after completion of On-Site Work must be performed in accordance with the
                                         abandonment plan contained in the HSE Project Specific Plan. All flagging will be removed
                                         from the Worksite and disposed of at an approved landfill facility. The rehabilitation
                                         shall take into account the area’s previous characteristics and conditions as well
                                         as its future use.

 

		26.13.2	Infrastructure Dismantling
                                         

 

			Dismantling of
                                         temporary infrastructure used for the base camp and fly camps must be completely removed
                                         before Contractor leaves the area. Furthermore, Contractor shall remove from the area
                                         all items, facilities, machinery, Equipment, tools, materials and supplies used for the
                                         On-Site Work.

 

		26.13.3	Verification of Abandonment
                                         Activities 

 

			An inspection
                                         will be carried out together with the HSE representative of the Company to verify final
                                         conditions after dismantling and Waste removal from the area, which shall include photographic
                                         evidence.

 

		26.14	Reclamation, Remediation,
                                         and Revegetation 

 

		26.14.1	The HSE Project Specific
                                         Plan shall include conditions relating to remediation, reclamation, and revegetation
                                         work required to be completed prior to the completion of the On-Site Work.

 

		26.14.2	Contractor shall undertake
                                         such restoration work as may be required by any Authority or Company. Contractor shall
                                         keep a record of all remediation and reclamation work conducted during the On-Site Work
                                         and shall submit these records to Company. Written and photographic records documenting
                                         the final state of impacted areas, restored or otherwise, shall be provided to Company
                                         upon completion of the On-Site Work.

 

		26.14.3	Company shall conduct an
                                         inspection of the Worksite and advise Contractor in writing of any deficiencies with
                                         respect to the remediation and reclamation of the impacted areas. Contractor shall complete
                                         any remedial work required promptly, failing which, Company may complete the remediation
                                         and reclamation work and charge Contractor for the reasonable costs of such work.

 

		26.15	Community Sign-Off
                                         

 

Contractor shall ensure that
an authorized individual from each affected community:

 

		26.15.1	inspects and indicates their
                                         acceptance of and satisfaction with the abandonment, remediation, reclamation and revegetation
                                         of the Worksite in writing; and

 

    	55 of 156

    	 

    

 

		26.15.2	acknowledges receipt of donated
                                         Equipment or materials in writing, provided that no such donations shall be committed
                                         or made without obtaining an express prior written consent from Company.

 

		26.16	Occupational Health
                                         Management 

 

Contractor Group shall implement
health management to protect the health of Contractor Personnel and the public from adverse health effects that result from operations
and/or products. The health management must include the following elements:

 

		26.16.1	identifying health hazards,
                                         assessing and listing measures to control occupational and non-occupational health risks
                                         (e.g., chemical, physical, biological risks, malaria, dengue fever, TB, rabies);

 

		26.16.2	implement an industrial hygiene
                                         program that will recognize, evaluate, monitor, record, and control if not eliminate
                                         health risk exposures in the workplace environment. The program will include recommended
                                         methods for controlling the potential health hazards. These methods may include engineering
                                         controls and appropriate safety practices for Company and Contractor Personnel, such
                                         as the substitution of safer materials, or the use of ventilation and PPE. Worker training
                                         on all the identified hazards and hazardous materials shall be conducted;

 

		26.16.3	providing access to quality
                                         clinical services as appropriate;

 

		26.16.4	effectively communicating
                                         occupational health risks and prevention strategies to all Contractor Personnel;

 

		26.16.5	retain health records, including
                                         work history, exposure monitoring, and medical information, in suitably accessible forms
                                         while respecting security and medical confidentiality considerations; and

 

		26.16.6	Contractor shall advise Company
                                         if any new health risks are identified in the course of the On-Site Work.

 

		26.17	Fitness for Work
                                         

 

The On-Site Work to be performed
for Company may require extensive physical demands. Contractor Group must ensure that all Contractor Personnel assigned to any
Worksite for Company can safely perform the essential functions of their job assignment. Contractor is responsible for:

 

		26.17.1	ensuring that all Contractor
                                         Personnel are medically (physically and mentally) fit to perform all duties specified
                                         for their job function without undue risk to themselves, others, or Company assets;

 

		26.17.2	providing Company, where
                                         appropriate, certification of fitness to work; and

 

		26.17.3	providing a modified Work
                                         program, that provides a safe return to Work option that is specific to the medical circumstances
                                         of an individual injured during the course of the Work.

 

		26.18	Medical Services
                                         

 

		26.18.1	Contractor shall be responsible
                                         for the medical welfare of Contractor Group and shall make arrangements for medical treatment,
                                         insurance and transport suitable for the On-Site Work and the geographical area of the
                                         On-Site Work. This may include and will include, where directed by Company, having a
                                         qualified, medically trained person available that is appropriate for the On-Site Work.

 

		26.18.2	Contractor shall provide
                                         Company with a comprehensive list of medical equipment and medicines that will be available
                                         to Contractor Group at the Worksite to address both urgent and non-urgent medical occurrences.
                                         Contractor shall have a procedures relating to the secure storage, handling,
                                         and disposal of drugs, bio hazardous waste, and blood borne pathogens. 

 

		26.18.3	If required or requested
                                         by Company, Contractor Group shall provide Company with a list of the medical facilities
                                         in the area and near the Worksite and a list of site-specific medical risks associated
                                         with the On-Site Work, the findings of which will also govern the provision of extra
                                         medical materials and/or Contractor Personnel.

 

    	56 of 156

    	 

    

 

		26.19	Site Specific Medical
                                         Risks 

 

An addendum of the medical facilities
in the area and site specific medical risks will be provided to Company, the findings of which will also govern the provision
of extra medical materials and or personnel if required. Included in this the health management system should address, but not
be limited to, the health and safety risks associated with:

 

		26.19.1	extreme temperatures;

 

		26.19.2	working hours and schedules;

 

		26.19.3	ergonomics in the workplace;

 

		26.19.4	smoking;

 

		26.19.5	drug and alcohol use;

 

		26.19.6	hazardous substances;

 

		26.19.7	infectious diseases;

 

		26.19.8	vector-borne diseases; and

 

		26.19.9	plants, animals, and insects.

 

		26.20	Medical Evacuation
                                         Coverage 

 

Contractor shall, at its cost,
obtain and maintain during the term of the On-Site Work, medical evacuation coverage (urgent and non-urgent) covering all Contractor
Personnel.

 

		26.21	Medical Evacuation
                                         Procedure 

 

A medical evacuation procedure
for urgent and non-urgent occurrences will be documented, agreed to by Company and Contractor and posted for Contractor Personnel
and visitors to the Worksite. Such procedure will address evacuation from remote Worksites and may include provisions for a helicopter
external transportation system if directed by Company.

 

		26.22	Transportation
                                         Safety Program 

 

		26.22.1	Journey Management 

 

			Contractor Group
                                         shall implement an appropriate journey management program to monitor movements of Personnel,
                                         vehicles, vessels and/or aircraft utilized for the On-Site Work.

 

		26.22.2	Provide Safe, Reliable
                                         Transportation for Personnel 

 

			Contractor Group
                                         will ensure that vehicles, vessels, and aircraft under Contractor Group control are maintained
                                         according to manufacturers’ specifications, and are operated safely at all times.
                                         Vehicles, vessels, and aircraft must be operated by qualified individuals, properly trained
                                         and certified consistent with Applicable Laws and Good Industry Practice.

 

		26.22.3	Driver Competency 

 

			Contractor will
                                         ensure that 100% of the drivers have received and approve a Defensive Driving course
                                         approved by Company and comply with country regulations regarding to driving the corresponding
                                         vehicle. This Defensive Driving course has to include on-road and off-road, journey management
                                         aspects, individual written evaluation, skills assessment, and commentary drive tests.
                                         Records have to be available to Company at field level.

 

    	57 of 156

    	 

    

 

		26.22.4	Night Time Travel Restriction
                                         

 

There
will be no vessel, aircraft or vehicular movement at night under any circumstances unless there are exceptional circumstances
involving the safety of all workers. Such travel must be authorized by the Company.

 

		26.22.5	Vehicle Emergency Equipment
                                         

 

No
vehicle will be allowed on the Worksite without a full complement of emergency equipment including spare wheel, pump, pressure
gauge, first aid kit, communications equipment, and other safety critical equipment.

 

		26.22.6	Vehicle Operations 

 

Contractor
Group must adhere to the following vehicle operational guidelines:

 

		26.22.6.1	Each vehicle must be equipped
                                         with a dedicated 3 point seat belt safety harness for each seating position. Drivers/passengers
                                         must use their allocated seat belt in its intended manner at all times that they are
                                         in that vehicle. It is each vehicle driver’s responsibility to ensure compliance
                                         of all passengers;

 

		26.22.6.2	Personnel transport should
                                         have seating for passengers and ensure that passengers are protected from the elements
                                         and every seat has a fitted and working seatbelt;

 

		26.22.6.3	Freight carried inside a
                                         vehicle’s passenger compartment is to be firmly secured to the bed of the vehicle;

 

		26.22.6.4	Backup (reversing) audible
                                         alarm devices on all field vehicles;

 

		26.22.6.5	Speed limits are controlled
                                         by local Applicable Laws and drivers are to adhere to those Applicable Laws. Contractor
                                         and Company may mutually agree to impose alternate speed limits more stringent than local
                                         Applicable Laws where an increased risk has been identified;

 

		26.22.6.6	Vehicles more than 5 years
                                         old or who have travelled over 200,000 Km will NOT be accepted with the exception
                                         of specialized vehicles such as ambulances, fire trucks, well service trucks and general
                                         cargo trucks (liquids, construction material, tubular goods). For general cargo trucks,
                                         each contractor shall establish in its land transport safety procedure, the limits as
                                         to age and mileage, taking into account a specific hazard analysis for these vehicles;

 

		26.22.6.7	All vehicles should be fitted
                                         with (In Vehicle Monitoring System) IVMS to allow effective and safe vehicle journey
                                         movement. This device will measure and record speed, acceleration and deceleration, and
                                         violations to the speed maximum set limit. Contractor should download, process and present
                                         bi-weekly reports to Company, showing the performance of drivers. Disciplinary actions
                                         should be taken in cases of repeated violations;

 

		26.22.6.8	All vehicles used off road
                                         should be fitted with rollover damage minimization devices (internal or external roll
                                         bars), according to the design of each vehicle;

 

		26.22.6.9	All vehicles used off road
                                         should have a dune post (3 m high) with a visible flag on top;

 

		26.22.6.10	All vehicles (including
                                         subcontractor’s vehicles) will be provided with a means of communication back to
                                         base camp or such other location as directed by the Company; and

 

		26.22.6.11	Except for emergencies,
                                         Personnel are prohibited from transporting third party passengers in vehicles that are
                                         travelling under a contract with Company. In an emergency situation, the Contractor must
                                         report the emergency to their operations center as soon as possible (indicating the name,
                                         ID document number and age of the passenger, the reason for the emergency, place and
                                         time). The passenger being transported for emergency reasons must comply with all safety
                                         protocols and requirements for vehicular transportation and must follow all instructions
                                         given by the driver of the vehicle.

 

    	58 of 156

    	 

    

 

		26.23	Traffic Management
                                         

 

If determined by the Company
that traffic to the Worksite requires traffic management, a traffic management plan approved by the Company will be implemented
by the Contractor. Traffic measures the Contractor Group must adhere to may include:

 

		26.23.1	application of trucks spring
                                         weight restrictions and load weight limits at all other times;

 

		26.23.2	directions for the securing
                                         of truck loads during transit;

 

		26.23.3	any spillage of material
                                         from hauling shall be kept to a minimum and promptly removed from the highway to prevent
                                         motor vehicles accidents; and

 

		26.23.4	flag persons, detours, safety
                                         barricades, fences, signs and/or flashers will be used as required in the area of road
                                         crossings. Where construction is being carried out in an area where worker safety may
                                         be endangered by vehicular traffic, the Contractor Group shall ensure signalers have
                                         been trained by qualified trainers to control the flow of traffic.

 

    	59 of 156

    	 

    

 

Exhibit “D-2”

 

Talisman Energy
Inc.

 

ALCOHOL AND
DRUG POLICY EXPECTATIONS FOR CONTRACTORS

 

		I.	INTERPRETATION 

 

For the purposes of this Schedule
and all Appendices hereto, the term "Operator" shall be equivalent to and used interchangeably with the term "Company"
and the terms "Talisman Energy Inc.", “Talisman Sasol Montney Partnership” or "Talisman".

 

		II.	RESPONSIBILITIES 

 

Contractors are expected to:

 

		·	ensure
                                         that their representatives remain free from any adverse performance effects of Alcohol
                                         or other Drugs by enforcing these requirements for their employees, subcontractors and
                                         agents, when working on Company Business, Company Premises and Well-Sites; 

 

		·	comply
                                         with the Company Alcohol and Drug Policy (the “Policy”), attached
                                         hereto as Appendix “A” to this Schedule “D-2” or implement and
                                         enforce their own policy that meets or exceeds the requirements of the Company Policy.
                                         

 

III. ACCESS
TO TESTING SERVICES AND TEST RESULTS 

 

The requirements for testing
are set out in the Policy. In those situations where testing is required and the Contractor does not have their own testing program
set up or is temporarily unable to perform testing as required by the Policy, Company will allow Contractors to access Company’s
Alcohol and Drug testing system.

 

Any Contractor accessing Company’s
Alcohol and Drug testing system will be required to sign a waiver indemnifying Company from any legal liability associated with
the provision of testing services. Company reserves the right to invoice the Contractor for reasonable and customary charges associated
with providing this service. In any situation where personnel are tested under Company’s employee testing system, that individual
must confirm in writing that their results can be released to the Company Alcohol and Drug Program Administrator.

 

In addition, Contractors must
ensure that the testing protocol under the Contractor’s own policy includes a requirement for the personnel to sign a release
indicating both the name of the donor and that the results (“Negative Test” or “Positive Test” as defined
in the Policy) will be released to Company.

 

Where Alcohol and Drug Testing
is required under the Policy, personnel will not be permitted to return to a Company Well-Site until the results of the Alcohol
and Drug Test are received by Company.

 

IV. VIOLATIONS OF CONTRACTOR EXPECTATIONS

 

If there is any reason to believe
any Contractor personnel is on duty in an unfit condition, or otherwise in contravention of the basic intent and provisions of
the Policy, the Contractor is required to conduct an investigation and Company may also conduct its own investigation.

 

The Contractor must satisfy Company
that there was not a breach of the Policy. Alternatively, if the Contractor confirms a violation has occurred, they are required
to take the appropriate steps to prevent further risk to people, property, the environment or Company Business. The personnel
in violation of the Policy will not be allowed to return to work for Company without written permission from the Vice President
responsible for the Company Business or Premises in relation to which the violation of the Policy occurred and the Vice President
HSE/OI for Company’s North American Operations.

 

Failure of the Contractor or
the Contractor’s representatives, to meet these expectations will be considered willful misconduct and a failure to comply
with Company’s health and safety requirements. As such it will be considered a breach of contract and may result in Company
exercising its rights under its contract with the Contractor including the suspension or termination of the contract.

 

    	60 of 156

    	 

    

 

Appendix “A”

 

TO THE TALISMAN
ALCOHOL AND DRUG POLICY EXPECTATIONS FOR CONTRACTORS

 

TALISMAN ENERGY
INC.

 

240 - ALCOHOL
AND DRUG POLICY IN CANADA

 

		1	PURPOSE 

 

It is the intention of Talisman
Energy Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates in Canada (“the Company” or “Talisman”) to provide a safe
and productive working environment for Employees, Contractors, customers, and business associates. The use of Illegal Drugs and
the inappropriate use of Alcohol, Medications, and other substances can adversely affect an Employee’s health, safety and
job performance. It can also affect or endanger other Employees, customers or members of the public.

 

This Policy is intended to outline
in detail the standards and expectations associated with Alcohol and other Drug use. It confirms the Company’s commitment
to minimize risk throughout our operations consistent with the Talisman Global Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) Policy.

 

This Policy is subject to ongoing
review and evaluation, and modifications will be made as deemed necessary to respond to current circumstances and evolving needs.

 

Please refer to InSite for policies
in respect of other regions.

 

		2	SCOPE AND APPLICATION 

 

This Policy applies to all Employees
while they are engaged in Company Business, working on Company Premises or worksites, and operating Company vehicles and equipment.
Specifically, this Policy applies:

 

		•	to all Canadian-based Employees
                                         of the Company;

 

		•	to all internationally-based
                                         Employees of the Company when assigned or working in Canada; and

 

		•	as a minimum requirement
                                         for Canadian-based Employees when representing the Company at any international operations
                                         of the Company or its affiliates (where Employees will be required to comply with any
                                         additional requirements in those jurisdictions or at those facilities).

 

Violations of these provisions may result in disciplinary
action up to and including termination of employment.

 

Because of the greater risk involved
in performing certain functions, some positions have been designated as Safety-Sensitive or Risk-Sensitive Positions and some
work locations have been designated as Safety-Sensitive Work Locations. Individuals holding these positions or working in these
locations will be expected to meet higher standards as outlined in the Policy.

 

All Contractors in Canada will
be advised of the applicable provisions of this Policy, and will be expected to enforce these requirements for their employees,
sub-contractors and agents. Any contravention of this Policy will be considered a breach of contract. Specific requirements for
Contractors are set out in the document entitled

“Talisman Alcohol and Drug Policy Expectations
for Contractors”.

 

This Policy sets out responsibilities
and standards, which may be enhanced or modified by any facility, site or business unit where there are sound reasons, i.e. customer
requirements, significant hazard differences, past practices, or location-specific differences related to cultural or community
expectations or risks. Proposed enhancements or modifications must be supported by documented justification and brought forward
by the Alcohol and Drug Program Manager to the EVP, Corporate Services and the EVP, NAO for approval prior to implementation.
On an annual basis the VP HSE/OI NAO will review any authorized enhancements or modifications to this Policy.

 

    	61 of 156

    	 

    

 

		3	KEY DEFINITIONS 

 

“Alcohol”
refers to beer, wine and distilled spirits, and includes the intoxicating agent found in medicines or other products.

 

“Alcohol and Drug Program
Manager” refers to a registered health professional in corporate occupational health designated by the VP HSE/OI NAO.

 

“Blood Alcohol Content
(BAC)” is the concentration of Alcohol in the blood as measured using a calibrated breath Alcohol testing machine.

 

“Common Area(s)”
includes: sitting areas; television viewing rooms; lounges, food preparation and dining areas; sports, fitness, and recreation
areas; phone rooms; storage rooms; laundry service rooms; boiler/utility rooms; parking lots; and washrooms.

 

“Company”
or “Talisman” refers to Talisman Energy Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.

 

“Company Business”
refers to all business activities undertaken in the course of the Company's operations, whether conducted on or off Company Premises.

 

“Company Premises”
includes but is not necessarily restricted to all land, facilities, work sites, camps, and vehicles owned, leased or otherwise
controlled by Talisman for the purpose of conducting Company Business.

 

“Contractor”
refers to any legal entity which Talisman has contracted or verbally requested to perform a service for the Company or to act
as a representative of Talisman. Such entity may be a corporation, unincorporated organization, partnership, joint venture, association,
firm, trust or other entity.

 

“Contract Worker”
refers to any individual person performing services on Company Business that is not an Employee and includes workers and agents
employed by a Contractor.

 

“Contraband”
means goods that are obtained through an unlawful act or that is unlawful to possess under the law, and may include any property
of Talisman or its Contractors obtained unlawfully, and includes any Illegal Drug or substance and any prohibited or restricted
weapon, or explosive device.

 

“Critical Incident”
refers to an incident as defined in the Talisman Energy NAO HSE/OI Incident Reporting, Investigation & Analysis Practice NAO-HSEOI-PRA-11-01.

 

“Dog Handler”
means a person in control of a dog that has been specifically trained in the detection of illicit substances such as Illegal Drugs
and explosive substances.

 

“Drug(s)”
means any substance, including but not limited to Alcohol, Illegal Drugs, Medications, or herbal preparations the use of which
has the potential to change or adversely affect the way a person thinks, feels or acts. For purposes of this Policy, Drugs of
concern are those that inhibit an individual's ability to perform his or her job safely and productively including:

 

		•	Illegal Drug means any Drug
                                         or substance which is not legally obtainable and whose use, sale, possession, purchase
                                         or transfer is restricted or prohibited by law (e.g. street Drugs such as marijuana and
                                         cocaine); and

 

		•	Medication which has been
                                         obtained either legally (either over-the-counter or through a doctor's prescription),
                                         or illegally, has not been disclosed and cleared with the camp medic or which is being
                                         misused (i.e., such as Percocet, Vicodin and Oxycontin).

 

“Drug Paraphernalia”
means any equipment, product or material primarily intended or designed for use in manufacturing, compounding, converting, concealing,
processing, preparing, using or introducing into the human body an Illegal Drug. This includes any product or device that may
be used to tamper with or adulterate a test sample.

 

    	62 of 156

    	 

    

 

“Employee”
includes all regular full time, part time, temporary, casual and seasonal workers on the Company payroll.

 

“Employee and Family
Assistance Program (EFAP)” refers to the program available to Employees which offers confidential, professional assistance
to help Employees and their immediate family members resolve concerns that currently, or potentially, affect the quality of life
at home or at work. See also Policy #208 – Employee and Family Assistance Program.

 

“Fit for Work/Duty”
in the context of this Policy means being able to safely and acceptably perform assigned duties without any limitations including
those that are due to the use or after-effects of Alcohol, Drugs or other substances.

 

“Major Incident” refers to an incident
as defined in the Talisman Energy NAO HSE/OI Incident Reporting, Investigation & Analysis Practice NAO-HSEOI-PRA-11-01.

 

“Medical Review Officer
(MRO)” means a licensed physician responsible for receiving laboratory results generated by a company's Drug testing
program, who has knowledge of substance abuse disorders and has appropriate medical training to interpret and evaluate an individual’s
Alcohol and Drug test result together with his medical history and any other relevant biomedical information.

 

“Negative Test”
or “Negative Test Result” means a report from the Medical Review Officer that an individual who provided a
specimen for Alcohol or Drug testing did not have an Alcohol or Drug concentration equal to or in excess of the limits set out
in this Policy.

 

“Policy” refers to the Talisman
Alcohol and Drug Policy in Canada.

 

“Positive Test”
or “Positive Test Result” means a report from the Medical Review Officer that an individual who provided a
specimen for Alcohol or Drug testing had an Alcohol or Drug concentration equal to or in excess of the limits set out in this
Policy.

 

“Risk-Sensitive Position”
refers to any position in which individuals have significant involvement in decisions or actions that could directly affect safe
operations. This includes all individuals who directly supervise individuals who hold a Safety-Sensitive Position.

 

“Safety-Sensitive Position”
refers to any position in which individuals have a key and direct role in an operation where performance impacted by Alcohol or
Drug use could result in a actual or potential Major or Critical Incident or failure to adequately respond to an emergency situation.
All Employees, including managers and Supervisors, who may be required to perform safety-sensitive duties from time to time, or
to temporarily relieve in a Safety-Sensitive Position are included in this category.

 

“Safety-Sensitive Work
Location” includes those parts of the operations designated as a Safety-Sensitive Work Location by the VP HSE/OI NAO
on the basis that there are significant operating hazards such that anyone working at the location who is under the influence
of Alcohol or other Drugs could affect the health, safety or security of themselves, other persons, property or the environment.

 

“Search” means
physically inspecting Company Premises and personal property as further described in this Policy for the purpose of determining
compliance with the Policy and may include hand searches or the use of a Sniffer Dog and Dog Handler.

 

“Sniffer Dogs” are dogs which have
been specially trained, for the detection of Illegal Drugs, substances and explosive devices otherwise referred to as Contraband.

 

“Supervisor”
refers to the individual accountable for a particular area or shift, including managers, and others in supervisory positions who
are directly responsible for the performance of Employees or Contract Workers.

 

“Substance Abuse Professional
(SAP)” is an individual with knowledge of and clinical experience in the diagnosis and treatment of Alcohol and Drug
related disorders. The SAP will assess if the individual has an Alcohol or Drug dependency, make recommendations regarding education
and treatment, and recommend a return-to-duty monitoring program including unannounced testing.

 

    	63 of 156

    	 

    

 

“Testing Program Administrator”
refers to the individual responsible for ongoing management of any Alcohol or Drug testing conducted under this Policy.

 

“Worker” includes both Contract
Workers and Employees.

 

		4	RESPONSIBILITIES 

 

		4.1	Testing Program Administrator
                                         

 

The Testing Program Administrator
(TPA) is responsible for ongoing management of the Alcohol and Drug testing program including:

 

		4.1.1	identifying, in consultation
                                         with the Alcohol and Drug Program Manager, those positions within Talisman that are Safety-Sensitive
                                         or Risk-Sensitive Positions for approval as such by the VP NAO HSE/OI;

 

		4.1.2	receiving the report from the
                                         Medical Review Officer (MRO) as to whether an Alcohol and Drug Test is a Negative, Non-Negative,
                                         or Positive Test Result;

 

		4.1.3	advising the Supervisor that
                                         requested an Alcohol or Drug test as to the result of the test where the Worker is tested
                                         under this Policy or the Talisman Alcohol and Drug testing program;

 

		4.1.4	advising the Supervisor as
                                         to whether the Worker is permitted to return to work at Company Premises or on Company
                                         Business as follows:

 

		4.1.4.1	Negative Test Result: Providing
                                         the Worker is believed by the Supervisor to be Fit for Duty, the Worker is permitted
                                         to return to work;

 

		4.1.4.2	Non-Negative Test Results:
                                         The Worker is to be removed from the work site until the Alcohol and Drug test results
                                         are confirmed by the MRO;

 

		4.1.4.3	Positive Test Results: The
                                         Worker is to be removed from Company Premises and is not permitted to engage is Company
                                         Business unless otherwise directed by the Testing Program Administrator. In addition,
                                         where an Employee’s test results in a Positive Test Result, the TPA will advise
                                         the Testing Program Manager of this result;

  

		4.1.5	initiating disciplinary action
                                         against Employees, where appropriate, against Employees for violations of this Policy;

 

		4.1.6	advising Employees of the existence
                                         of and process to access the Talisman Employee Family Assistance Program counseling (EFAP);

 

		4.1.7	assisting Supervisors in determining
                                         options for removing a Worker from Company Premises and providing a safe means of travel
                                         to a medical facility, testing centre or Worker’s place of residence as required
                                         by this Policy; and

 

		4.1.8	resolution of any questions
                                         pertaining to interpretation of this Policy.

 

		4.2	Alcohol and Drug
                                         Program Manager 

 

The Alcohol and Drug Program
Manager is responsible for:

 

		4.2.1	providing assistance to the
                                         Testing Program Administrator concerning the identification of positions within Talisman
                                         that are Safety-Sensitive or Risk-Sensitive Positions;

 

		4.2.2	discussing any specific Alcohol
                                         or Drug test result information with the MRO as required to fulfill their responsibilities
                                         under this Policy;

 

		4.2.3	arranging Substance Abuse Professional
                                         assessments where advised by the Testing Program

Administrator that an Employee’s
Alcohol and Drug Test Result is a Positive Test Result;

 

		4.2.4	providing input pertaining
                                         to post Substance Abuse Professional assessments and return to work agreements;

 

		4.2.5	making arrangements for an
                                         assessment to determine if an Employee is Fit for Work;

 

    	64 of 156

    	 

    

 

		4.2.6	coordinating development and
                                         delivery of Employee education and Supervisor training programs; and

 

		4.2.7	ongoing evaluation of Alcohol
                                         and Drug monitoring programs.

 

		4.3	Supervisors 

 

Supervisors are responsible for:

 

		4.3.1	ongoing performance management
                                         to ensure safe operations and effectiveness of the program;

 

		4.3.2	guiding Employees who voluntarily
                                         seek assistance for a personal problem to appropriate resources (e.g. the Employee and
                                         Family Assistance Program (EFAP) or other local resources) while maintaining confidentiality
                                         to the greatest extent possible under the circumstances;

 

		4.3.3	making arrangements for an
                                         assessment through the Alcohol and Drug Program Manager if, in the course of any performance-related
                                         discussion, an Employee states they have a problem with Alcohol or Drugs;

 

		4.3.4	taking appropriate steps to
                                         investigate any possible violation of this Policy;

 

		4.3.5	requesting and arranging for
                                         an Alcohol and Drug test in a post accident or reasonable cause situation as and when
                                         required to do so under this Policy; and

 

		4.3.6	monitoring and ensuring Policy
                                         compliance of Contract Workers.

 

Failure of Supervisors to meet their responsibility
for the implementation and enforcement of this Policy will be grounds for disciplinary action, up to and including termination.

 

		4.4	Employees 

 

All Employees will perform their
job safely and responsibly, and in all ways consistent with established Company practices. In addition, all Employees will:

 

		4.4.1	read and understand this Policy
                                         and their responsibilities under it;

 

		4.4.2	report Fit for Duty for any
                                         and all scheduled or unscheduled duty and remain Fit for Duty while on Company Business
                                         and Premises;

 

		4.4.3	seek advice and follow appropriate
                                         treatment if they have a current or emerging Alcohol or Drug problem, and follow recommended
                                         monitoring programs after attending treatment;

 

		4.4.4	co-operate with any work modification
                                         related to safety concerns;

 

		4.4.5	intervene as appropriate to
                                         encourage a co-worker to access assistance before an Alcohol or Drug problem impacts
                                         performance or safety;

 

		4.4.6	notify their Supervisor or
                                         manager if they believe an Employee, Contract Worker or visitor is not Fit for Duty;
                                         and

 

		4.4.7	co-operate with an investigation
                                         into a violation of this Policy, including any request to participate in the testing
                                         program as and when required to do so under this Policy.

 

		5	STANDARDS 

 

Workers must comply with the
following standards, and report Fit for Duty and remain Fit for Duty throughout their work day or shift.

 

		5.1	Illegal Drugs 

 

The following are prohibited
while on Company Business or Premises:

 

		5.1.1	the use, possession, distribution,
                                         offering or sale of Illegal Drugs or Drug Paraphernalia;

 

		5.1.2	reporting to work or being
                                         at work while under the influence of Illegal Drugs; and

 

    	65 of 156

    	 

    

 

		5.1.3	a Positive Drug test as determined
                                         through the testing program.

 

		5.1.4	A Positive Test Result means
                                         a Drug concentration equivalent to or greater than the amounts set out in the following
                                         table:

 

	Drug or Classes of	 	Initial Test Levels	 	Confirmation Test
	Drugs	 	(ng/ml)*	 	Levels (ng/ml)*
	Marijuana	 	50	 	15
	Cocaine	 	150	 	100
	Opiates	 	2,000	 	2,000
	Morphine	 	 	 	2,000
	Codeine	 	 	 	2,000
	Oxycontin	 	300	 	300
	Phencyclidine (PCP)	 	25	 	25
	Amphetamines	 	500	 	250
	Methamphetamine	 	 	 	250
	MDMA	 	500	 	250
	MDA	 	500	 	250
	MDEA	 	 	 	250

 

		5.2	Alcohol 

 

		5.2.1	The possession, distribution,
                                         offering or sale of any Alcohol is prohibited when on Company Premises with the exceptions
                                         noted below. Where permitted, Workers are expected to use Alcohol responsibly. Workers
                                         cannot:

 

		5.2.2	have an Alcohol test result
                                         of .04 BAC or greater when on duty; or

 

		5.2.3	use Alcohol after an incident
                                         or until tested or advised by the Company that a test is not required.

 

		5.3	Safety-Sensitive Positions
                                         and Safety Sensitive Work Locations 

 

		5.3.1	Employees in a Safety-Sensitive
                                         Position and Contract Workers assigned to work at a Safety-Sensitive Work Location (whether
                                         on a temporary or permanent basis):

 

		5.3.2	must not report for duty or
                                         remain on duty under the influence of Alcohol;

 

		5.3.3	must not consume any product
                                         containing Alcohol when on duty including during meals or breaks;

 

		5.3.4	cannot return to work or report
                                         for work after consuming Alcohol at a social event; and

 

		5.3.5	will be removed from duty
                                         if through an Alcohol test result it is determined that they have recently consumed or
                                         are under the influence of Alcohol.

 

		5.4	Exemptions for Alcohol
                                         Use and Possession 

 

		5.4.1	Except where an Employee is
                                         residing at Company Premises (i.e. camp) where the consumption of Alcohol is prohibited,
                                         an Employee, including those in a Safety-Sensitive Position, may use Alcohol after the
                                         workday (i.e. when on travel status, when at a training event or seminar, or in any other
                                         similar business-related situation) provided the formal business has been completed,
                                         Alcohol is used responsibly, and the Employee is not on call or expecting to return to
                                         work.

 

		5.4.2	Except at Company Premises
                                         (ie. camp) where the possession of Alcohol is prohibited, sealed containers may be stored
                                         in personal vehicles parked on Company Premises, or in vehicles provided, assigned or
                                         subsidized by the Company, when not being used for Company Business, provided the Alcohol
                                         is locked in the trunk of the vehicle or otherwise appropriately secured. Alcohol received
                                         as a gift may be temporarily stored on Company Premises, including in a vehicle, but
                                         must remain sealed and be removed at the earliest opportunity. However, in no circumstances
                                         is Alcohol permitted at Safety-Sensitive Work Location, including in any vehicle (personal
                                         or Company).

 

    	66 of 156

    	 

    

 

		5.5	Social Situations
                                         

 

		5.5.1	Alcohol use is permitted at
                                         Company sponsored social functions with the prior approval of a manager or field superintendent
                                         provided Alcohol consumption is controlled to minimize the potential for inappropriate
                                         behaviour at the function and impaired driving afterwards. Alternative transportation
                                         arrangements will be made available when possible.

 

		5.5.2	Employees in Safety-Sensitive
                                         Position and Workers assigned to a Safety-Sensitive Work Location who attend and consume
                                         Alcohol will not return to work following the function.

 

		5.5.3	Responsible hosting should
                                         be consistent with Policy #237 - Social Event Policy.

 

		5.6	Medications 

 

		5.6.1	Workers are expected to responsibly
                                         use prescribed and over-the-counter Medications (including herbal preparations). A guideline
                                         on Medications is attached. The following are prohibited when on Company Business or
                                         Premises:

 

		5.6.2	the misuse of Medications (e.g.
                                         not using the Medication as it has been prescribed or directed by the pharmacy, using
                                         someone else’s prescription Medication, combining Medication and Alcohol use against
                                         direction); and

 

		5.6.3	the unauthorized possession
                                         of prescribed Medications without a legally obtained prescription, and the unauthorized
                                         distribution, offering or sale of prescription Medications (trafficking).

 

		5.7	Workers will: 

 

		5.7.1	investigate (through their
                                         doctor or pharmacist, through the Alcohol and Drug Program Manager or the on-site medic)
                                         whether a Medication can affect safe operations;

 

		5.7.2	act responsibly and use a safe
                                         alternative Medication choice when available (e.g. non-drowsy);

 

		5.7.3	take appropriate action to
                                         minimize safety risk and advise their Supervisor of any need for modified duties if the
                                         Medication they are using will affect their ability to operate safely; and

 

		5.7.4	follow any recommended course
                                         of action, which could include temporary reassignment, if possible, or leave as appropriate
                                         to the situation.

 

		5.7.5	The Company reserves the right
                                         through the Alcohol and Drug Program Manager to confirm the nature and duration of any
                                         required work modification with the treating physician, without any breach of medical
                                         confidentiality or privacy laws. The Alcohol and Drug Program Manager will provide guidance
                                         to Supervisors on work modification.

 

		5.8	Call in Situations
                                         

 

		5.8.1	If a Worker is requested to
                                         perform services while under the influence of Alcohol or Drugs or otherwise not Fit for
                                         Work, it is the responsibility of that individual to advise the requestor or their Supervisor
                                         that they are unable to report for work so that appropriate steps can be taken to find
                                         an alternate Worker.

 

		6	PREVENTION, ASSISTANCE, REHABILITATION,
                                         AFTERCARE 

 

		6.1	Prevention 

 

This Policy stresses the importance
of prevention and early identification of potential problem situations. The Company will make information available on health
and safety hazards, recognizing related performance problems, and the process to access assistance.

 

Employees are encouraged to access
assistance through the Company EFAP, their personal physician, their manager, or appropriate community services for help with
any problem that may be affecting work performance, including an Alcohol or Drug problem. Anyone not covered by the Company benefit
plan should seek assistance through resources available in their employer or the community.

 

Job performance monitoring will continue to be emphasized.
Through this process, Employees with apparent performance problems will be reminded that they should access assistance through
the Company EFAP, their personal physician, or appropriate community services for help with any personal problem.

 

    	67 of 156

    	 

    

 

		6.2	Assessment/Rehabilitation
                                         

 

The Company recognizes that Alcohol
and Drug dependency are treatable illnesses and early intervention greatly improves the probability of a lasting recovery. Individuals
who suspect they have a substance dependency or emerging Alcohol or Drug problem are expected to seek advice and to follow appropriate
treatment promptly before job performance is affected or violations of this Policy occur. Following the violation of a provision
of this Policy, Employees will be referred for an assessment by a Substance Abuse Professional.

 

		6.3	Request for Assistance
                                         

 

Employees who come forward voluntarily
for help with an Alcohol or Drug problem will be referred for an assessment by a Substance Abuse Professional and supported through
a treatment and aftercare program consistent with the SAPs recommendations and the applicable benefit coverage.

 

		6.4	Responsibilities
                                         

 

Arrangements for the assessment
will be made through the Alcohol and Drug Program Manager. Employees should understand that accessing assistance or declaring
a problem does not eliminate the requirement for maintenance of satisfactory performance levels. Corrective action or testing
cannot be avoided by a request for assistance with a problem or by disclosure that the individual is already involved in a treatment
program.

 

		6.5	Aftercare 

 

All Employees who complete primary
treatment (e.g. residential or out-patient treatment) for Alcohol or Drug problems as a result of a performance-related referral
or request for assistance from the Company will be required to participate in an aftercare program when returning to duty to help
them maintain recovery. They will be expected to enter into a written agreement which will outline the conditions governing their
return to the job, and the consequences for failing to meet those conditions.

 

		6.6	Return to Work Restrictions
                                         

 

Where a medical professional,
SAP, or other counseling professional advises there may be a risk that prevents an Employee from doing their job safely, a medical
work modification may be issued in conjunction with the Alcohol and Drug Program Manager, and the individual may be assigned to
alternate duties if available and at the discretion of the Company. Arrangements for the assessment will be made through the Alcohol
and Drug Program Manager.

 

		6.7	Confidentiality 

 

Confidentiality will be maintained
to the greatest extent possible except where limited disclosure is necessary for related health and safety concerns, (e.g. there
is deemed to be a potential for risk to self, others or the Company), or where required or permitted by law (e.g. in the case
of litigation or government investigation). That is, only the information strictly limited to the level of functionality (e.g.
fitness for work and any restrictions that may apply) may be shared with management for purposes of determining fitness for work,
appropriate work accommodation, and/or work re-entry initiatives.

 

		7	INVESTIGATIVE PROCEDURES 

 

		7.1	Unfit for Work Situations
                                         

 

In all situations when there
are grounds to believe a Worker is unfit to be on Company Premises, the Worker will be escorted by a Supervisor to a safe place,
interviewed, and given an opportunity to explain why they appear to be not Fit for Work.

 

If the explanation is not plausible
and/or the Supervisor still believes the Worker is in a condition unfit for normal work, the Supervisor must take one or more
of the following actions:

 

    	68 of 156

    	 

    

 

		7.1.1	investigate further by questioning
                                         the Worker to determine the reason that the Worker is not Fit for Work and determine
                                         whether a referral for medical attention or testing for Alcohol and Drugs is required
                                         under this Policy;

 

		7.1.2	refer the Worker for medical
                                         attention if there are immediate medical concerns (health center, local hospital or clinic);

 

		7.1.3	direct the Worker to submit
                                         to an Alcohol and Drug test if there are reasonable grounds to believe Alcohol or Drug
                                         use may be a factor in the situation.

 

The Supervisor should first
consult with a second level of supervision or management (which can include occupational health or on-site medics where appropriate)
whenever possible. However, the Supervisor has the authority and responsibility to refer an Employee for an Alcohol and Drug test
where required by this Policy.

 

Under no circumstances will a Worker return to
work if they are not Fit for Work.

 

Where a Worker is referred
for medical attention or directed to submit to an Alcohol and Drug test, the Worker will be provided with transportation and escorted
to the collection site or hospital/clinic depending on the circumstances, and then transportation to their local place of residence
or the care of another adult person. The Worker may be temporarily removed from their duties or reassigned pending completion
of any investigation.

 

		7.2	Alcohol and Drug Testing
                                         

 

All individuals are subject
to testing in the following circumstances. The testing procedures are found in Appendix 2.

 

		7.2.1	Reasonable Cause 

 

Testing will take place whenever
the Company has reasonable cause to believe that the actions, appearance or conduct of a Worker while on duty are indicative of
the use of Alcohol or Drugs in violation of the Policy. The decision to test shall be made by a Supervisor, and after consultation
and agreement of a second level of supervision or management whenever possible. The basis for the decision will be documented
as soon as possible after action has taken place. The referral for a test will be based on specific, personal observations resulting
from, but not limited to such indicators as:

 

		7.2.1.1	observed use or evidence
                                         of inappropriate use of Alcohol or Drugs (e.g. smell of Alcohol);

 

		7.2.1.2	erratic or atypical behaviour
                                         or changes in behaviour;

 

		7.2.1.3	changes in the physical
                                         appearance or speech patterns; and

 

		7.2.1.4	any other observations that
                                         suggest the Worker may be under the influence of Alcohol or Drugs.

 

Workers tested in this circumstance will be removed
from duty until the investigation is complete. Depending on the test result, a Fit for Duty assessment may also be required.

 

		7.2.2	Post Incident 

 

Alcohol and Drug testing will
be required as part of an investigation into an actual or potential Major or Critical Incident for all Workers for which it is
reasonable to believe were directly involved in the chain of acts or omissions leading up to the incident. However, a test is
not required if there is clear evidence that the acts or omissions of Workers could not have been a contributing factor (e.g.
structural or mechanical failure or environmental factors).

 

Testing is also required following
any other incident if, as a result of the preliminary investigation, it is concluded that there is reasonable cause for an Alcohol
or Drug test.

 

Incident reporting requirements
are outlined in Talisman Energy NAO HSE/OI Incident Reporting, Investigation & Analysis Practice NAO-HSEOI-PRA-11-01. All
Employees are to be familiar with and comply with this Practice.

 

    	69 of 156

    	 

    

 

		7.2.3	Return to Duty – Post Violation
                                         

 

In those situations where employment
is continued with the Company after a Policy violation, Employees will be required to submit to an Alcohol and Drug test and may
be subject to unannounced testing as a condition of continued employment as set out in an agreement with the Company. A Negative
Test Result is necessary before an individual will be permitted to return to work.

 

		7.2.4	Return to Duty - Post Treatment
                                         

 

Unannounced testing may be
used as a monitoring tool as determined on a case by case basis to support the recovery of any individual assuming duties following
a breach of this Policy.

 

		7.2.5	Safety/Risk Sensitive Positions
                                         or Work Locations 

 

As a condition of qualification
for a Safety-Sensitive or Risk-Sensitive Position, or for permanent assignment at a Safety-Sensitive Work Location, all applicants
are required to submit to an Alcohol and Drug test. The test will be conducted before the applicant reports for work but after
an offer of employment in a Safety-Sensitive or Risk-Sensitive Position or for permanent assignment at a Safety-Sensitive Work
Location has been made.

 

A Negative Test Result is a
condition of an applicant being hired or transferred into a Safety-Sensitive or Risk-Sensitive Position or for permanent assignment
at a Safety-Sensitive Work Location. Where the applicant is not currently a Talisman Employee, the individual must, prior to testing,
sign a ‘Pre-Employment Testing Consent Form’ whereby they consent to the release of the test results to the Company.

 

Contract Workers assigned to
Safety-Sensitive Work Locations are required to submit to an Alcohol and Drug test which must result in a Negative Test Result
prior to being accepted by Talisman for assignment for work at a Safety-Sensitive Work Location.

 

Exception for Alcohol and
Drug Testing at Safety/Risk-Sensitive Positions or Work Locations 

 

Employees currently in positions
that are classified as Safety/Risk-Sensitive or that are currently permanently assigned to a Safety-Sensitive Work Location (or
the position is subsequently re-classified) are not required to submit to a pre-employment Alcohol or Drug Test unless they apply
for a different position that is also classified as a Safety/Risk-Sensitive Position or is one located at a Safety-Sensitive Work
Location.

 

		7.2.6	Site Pre-Access Testing 

 

Where a Safety-Sensitive Work
Location is designated by the VP HSE/OI NAO as a site to which pre-access testing is applicable, a Worker must complete a pre-access
test, for which the test result must be a Negative Result before the Worker is deployed to a designated Safety-Sensitive Work
Location. Unless otherwise directed by the VP HSE/OI NAO, the pre-access test must be completed not more than 3 months (90 calendar
days) prior to arrival at such sites.

 

Unless otherwise directed by
the VP HSE/OI NAO, the pre-access test will be valid for return access to a designated Safety-Sensitive Work Location for:

 

		7.2.6.1	A period not more than 90
                                         calendar days from the date the test was completed. Workers will be required to provide
                                         proof of a valid pre-access test for each subsequent return to a Safety-Sensitive Work
                                         Location; or

 

		7.2.6.2	As long as the Worker remains
                                         in continuous employment with the same Contractor (subject to revalidation every 1 year).
                                         Continuous employment means without lay-off or termination of employment.

 

Unless otherwise directed by the VP HSE/OI NAO,
exceptions to the above testing requirements include:

 

		7.2.6.3	A Worker will not be required
                                         to complete a pre-access test for initial access to a Safety-Sensitive Work Location
                                         if the Worker has previously completed a pre-access test with respect to work to be performed
                                         on another Safety-Sensitive Work Location and it is not more than 90 calendar days since
                                         the date the test was completed, and the Worker has remained in continuous employment
                                         with the Company or Contractor since the date of that test.

 

    	70 of 156

    	 

    

 

		7.2.6.4	A Worker will not be required
                                         to complete a pre-access test for initial access to a Safety-Sensitive Work Location
                                         if the Worker is actively participating in a Rapid Site Access Program or a similar program
                                         designated by the Company.

 

		7.2.6.5	An individual will not be
                                         required to be tested if the individual is present at a Safety-Sensitive Work Location
                                         for temporary short term day-by-day access and while on the site are escorted at all
                                         times by Company personnel or other personnel designated by Company. These individuals
                                         include Employees from other sites, vendor representatives, visitors, government agents,
                                         or consultants authorized by the Company to attend at a Safety-Sensitive Work Location
                                         for visits, tours, inspections or deliveries.

 

All Contractors must maintain and provide on request
sufficient records to demonstrate compliance with pre-access testing upon request by the Company.

 

		7.2.7	Failure to Test 

 

Failure to report directly
for a test, refusal to submit to a test, refusal to agree to disclosure of a test result to the Company Testing Program Administrator,
a confirmed attempt to tamper with a test sample, or failure to report an incident which may require testing, are a violation
of this Policy.

 

		7.2.8	Random Testing 

 

In addition to the listed
testing circumstances, the Company reserves the right to initiate a program of random testing when it is deemed necessary to meet
the objectives of this Policy. Workers subject to random testing will be advised in advance of initiation of the program.

 

		7.3	Search of Company Premises
                                         

 

Searches may by conducted
by Talisman security in the following circumstances:

 

		7.3.1	Reasonable Cause 

 

Talisman security may Search
for Alcohol and Drugs on Company Premises where, based on a combination of indicators which could include behaviour, odor, or
presence of paraphernalia, there is reasonable cause to believe that Alcohol or Drugs are present in violation of the Policy.
Such Searches may include offices, lockers, luggage and personal effects.

 

Supervisors are responsible
for notifying Talisman security where there are reasonable grounds to believe that this Policy is being violated. Talisman security
will determine whether to conduct a Search.

 

		7.3.2	Unannounced Periodic Searches
                                         

 

Talisman may conduct unannounced
periodic Searches at Safety-Sensitive Work Locations. Such Searches may include any vehicle, lockers, or personal effects located
in the Common Areas of these facilities. Where the Company Premises is a camp or other location at which Workers temporary reside,
notification of the affected Worker and the consent of the Worker will be obtained prior to the Search of the room, luggage, and
personal effects of the Worker. All Unannounced Periodic Searches must be conducted in accordance with the terms of a Search plan
approved for the location by the VP HSE/OI NAO and published on Insite.

 

Any Illegal Drugs or Drug
Paraphernalia found during a Search will be turned over to the Police. Confiscated Alcohol will be secured by Talisman security
and either disposed of or returned to the owner as deemed appropriate by Talisman security.

 

		7.4	Loss of License/Impaired
                                         Driving Charge 

 

All Employees who regularly
or periodically operate any motorized vehicle on behalf of Talisman must advise management of any loss of their driver’s
license. In addition, Employees must inform their Supervisor immediately if they have been charged with an impaired driving offence
when operating a Company vehicle or driving on behalf of the Company. Impaired driving would include but not be restricted to
testing over the legal BAC in any jurisdiction, driving while impaired, or refusing to provide sample at the request of a police
officer for testing. Failure to report the charge is a violation of this Policy.

 

    	71 of 156

    	 

    

 

		8	CONSEQUENCES OF A POLICY VIOLATION
                                         

 

Any violation of a provision
of this Policy may result in discipline up to and including termination of employment. Pending the outcome of any investigation
an Employee may be suspended with or without pay.

 

Should the Company determine
that employment will be continued after a violation, the Employee would be required to enter into an agreement governing their
continued employment which may require any or all of the following actions, or any other condition appropriate to the situation:

 

		8.1	temporary removal from
                                         their position;

 

		8.2	assessment by a SAP
                                         to determine the need for a structured treatment program;

 

		8.3	adherence to any recommended
                                         treatment and aftercare program;

 

		8.4	remain substance-free
                                         and have satisfactory performance on return to duty;

 

		8.5	successful completion
                                         of a return to duty test;

 

		8.6	ongoing unannounced
                                         testing for the duration of their agreement;

 

		8.7	adherence to any rehabilitation
                                         conditions or requirements; and

 

		8.8	no further Policy violations
                                         during the monitoring period.

 

Failure to meet the requirements of the agreement
during the monitoring period will be grounds for discipline up to and including termination of employment as set out in the agreement.

 

Where a Contract Worker violates
a provision of this Policy, the Contract Worker will not be permitted to return to work on Company Business without the written
permission of both the Vice President responsible for the Company Business or Premises in relation to which the violation of this
Policy occurred and the Vice President HSE/OI NAO.

 

    	72 of 156

    	 

    

 

Appendix
1

 

TO
240 – ALCOHOL AND DRUG POLICY IN CANADA

 

GUIDELINE
ON MEDICATIONS

 

All Workers
are expected to manage the legitimate use of Medications to avoid potential performance impairment during working hours.

 

The following
Drug categories have been associated with performance impairment and are provided as a guideline to Workers in assessing their
own situation. The list is not exhaustive; there are numerous other over-the-counter and prescription Drugs which when taken may
negatively impact performance.

 

Workers are
expected to consult with their personal physician or a pharmacist, the Alcohol and Drug Program Manager, or the on-site medic
to determine if use of a Medication will have any potential negative impact on job performance. If the Medication will affect
their ability to operate safely, Workers are to take appropriate action to minimize safety risk by advising management of any
need for modified duties.

 

Talisman Sasol
Montney Partnership reserves the right through the Alcohol and Drug Program Manager to confirm the nature and duration of any
required work modification.

 

Antihistamines
- are widely prescribed for hay fever and other allergies (e.g. Allegra, Dimetane). They are also found in many cold Medications.
These Medications may cause drowsiness.

 

Motion
Sickness Drugs - are used to prevent motion sickness and nausea (e.g. Gravol, Antivert). Side effects may include drowsiness.

 

Barbiturates,
Sedatives, Hypnotics, Tranquilizers, Antidepressants – are used to treat sleep disorders and depression (e.g., Ativan, Imovane,
Paxil). Potential side effects may include mild sedation, hypnotic state, dizziness or drowsiness.

 

Narcotics
- (e.g. Demerol, Codeine, Oxycontyn and Percoset). Codeine is often found in combination drugs such as 222s or 292s or Tylenol
1,2,3s. Potential side effects may include mild sedation, hypnotic state, dizziness or drowsiness.

 

Stimulants
- Medication used for central nervous system stimulation and for appetite suppression can produce sensations of well-being which
may have an adverse effect on judgment, mood and behaviour (e.g. amphetamines or Medications sold as "diet pills").

 

Anticonvulsants
- are used to control epileptic seizures and can cause drowsiness in some patients (e.g. Dilantin).

 

Muscle
Relaxants - are used to treat musculoskeletal pain. Most common side effects are sedation and drowsiness (e.g. Flexeril, Robaxisal).

 

Cold
Tablets/Cough mixtures - in particular, nighttime remedies can cause drowsiness (e.g. Sinutab, Contac, Triaminic, Tussionex and
preparations containing dextromethorphan (DM) or codeine).

 

    	73 of 156

    	 

    

 

Appendix
2

 

TO
240 – ALCOHOL AND DRUG POLICY IN CANADA

 

ALCOHOL
AND DRUG TESTING PROCEDURES

 

Process:

 

The Alcohol
and Drug testing process is based on rigorous collection, analysis and reporting procedures designed to ensure the accuracy and
integrity of the results. Steps for those tested under the Talisman Alcohol and Drug Policy are highlighted below.

 

Advise
the Worker(s) who are being referred for an Alcohol and Drug test under the Policy. If there is any resistance, advise them of
the consequences for failure to participate. If there is any delay in sample collection, remind the Worker(s) that they cannot
use any product containing Alcohol until the test is completed or a decision not to test has been made.

 

Make
arrangements for testing:

 

Complete
“Alcohol and Drug Test Requisition” form

 

Contact
Drivercheck 1-800-463-4310

 

Ensure
the individual(s) is/are escorted to the collection site by a Supervisor or reasonable company escort (no immediate family or
close friends). The designated company escort stays at the collection site until the Worker has been released from the collection
site.

 

Complete
documentation supporting the request for a test as soon as possible and forward it to the Testing Program Administrator and Drivercheck
as soon as possible.

 

Testing
will be conducted in those circumstances outlined under the Company Policy to determine the presence of six classes of Drugs:
cannabinoids, amphetamines, cocaine, opiates, phencyclidine and Alcohol. If Talisman concludes there is justification to include
additional Drugs in this list, Employees will be advised of the change. Testing for additional Drugs may also be required on an
individualized basis on the advice of a treatment centre or Substance Abuse Professional in a post-treatment situation.

 

Alcohol
tests will be administered by a calibrated breathalyzer with a printout of test results. In those situations when a breath analyzer
is not readily available Alcohol testing will be done with a saliva strip followed by urine collection for confirmation analysis
in the laboratory.

 

All
Drug tests will be administered by urinalysis, or by collection of an oral fluid sample for analysis in the laboratory. In certain
situations, a “point of collection” (quick test) urine Drug screening test may be administered with appropriate adulterant
checks; any result that is not negative will be sent to the laboratory for confirmation analysis.

 

Collection
specimens for Drug testing and administration of Alcohol tests will be performed by trained collection agents at Company-designated
collection sites. In post incident and reasonable cause testing situations, samples will be collected as soon as possible after
the triggering event, but collection attempts will end eight (8) hours after the incident for an Alcohol test, and thirty-two
(32) hours after the incident for a Drug test.

 

All
individuals who are tested are required to sign a form to acknowledge the accuracy of the Employee and employer information and
authenticity of the specimen(s). They will be given a copy of the Drug Testing Custody and Control Form and the Breath Alcohol
Testing Form for their records.

 

Urine
samples for Drug testing will be analyzed by a fully qualified and accredited laboratory using a two-step process with initial
screening by immunoassay and all confirmations being performed by gas chromatography/mass spectrometry (GC/MS). If a point of
collection screening device is used, any non-negative result will be forwarded to a laboratory for confirmation analysis.

 

    	74 of 156

    	 

    

 

If
either test was not negative, arrange transportation to an Employee’s local residence or to the care of another responsible
adult, as circumstances warrant. If an Employee insists on driving after being advised against, the Employee is to be informed
that the local police are being notified.

 

Confirmed
Positive Test Results will be reviewed by a qualified Medical Review Officer who will discuss the result with the Employee in
an effort to determine whether a Positive Test could have resulted from the legitimate use of Medications or other medical explanations.
The individual concerned will be given an opportunity to explain the finding to the MRO who will then determine whether the result
will be reported to the Company as a Negative or a verified Positive Test, a tampered or substituted result.

 

In
the case of a verified Positive Test Result of a urine test conducted in accordance with this Policy, the person who has been
tested may request the MRO to direct the split sample to be tested by an accredited laboratory of that person's choice within
seventy-two (72) hours of receiving their results. Where split samples are not collected, the Employee may request that the original
sample be reanalyzed. If a second confirmed Positive Test is reported, the person who requested the second analysis is responsible
for reimbursing the Company for the associated costs.

 

Any
Positive Test result will be considered a violation of this Policy, whether or not the Drugs or Alcoholic beverage were actually
consumed on Company Business or Premises. Failure to report directly for a test, refusal to submit to a test, refusal to agree
to disclosure of a test result to the Testing Program Administrator or designate, or tampering or attempting to tamper with a
test sample are considered a violation of the Policy.

 

All
test results will be reported directly to the Company Testing Program Administrator or designate. Except for the release of information
in accordance with this Policy and in situations affecting the health and safety of Workers and the public, results of all testing
will be maintained by the Testing Program Administrator and will be kept confidential to the greatest extent possible except where
required or permitted by law (e.g. in the case of litigation or government investigation).

 

    	75 of 156

    	 

    

 

Appendix
3

 

RANDOM
ALCOHOL AND DRUG TESTING GUIDELINE

 

SAFETY
SENSITIVE POSITIONS AT SELECT SAFETY SENSITIVE WORK LOCATIONS – NAO CANADA

 

		9	PURPOSE
                                         

 

The
commitment of Talisman is to operate our business to ensure proactive risk mitigation in accordance with our core value to ensure
safe operations. Alcohol and Drugs represent a safety risk to both Workers at Talisman worksites and members of the public. In
accordance with our Alcohol and Drug Policy, Talisman is implementing random Alcohol and Drug testing within its Canadian operations
to detect Workers in Safety-Sensitive Positions (SSP) under the influence of Alcohol and Drugs and to deter Workers from using
Alcohol and Drugs at Company Premises.

 

		10	ASSESSMENT
                                         OF RISK ASSOCIATED WITH ALCOHOL AND DRUGS AT TALISMAN OPERATIONS 

 

All
Vice Presidents (VP) within Talisman’s Canadian operations will ensure that an ongoing review is completed to determine
whether an existing or new worksite is one at which there are significant hazards such that a Worker in a Safety-Sensitive Position
who is under the influence of Alcohol or Drugs could cause an actual Major or Critical Incident.

 

This
assessment should include consideration of:

 

		·	Job
                                         functions, work processes and tools utilized at the worksite; 

 

		·	Potential
                                         injuries that may occur as a result of an incident; 

 

		·	The
                                         ISNetworld rating of the Contractors at the worksite as it relates to safety; 

 

		·	Nature
                                         of the incidents at the particular worksite and/or at other Talisman and/or industry
                                         worksites where similar work is performed; 

 

		·	The
                                         potential for an incident at a worksite to threaten and/or harm members of the public
                                         residing and/or present at the worksite; 

 

		·	The
                                         potential for an incident to cause an environmental release; 

 

		·	Whether
                                         Workers in a Safety-Sensitive Position will be operating motor vehicles on private and/or
                                         public roads as part of their duties and/or to travel to and from the worksite; 

 

		·	Workplace
                                         factors that tend to contribute to the abuse of substances such as: 

 

		·	high
                                         stress; 

 

		·	long
                                         hours or irregular shifts (including overtime); 

 

		·	fatigue
                                         (including that associated with duties, shift rotation) ; 

 

		·	repetitious
                                         duties (including driving); 

 

		·	periods
                                         of inactivity or boredom; 

 

		·	isolation
                                         (including residing in camp facilities or being required to reside for rotations at a
                                         location other than the primary residence of the Worker); 

 

		·	easy
                                         access to Alcohol or Drugs. 

 

    	76 of 156

    	 

    

 

		·	The
                                         Alcohol and Drug policy of Contractors working at the worksite and whether the Contractor
                                         has implemented procedures for the testing of Alcohol and Drugs equivalent to the requirements
                                         of the Talisman Alcohol and Drug Policy; 

 

		·	Prior
                                         incidents and/or issues involving Alcohol and Drugs at the worksite and/or at other Talisman
                                         and industry worksites engaged in similar work; 

 

		·	The
                                         other measures utilized and their effectiveness in detecting and mitigating the risk
                                         associated with Alcohol and Drugs at the worksite or similar worksites; 

 

The
Vice President responsible for a particular worksite will forward the assessment to the VP HSE/OI who will determine whether the
inclusion of the worksite in the Talisman program of random Alcohol and Drug testing is warranted in order to mitigate the risk
posed to safe operations by Alcohol and Drugs. If the worksite is deemed to be a location subject to random Alcohol and Drug Testing
it will be added to the random selection pool by the Talisman Alcohol and Drug Program Manager.

 

		11	FREQUENCY
                                         

 

Once
per month or on such other frequency stipulated by the VP HSE/OI Workers in Safety-Sensitive Positions will be subject to random
Alcohol and Drug testing.

 

		12	NOTICE
                                         OF RANDOM ALCOHOL AND DRUG TESTING 

 

The
Talisman Alcohol and Drug Program Manager is responsible for maintaining and updating the list of Talisman worksites which the
VP HSE/OI has included as a worksite at which random Alcohol and Drug Testing may be performed as outlined in this Procedure.

 

The
VP, or their designate, responsible for a designated worksite are responsible for advising all Contractors that the worksite is
one at which testing may be performed.

 

Contractors
are required to provide advance notice to Contract Workers that random testing may be performed at the worksite and that the provision
of consent to testing is a requirement for being permitted to attend to the worksite. Contractors are required and an audit may
be performed to confirm that Contractors have obtained the written consent of Contract Workers to undergo Alcohol and Drug Testing
as requested.

 

Site
Supervisors at eligible worksites are required to ensure that sufficient signage is present at the worksite so that any Worker
attending to the worksite will be aware that Workers at the worksite are subject to random Alcohol and Drug Testing.

 

		13	TESTING
                                         PROCEDURE – RANDOM SITE SELECTION AND RANDOM NAME SELECTION 

 

		13.1	The
                                         Talisman VP HSE/OI will select at least two weeks prior to the test date, the date on
                                         which Alcohol and Drug testing will be performed. This test date will be kept confidential
                                         between the VP HSE/OI and the Alcohol and Drug Program Manager. The testing will proceed
                                         on selected date unless the VP HSE/OI is satisfied that, based on the nature of the operations,
                                         that the testing will jeopardize safe operations.

 

		13.2	The
                                         Talisman VP HSE/OI will inform the Talisman Alcohol and Drug Program Manager that testing
                                         is to be performed on the selected date.

 

		13.3	The
                                         Talisman Alcohol and Drug Program Manager will contact the operations designates to ensure
                                         that the list of Safety-Sensitive Work Locations at which random Alcohol and Drug Testing
                                         may be performed will remain current as of the proposed test date.

 

		13.4	Prior
                                         to selected date, the Talisman Alcohol and Drug Program Manager will provide the list
                                         of Safety Sensitive Work Locations subject to random testing to an external third party
                                         contracted to administer the random selection process.

 

		13.5	The
                                         external third party contracted to administer the random selection process will enter
                                         all Talisman Safety-Sensitive Work Locations subject to random testing into a computer
                                         based random selection generator.

 

    	77 of 156

    	 

    

 

		13.6	Once
                                         the location has been randomly selected the external third party contracted to administer
                                         the random selection process will notify the Talisman Alcohol and Drug Program Manager
                                         of the specific site location.

 

		13.7	On
                                         the date selected for random testing, the Talisman Alcohol and Drug Program Manager will
                                         then contact the Talisman site Supervisor to request a list of the names of the Workers
                                         working or scheduled to work at the site on the selected date. The Talisman Supervisor
                                         will submit the list of names to the Talisman Alcohol and Drug Program Manager within
                                         30 minutes of the request.

 

The
Talisman site Supervisor is responsible for keeping all information related to the intention to randomly test Workers at the worksite
confidential until the selection of names has been made and communicated to the Supervisor. Disciplinary action will be considered
for any breech of protocol.

 

		13.8	The
                                         Talisman Alcohol and Drug Program Manager will submit the list of names to the external
                                         third party contracted to administer the random selection process for entry into the
                                         random selection process. Unless otherwise directed by the VP HSE/OI, approximately 25%
                                         of the Workers working or scheduled to work at the site on the selected date will be
                                         selected for random testing.

 

		13.9	The
                                         external third party contracted to administer the random selection process will communicate
                                         the names of individuals that were randomly selected to the Talisman’s Alcohol
                                         and Drug Program Manager.

 

		13.10	The
                                         Talisman Alcohol and Drug Program Manager will advise the VP Operations responsible for
                                         operations at the selected site and the site Supervisor of the individuals randomly selected
                                         for testing.

 

		13.11	The
                                         site Supervisor for the selected worksite will be responsible to ensure that a request
                                         for an Alcohol and Drug test is made for all Workers selected for random testing.

 

		13.12	Workers
                                         are entitled to refuse to undergo an Alcohol and Drug Test. This will constitute a breach
                                         of the Talisman Alcohol and Drug Policy. Consequences will be imposed as outlined in
                                         section 8 of the Policy.

 

		13.13	The
                                         testing company shall provide results of Alcohol and Drug testing to the Talisman Alcohol
                                         and Drug Program Administrator;

 

		13.14	No
                                         Worker will be permitted to return to work until the Alcohol and Drug test is confirmed
                                         as a Negative Test (Fit for Duty) unless otherwise permitted under the provisions of
                                         the Policy.

 

		13.15	The
                                         Talisman Alcohol and Drug Program Administrator will communicate Fit or Un-Fit for Duty
                                         status of Workers to the VP Operations and Site Supervisor that is responsible for the
                                         worksite.

 

		13.16	Where
                                         a Contract Worker is not Fit for Duty (i.e. Positive Test), the test result will be communicated
                                         by the Talisman Alcohol and Drug Program Administrator to the Contractor.

 

		13.17	Where
                                         a Contract Worker is not Fit for Duty (i.e. Positive Test), Talisman expects that this
                                         breach of the Talisman Alcohol and Drug Policy will be addressed in accordance with the
                                         terms of the Contractors own policy. The onus is on the Contractor to ensure that the
                                         Contract Worker is safely removed from site and escorted to a safe location.

 

    	78 of 156

    	 

    

 

Exhibit
“D-3”

 

NAO
DRIVING POLICY

 

TALISMAN

 

ENERGY

 

North
American Operations

Health,
Safety, Environment and Operational Integrity

  

	Driving
    and Vehicle Practice
	NAO-HSEOI-PRA-10-05
	 
	Management
        Endorsement:

         

        Dan
        Lebsack

        VP
        NAO Health, Safety,

        Environment
        & Operational

        Integrity

         

        Revision
        - September 20, 2010
	Synopsis

        This document
        defines NAO minimum standards for safe operation of motor

        vehicles
        while conducting Talisman business.

	Published
        by:

        North American
        Operations

        HSE/OI

	Copyright
    is owned by Talisman Energy Inc. All rights are hereby reserved. This document (in whole or in part) may not be reproduced,
    stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or means, without the prior written permission of Talisman, or as
    expressly permitted by law.

 

    	79 of 156

    	 

    

 

		1	PURPOSE
                                         

 

To
establish the minimum requirements for safe operation of motor vehicles while conducting Talisman business and provide a standard
practice for NAO employees and contractors operating vehicles on behalf of Talisman that aligns with Golden Rule 9 – Operate
Vehicles Safely.

 

Golden
Rule 9 States:

 

We
will never operate vehicles without:

 

		1.1	Conducting
                                         a pre-trip inspection, assessing the risks and planning accordingly.

 

		1.2	Ensuring
                                         the driver is properly licensed for the class of vehicle and free from fatigue, drug
                                         or alcohol impairment.

 

		1.3	Driving
                                         with care at appropriate speeds for road conditions, and ensuring all occupants fasten
                                         seatbelts.

 

		1.4	Avoiding
                                         the use of all mobile communications devices and other driving distractions.

 

		1.5	Designating
                                         safe areas while working around mobile vehicles.

 

		2	DEFINITIONS
                                         

 

Approved
Defensive Driver Training Course: A driver training course deemed by Talisman as suitable to train and test driver
competence. Approved courses shall be a minimum of one day, consist of a combination of classroom and hands on training and must
contain a pass fail component. The vehicle driven in the course should be comparable to Talisman vehicles typically operated by
the driver at work. A list of approved courses will be recorded in the Talisman Training Framework. NAO HSEOI will review new
training vendors upon request.

 

Contractor:
A person employed by a contractor or a contractor’s subcontractor who is directly involved in the execution of
work under a contract with Talisman.

 

Contract
Driver: Any contractor who drives on Talisman business. 

 

Equipment
Damage: Damage to a vehicle while that vehicle is parked. For example, a vehicle damaged while an operator loads an
object into the cargo box is considered equipment damage. A stolen vehicle would also be classified as equipment damage and theft.

 

FTE:
Talisman employee or contractor that is a full-time-equivalent. 

 

Journey
Management Plan: A site-specific plan used by a driver to highlight the reason for the trip, the journey hazards and
how the hazards will be managed.

 

Motor
Vehicle: Includes an automobile, truck or any other self-propelled vehicle designed for running on land but not on
rails.

 

Motor
Vehicle Incident: any incident involving a motor vehicle that results in injury, loss/damage, or harm to the environment;
whether it impacts Talisman and/or its contractors directly, or a third party.

 

Near
Miss - Vehicle: An occurrence that, under slightly different circumstances, had the potential to cause a vehicle incident
or equipment damage.

 

Non-Recordable
Vehicle Incident: Any incident involving a motor vehicle resulting in an injury, or loss/damage, or harm to the environment,
whether it impacts Talisman and/or its contractors directly, or a third party that is “non-work related”.

 

Non-Recordable
Vehicle Incidents will be classified based on actual and potential severity and investigated to determine root cause, corrective
actions and shared learnings with the same rigor as a Recordable Vehicle Incident but will not be captured in the Talisman vehicle
statistics for benchmarking driving performance against industry partners.

 

    	80 of 156

    	 

    

 

Professional
Driver: A driver who typically drives on Talisman business for 10,000 km (6,213 miles) or more over a twelve-month
period or as designated by their supervisor.

 

Road
Hazard Assessment: A detailed description of the hazards related to driving on an access road to a Talisman operation
site or project activity.

 

Recordable
Motor Vehicle Incident: Any incident involving a motor vehicle resulting in an injury, or loss/damage, or harm to the
environment, whether it impacts Talisman and/or its contractors directly, or a third party.

 

Exceptions:

 

		·	Talisman
                                         work vehicles legally parked; 

 

		·	The
                                         journey is to or from the driver’s normal place of work; 

 

		·	Minor
                                         wear and tear (i.e. stone damage to windshield, minor paintwork damage); 

 

		·	An
                                         incident that is the result of vandalism or theft; 

 

		·	A
                                         company provided vehicle is driven on non work related activities.

  

SCM:
Supply Chain Management.

 

Talisman
Driver: Any FTE who drives on Talisman business. 

 

Talisman
Employee: A person employed directly by Talisman Energy North American Operations. 

 

Talisman
Vehicle: Any motor vehicle leased, rented or purchased by Talisman including field and mobile status vehicles.

 

		3	SCOPE
                                         

 

This
practice applies to all drivers operating vehicles on Talisman NAO business, including:

 

		·	FTE’s
                                         using Talisman vehicles for company business; 

 

		·	FTE’s
                                         using rental and personal vehicles for company business. 

 

It
is expected that Talisman Contractors will have a safe driving practice that meets or exceeds the minimum requirements established
in this practice. Contractor’s safe driving practices will be evaluated and scored during the contractor prequalification
process outlined in the NAO Contractor HSE Management Practice. Contractors that do not have a suitable safe driving practice
must comply with Talisman requirements.

 

		4	MEASURES
                                         

 

		4.1	KPI’s
                                         

 

Leading
Indicators - measurement of activities or behaviors that occur before an outcome. These include:

 

		·	Vehicle
                                         maintenance and inspection – scheduled and completed on time; 

 

		·	Ride
                                         arounds – quality leadership/peer observations focusing on driver behaviors; 

 

		·	Road
                                         hazard assessments - highlighting the hazards associated with access roads; 

 

		·	Journey
                                         management – driver hazard assessments; 

 

    	81 of 156

    	 

    

 

		·	Training
                                         – mandatory defensive driver training;

 

Lagging Indicators –
measurement of actual statistics. Shall include:

 

		·	Exposure
                                         - Total km (miles) driven; 

 

		·	Frequency
                                         - Total number of incidents/1,000,000 km (621,371 miles); 

 

		·	Severity
                                         - Incident Type and Injuries; 

 

		·	Total
                                         cost of incidents/1,000,000 km (621,371 miles). 

 

Additional examples of
leading and lagging indicators can be found in Appendix 1.

 

		5	RESPONSIBILITIES
                                         

 

		5.1	Local
                                         area management 

 

Local
area management shall:

 

		·	Be
                                         accountable for implementing this practice and providing adequate resources to ensure
                                         compliance with the practice; 

 

		·	Ensure
                                         a program for tracking and reporting the leading and lagging indicators is in place;
                                         

 

		·	Incorporate
                                         KPI’s and safe vehicle operating behaviors in the employee performance appraisal
                                         process; 

 

		·	Reinforce
                                         safe driving behaviors and emphasize driving risks with all employees and contractors;
                                         

 

		·	Exercising
                                         due diligence and share all relevant information to contribute to the safe driving of
                                         all who are driving on Talisman business; 

 

		·	Be
                                         accountable to ensure all Talisman vehicles are fit for purpose, technically and mechanically
                                         sound and drivers equipped vehicles with appropriate safety equipment; 

 

		·	Ensure
                                         driver abstracts are reviewed and filed as outlined in the driver abstract section of
                                         the practice; 

 

		·	Ensure
                                         a system is in place to document road hazard assessments. 

 

		5.2	Talisman
                                         FTE’s 

 

All
Talisman FTE’s:

 

		·	Are
                                         responsible for their own safe driving behaviors; 

 

		·	Are
                                         responsible to ensure vehicles they operate are fit for purpose, technically and mechanically
                                         sound and equipped with appropriate safety equipment; 

 

		·	Must
                                         ensure they are aware of and follow the expectations and guidelines established in the
                                         practice; 

 

		·	Shall
                                         report all vehicle incidents and near misses in accordance with the NAO Incident Reporting,
                                         Investigation & Analysis Practice NAO-HSEOI-PRA-11-01; 

 

		·	Shall
                                         advise management as soon as reasonably practicable (within next working day) of any
                                         loss of their driver’s license and inform their supervisor immediately if they
                                         have been charged with an impaired driving offense when operating a Company vehicle or
                                         driving on behalf of the Company; 

 

    	82 of 156

    	 

    

 

		·	Failure
                                         to report the loss of license or a charge will normally be grounds for discipline up
                                         to and including termination of employment. 

 

		6	TRAINING
                                         / COMPETENCY 

 

		6.1	Initial
                                         Training 

 

All
Talisman drivers shall maintain a valid North American driver’s license for the class of vehicle they operate. All drivers,
where required by law, shall have a valid TDG or DOT certificate in their possession.

 

All
Talisman drivers will successfully complete an Approved Defensive Driver Training Course (DDT). This requirement may be waived
by local area management if a Talisman driver has completed an acceptable DDT course within the last three years and can provided
valid certification.

 

Talisman
drivers who have not taken a DDT course within the past three years will be scheduled on a priority basis to attend a DDT course.
Priority will be given to those individuals considered to be Professional Drivers and/or to those whose driving record indicates
high-risk driving behaviors.

 

The
schedule within Business Group or Operating Area shall be set to ensure all Talisman drivers attend a DDT course prior to Dec
2013.

 

A
temporary variance for the DDT requirement may also be granted within the Business Group or Operating Area if a Talisman driver
successfully completes an external driver assessment and is enrolled in a DDT course within the following six months.

 

A
risk assessment must also be performed at each job site to determine what type of additional driving training may be required.
These could include:

 

		·	Vehicles
                                         fit for purpose and conditions; 

 

		·	Adverse
                                         road conditions (gravel, lease roads, snow and ice, mud, etc.); 

 

		·	Winter
                                         Driving; 

 

		·	Backing;
                                         

 

		·	Sloped
                                         surfaces; 

 

		·	Reverse
                                         skidding; 

 

		·	Fatigue
                                         and Journey Management; 

 

		·	Animal
                                         avoidance; 

 

		·	Understanding
                                         4 X 4’s; 

 

		·	Vehicle
                                         recovery; 

 

		·	Radio
                                         communications. 

 

		6.2	Refresher
                                         Training 

 

Talisman
employees who are involved in a vehicle incident resulting in a minor classification as classified in the NAO Incident Reporting,
Investigation & Analysis Practice Risk Matrix, or who have more than one citation for at risk driving behaviors shall be required
to participate in a refresher DDT course as soon as possible after the related incident or citation. Refresher courses for employees
will be at Talisman’s expense.

 

    	83 of 156

    	 

    

 

		6.3	Driver
                                         Abstracts 

 

Talisman
Employees who operate a Talisman vehicle on company business shall provide driver abstracts to their supervisor upon request.

 

Supervisors
shall review driver abstracts for professional drivers who are involved in minor motor vehicle incidents in order to determine
if additional training should be taken to improve safe driving behaviors.

 

		7	SAFE
                                         DRIVER ACTIVITIES 

 

		7.1	Road
                                         Hazard Assessments 

 

A
road hazard assessment is an inventory of road hazards that exist along the route to a Talisman location. All operating areas
within the Talisman NAO operating group will identify high risk roads and communicate road hazards to Talisman and Contract drivers
as a proactive measure.

 

Operating
Areas and Delivery Units will assess and identify roads that will require written road hazard assessments, based on risk and use.

 

Target
completion for initial road hazard assessments is the end of Q2 2011. Communication and updating of road hazard assessments will
be ongoing.

 

Activities
outside an existing operating area will require a project specific road hazard assessment.

 

Road
hazards that should be considered and identified include:

 

		·	Bridges
                                         (width, capacity, no post markers, approaches); 

 

		·	Adverse
                                         road conditions (gravel, lease roads, snow and ice, mud, etc.); 

 

		·	Identification
                                         of narrow road sections; 

 

		·	Blind
                                         corners and hilltops; 

 

		·	Reduced
                                         speed areas; 

 

Chain up requirements and
safe chain up areas.

 

Appendix 2 includes a sample
Road Hazard Assessment Form.

 

If
high hazard areas are identified on Talisman controlled roads, measures such as road crown enhancements, signage upgrades, or
improved grading practices should be considered. If Talisman is not the primary road permit holder, the hazard information should
be communicated to the permit holder through road use groups or by contacting the permit holder directly.

 

		7.2	Journey
                                         Management 

 

All
Talisman employees shall question the need to drive and do so only when it is required and when safe driving conditions exist.

 

Prior
to commencing a trip, drivers shall conduct a journey hazard assessment and complete a Journey Management Checklist when the journey
is outside of their regular job duties, or schedule. A Journey Management Checklist (guideline) can be found in Appendix 3. The
hazard assessment may include:

 

		·	Current
                                         weather forecast; 

 

		·	Road
                                         conditions; 

 

		·	Level
                                         of alertness; 

 

		·	Traffic
                                         volume; 

 

    	84 of 156

    	 

    

 

		·	Trip
                                         duration and distance; 

 

		·	Working
                                         alone; 

 

		·	Emotional
                                         state. 

 

Ask yourself, “is
this trip necessary?”

 

Where travel is necessary,
a trip plan shall be made to ensure that the following controls are in place:

 

		·	An
                                         appropriate vehicle is available; 

 

		·	A
                                         vehicle safety kit is available (see Appendix 4); 

 

		·	Potential
                                         driving hazards have been identified; 

 

		·	The
                                         driver is well rested; 

 

		·	The
                                         route and estimated schedule are clearly communicated to direct supervisor or an appropriate
                                         designate such as an answering service; 

 

		·	Where
                                         applicable a local road hazard assessment map is available from the local Operating Area;
                                         

 

		·	Drive
                                         during daylight hours wherever possible; 

 

		·	A
                                         vehicle inspection has been completed by the driver; 

 

		·	Ensure
                                         working alone requirements are met. 

 

		7.3	Seatbelts
                                         

 

		·	All
                                         occupants shall wear seatbelts at all times when a vehicle is moving. 

 

		7.4	Speed
                                         

 

		·	The
                                         posted speed limit shall be adhered to on all roads and a hazard assessment should govern
                                         speed on private roads where speed limits are not posted. 

 

		·	A
                                         hazard assessment should govern speed limit on any road in inclement weather or other
                                         hazardous conditions. 

 

		7.5	Cell
                                         Phones 

 

Avoid the use of all
mobile communications devices while driving.

 

The use of hand held
cell phones or text messaging (or similar wireless devices) while driving are not permitted for any Talisman Driver.

 

Permitted cell phone
practices include:

 

		·	Phone
                                         must be a hands free device; 

 

		·	Calls
                                         may be answered but shall not be initiated by the driver while driving; 

 

		·	Calls
                                         shall be answered only when it is deemed safe to do so; 

 

		·	Where
                                         hazardous or congested road conditions exist the driver shall pull off the road to engage
                                         in conversation if it is safe to do so; 

 

    	85 of 156

    	 

    

 

The
process for complying with the above cell phone practice shall meet all local regulatory requirements as well as the NAO Driving
Practice. Any conflict between the NAO Driving Practice and local regulatory requirements will be resolved by adopting the more
stringent of the two, if not prohibited by law or regulation.

 

Use
of a two-way radio to call km’s (miles) on a radio-controlled road is permitted in accordance with the road rules for the
radio-controlled road.

 

		7.6	Other
                                         Driver distractions 

 

Drivers must also consider
and manage other distractions including but not limited to:

 

		·	Eating,
                                         drinking; 

 

		·	Vehicle
                                         controls, radios and cd players; 

 

		·	GPS
                                         Unit, MP3 players, two way radios; 

 

		·	Reading
                                         and writing; 

 

		·	Conversations
                                         with passengers; 

 

		·	Reaching
                                         for items; 

 

		·	Preoccupation
                                         with other things and outside surroundings. 

 

		7.7	Driver
                                         Fatigue and Alertness 

 

All
Talisman drivers must be appropriately rested and alert. Talisman drivers operating vehicles that fall within hours of service
regulations must comply with duty hour requirements specified by local regulations.

 

All
Talisman drivers will participate in Talismans fatigue awareness training. The fatigue awareness training is available on Insight
for review during regular safety meetings or focused training sessions.

 

		7.8	Securing
                                         of Loads 

 

		·	Talisman
                                         drivers carrying loose items in the passenger compartment and/or pickup truck box shall
                                         use sufficient restraints to ensure objects are secured to prevent a projectile hazard
                                         during an emergency braking situation, collision or during travel; 

 

		·	Flammables
                                         shall not be carried in the passenger compartment of a vehicle; 

 

		·	Where
                                         items are transported in a pickup truck or other cargo vehicle, they shall be stored
                                         and securely fastened as specified by law and local area policy; 

 

		·	Failure
                                         to use load binders properly may result in serious injury or even death to a driver or
                                         others – Appendix 5 includes a Load Binder Guideline. 

 

		7.9	Vehicle
                                         Walk-Around 

 

		·	Driver
                                         inspection of the vehicle by walking around is required. 

 

		·	Prior
                                         to driving, Talisman drivers shall engage in completing a mental checklist, guidelines
                                         for which are highlighted in Appendix 6. 

 

		7.10	Parking
                                         

 

All
drivers will back into parking spaces unless a documented hazard assessment indicates otherwise. A vehicle walk-around prior to
moving the vehicle will help to mitigate risk in these situations.

 

All
vehicles with trailers should be equipped with chock blocks for use when parked.

 

    	86 of 156

    	 

    

 

		7.11	Hazardous
                                         Areas 

 

No
vehicle shall be operated within 25 meters (82 feet) of any wellhead, piping, process vessel or tank containing combustible fluids
unless required by a specific maintenance or operating function.

 

		7.12	Backing
                                         Up Safely – Congested Areas 

 

Backing
up and maneuvering vehicles usually occurs at slow speeds, yet backing incidents account for a disproportionate number of minor
low-speed collisions and have the potential for serious consequences.

 

		·	Always
                                         use a spotter in a congested area; 

 

		·	Walk
                                         around vehicle before backing up; 

 

		·	Give
                                         audible notice that backing will occur if the vehicle is equipped with a back up alarm;
                                         

 

		·	If
                                         the vehicle is not equipped with a back-up alarm, touch the horn lightly two times before
                                         beginning the back-up maneuver; 

 

		·	Check
                                         overhead, side and rear clearance; 

 

		·	Apply
                                         the brakes while shifting the vehicle to reverse; 

 

		·	Back
                                         up at a very low speed. 

 

		7.13	Spotters
                                         

 

A
spotter shall be used when backing into an area with limited visibility, constricted or congested areas, within 25 meters (82
feet) of process equipment or where necessary to guide heavy equipment.

 

		·	Spotter
                                         and backing vehicle do not move at the same time – if the spotter must change position,
                                         the driver must stop; 

 

		·	Use
                                         a spotter located at the left rear of the vehicle whenever backing up; 

 

		·	If
                                         using hand signals driver and spotter to agree on hand signals used; 

 

		·	The
                                         driver must be able to see the spotter through the mirror and vice versa; 

 

		·	The
                                         driver and the spotter must maintain eye contact; 

 

		·	If
                                         the spotter disappears from the mirror, the driver must immediately stop; 

 

		·	If
                                         there is no spotter available: 

 

		·	Reconsider
                                         backing up. Is it really necessary? 

 

		·	Make
                                         a reasonable attempt to get someone to act as a spotter; 

 

		·	If
                                         a spotter cannot be obtained, get out of the unit and walk around the unit completing
                                         a  “circle of safety” and survey the backing
                                         area;

  

		·	Hang
                                         a ribbon or other marker to indicate the safe backing up distance; 

 

		·	Follow
                                         the “backing up safely” steps (above). 

 

    	87 of 156

    	 

    

 

		7.14	Towing
                                         

 

Utilizing
a tow-truck appropriately sized for the vehicle is the most desirable option for recovering a vehicle. Where a tow truck is not
available, all Talisman drivers shall follow the towing procedures specified in Appendix 7.

 

The
towing procedure in Appendix 7 applies only to light and medium-duty vehicles (1 Ton (907 kg) vehicles or lighter). A tow truck
must be used for any heavy-duty vehicle (greater than a 1 Ton (907 kg)).

 

		7.15	Boosting,
                                         Tire Changes and Chains 

 

		·	Talisman
                                         drivers should refer to the Owner’s manual provided with their vehicle or with
                                         their tire chains; 

 

		·	Manufacturers’
                                         directions should be followed unless a hazard assessment by the driver indicates these
                                         directions would be unsafe to follow. Example: conditions associated with changing a
                                         tire on an unstable surface; 

 

		·	High
                                         visibility reflective clothing must be worn in all traffic areas; 

 

		·	Boosting
                                         activities will follow manufacturer’s specifications. 

 

		7.16	Smoking
                                         

 

		·	Talisman
                                         drivers or passengers shall not smoke in Talisman vehicles at any time. 

 

		7.17	Radar
                                         Detectors 

 

		·	The
                                         use of radar detectors is prohibited by anyone driving a Talisman vehicle and/or travelling
                                         on Talisman business. 

 

		7.18	Firearms
                                         

 

Firearms
including cross or compound bows shall not be carried in company vehicles while travelling on company business or while on Talisman
premises expect for the following exceptions:

 

		·	Where
                                         ‘Bear Watch’ or other area specific wild-life expertise is needed on site.
                                         Firearms safety will be addressed in a HSE Pre-job Plan and a third party trained and
                                         competent expert will be utilized; 

 

		·	Where
                                         flare guns are required, site-specific procedures must be developed for the storage,
                                         transport and operation of this equipment. Shotguns must not be used for flare guns.
                                         

 

		7.19	Pets
                                         

 

Pets
will not be permitted in company vehicles while traveling on Talisman business or while on Talisman premises.

 

		7.20	Passengers
                                         

 

The
number of passengers shall not exceed the manufacturer’s specifications for the vehicle or the number of seatbelts available.

 

		7.21	Drugs
                                         and Alcohol 

 

		·	Drivers
                                         will not be under the influence of alcohol or drugs, or any other substance or; 

 

		·	Medication
                                         that could impair their ability to drive; 

 

		·	Read
                                         the label of all over-the-counter medications before considering driving; 

 

		·	Refer
                                         to Talisman Drug and Alcohol Policy; 

 

    	88 of 156

    	 

    

 

		·	Consult
                                         your physician if questions arise regarding prescription medication. 

 

		8	VEHICLES
                                         

 

		8.1	Vehicle
                                         Selection 

 

Talisman
vehicles shall be selected as per the business generated selection list. Any personal or rental vehicles used in the course of
Talisman business shall conform to site-specific needs as dictated by road conditions.

 

		8.2	Vehicle
                                         Outfitting 

 

Each
Business Group or Operating Area shall specify the mandatory equipment to be installed in Talisman vehicles. The Business Group
or Operating Area specific lists will align with the general guidelines highlighted in Appendix 8.

 

Each
Business Group or Operating Area shall equip Talisman field and mobile status vehicles with a vehicle safety kit. The contents
of the kit shall be specified by the Business Group or Operating Area and align with the general guidelines highlighted in Appendix
4. For guidance on equipping a rental or personal vehicle see 8.4 and 8.5 respectively.

 

		8.3	Vehicle
                                         Inspection 

 

The
actual frequency of regular safety inspections will be specified by each Business Group or Operating Area and will be based on
mileage driven, operating conditions such as terrain as well as driver feedback or concerns with the vehicle.

 

All
normally scheduled vehicle inspection and maintenance service will be performed in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications
and supply management requirements. A sample safety inspection checklist can be found in Appendix 9.

 

		8.4	Vehicle
                                         Rentals 

 

Rental
vehicles shall be fit for purpose and selected based on a pre-trip hazard assessment. Where rental vehicles are used, the employee
shall select from the preferred supplier list provided by Supply Management Group (SMG).

 

Vehicle
safety kits should be obtained for use during the trip and can be obtained from NAO HSEOI in Calgary and are also available in
all area field offices. A Vehicle Safety Kit Checklist can be found in Appendix 4.

 

When
travelling from the rental facility to your destination where there is a reasonable expectation that help would be readily available
if required, such as travelling on a main highway during daylight hours, or inter-city driving for training etc. a kit may not
be required.

 

		8.5	Personal
                                         Vehicles 

 

It
is preferable that individuals rent vehicles whenever required to travel on business. However, if one’s own vehicle is used,
it must be sufficiently equipped and maintained to allow for safe driving in the area to which the employee is travelling.

 

An
appropriate level of insurance coverage (as per SMG guidelines) must be in place. A Vehicle Safety Kit should also be carried.

 

When
travelling to your destination where there is a reasonable expectation that help would be readily available if required, such
as travelling on a main highway during daylight hours, or inter-city driving for training etc. a kit may not be required.

 

		8.6	Vehicle
                                         Incidents 

 

All
incidents involving Talisman vehicles shall be reported in accordance with the NAO Incident Reporting, Investigation & Analysis
Practice NAO-HSEOI-PRA-11-01.

 

    	89 of 156

    	 

    

 

Appendix 1: Key Performance Indicators
(KPIs)

 

	Competency	 	Specific	 	Lagging	 	Leading	 
	Domain	 	Competencies	 	Indicators	 	Indicators	 
	Driver
    Skills	 	·	Participate
    in driver	 	·	Change
    in # of	 	·	#
    of suggested	 
	 	 	 	training	 	 	incidents	 	 	improvements
    and	 
	 	 	·	Self-investigation
    of	 	·	#
    of formal	 	 	recommendations	 
	 	 	 	incidents	 	 	assessments
    required	 	·	Greater
    # of peer	 
	 	 	·	Awareness
    of distractions	 	·	#
    of clear abstracts	 	 	observations	 
	 	 	·	Minimizing
    distractions	 	 	on
    file	 	 	 	 
	 	 	·	Use
    of appropriate safety	 	·	#
    requiring mandatory	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	procedures	 	 	retraining	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Vehicle	 	·	Walk
    arounds	 	·	Reduction
    in vehicle	 	·	Appropriatelyequipp	 
	 	 	·	Load
    securement	 	 	damage
    reports	 	 	ed,
    road ready	 
	 	 	·	Parking	 	·	Gear
    safely stored	 	 	 Vehicles	 
	 	 	 	 	 	·	Lower
    maintenance	 	·	Increased	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	and
    repair costs	 	 	knowledge
    of towing,	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	boosting,
    tire change	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	procedures	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Accountability
    	 	·	Journey
    management	 	·	Fewer
    incidents	 	·	Increased	 
	and	 	·	Fatigue
    management	 	·	Positive
    statisticsfrom	 	 	communication
    of 	 
	Responsibility	 	·	Promoting
    opportunities	 	 	data
    provided through	 	 	travel
    plans	 
	 	 	 	for
    safe driving by self and	 	 	driver
    self-evaluation	 	·	Use
    of mental and	 
	 	 	 	others	 	 	surveys	 	 	physical
    checklists	 
	 	 	·	Engaging
    in	 	·	Completion	 	·	Increase
    in use of	 
	 	 	 	hazardassessment	 	 	ofchecklists	 	 	hazard
    assessment	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	·	Awareness
    of safety	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	·	Number
    of driver	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	self-evaluation	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	surveys
    complete	 

 

    	90 of 156

    	 

    

 

Appendix 2: Road Hazard Assessment

 

	 	 	Risk Ranking
	Low Risk	·	Exposure managed by application of existing policy,
    procedure or practice
	 	·	Exposure management within control of driver
	Medium Risk	·	Exposure managed by enhancement of existing policy,
    procedure or practice and/or requires use of utility devices
	 	·	Exposure management remains within control of driver
	 	·	Control must be in place for journey to proceed
	High Risk	·	Exposure mitigated through intervention by party
    or parties other than driver
	 	·	Control must be in place for journey to proceed

 

Assessed
risk is based on ideal conditions. Escalating factors should be considered during pre-trip planning as they may impact risk ranking
and required controls.

 

	 	 	ROAD HAZARD
    ASSESSMENT	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	RHA Number:	 	Assessment Date:	 	Maximum advised speed(s) KPH/MPH
	 	 	 	 	 
	Start point: <intersection>	Radio Control:	 	KM/Mi	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	End Point: <gas plant>	 	Radio Frequency:	 	KM/Mi	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	Conditions at time of assessment	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Road (average	 	 	 	Weather:	 	Light:
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Temp:
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Road directions & detail:	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	From:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Hazard
    Register
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Detail, Control &
	KM / Mi	 	Hazard	 	Risk Rank	 	Comments
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

    	91 of 156

    	 

    

 

Driving
Surface Width & Integrity

 

	Narrow (meeting or passing a
    vehicle difficult, no pull-off area)
	High crowing-traffic migrates to the centre of the
    road
	Excessive loose gravel
	Paved or oiled surface breaking up
	Washboard
	Potholes/ruts

	Shoulder Type	Sharp drop off
	 	Washout
	 	Soft
	Avalanche risk (rock, mud slides, snow)

	Passing other vehicles (poor
    visibility, dust, blowing snow)
	
	Meeting other vehicles (logging trucks, weekend traffic,
    rural)
	
	Animals (know areas and crossings)
	
	Pedestrians (school zones, hikers, hunters, tourists)

 

Road
Design / Intersections

 

	Corners (blind, sharp, banked)
	Intersection (blind, sharp)
	Railway crossings (high angle, controlled)
	Crest of hill (can’t see over)
	Steep hill (runaway downhill, load limiting uphill)
    

	Risk of grounding out	Crown of hill
	 	Railroad grade crossing 
	 	Bridge approach
	 	Very deep worn ruts 

	Inadequate or absence of appropriate
    signage 
	Line-of-sight obstruction (vegetation, structures)
    
	Dust

 

Potential
Collision Object

 

	Trees/rocks
	Encroaching road banks
	Narrow bridge/bridge rails/tunnel or abutments/cattle
    guards 
	Height restriction (bridges, overpasses, low power
    lines) 
	Avalanche risk (rock mud slides, snow)
	Passing other vehicles (poor visibility, dust, blowing
    snow) 
	Meeting other vehicles (logging trucks, weekend traffic,
    rural) 
	Animals (know areas and crossings)
	Pedestrians (school zones, hikers, hunters, tourists)

 

Escalating
Factors

 

	Fog or smoke
	
	Poor Drainage/frequent mud

	Snow and ice 	Shadowed areas (slow to thaw)
    

	 	Known drifting location
	 	Over-graded shoulders 
	 	Frost heaving (muskeg) 
	 	Runoff, thaw/freeze cycle

	Crosswinds / Blowing snow 
	Weight Restrictions (road/bridges) 
	Sun (e.g. low angle in winter)
	Road surface liable to deteriorate rapidly when wet
    
	Low illumination
	Driver experience
	Fatigue/low alertness
	Conflicting priorities (e.g. crew change)

	Rain 	Visibility, pooling on roads 

	Winds

 

    	92 of 156

    	 

    

 

Appendix 3: Journey Management
Plan Guideline

 

JOURNEY MANAGEMENT CHECKLIST

 

	Checklist
    Items	 	Complete	 	Exceptions
	Safety & Loss Control Practices Orientation	 	 	 	 
	Driver Skills Training up to date	 	 	 	 
	Driver’s License current and valid	 	 	 	 
	Talisman Road Safety Kit available through department
    or field office and should contain:  Fleece Blanket, Basic Tool Kit, Booster Cables, Shovel, 2x Candles, Box of
    Matches, 3x Safety Flares, Cotton Work Gloves, 2x Bungee straps, 4x Zip Ties, Duct Tape, First Aid Kit, Flashlight, Puncture
    Sealant, Reflective Vest, Poncho, Emergency Water Bag, Reminder Instructions: “If You Become Stranded”, “Call
    Police” Banner, Reflective Triangle.	 	 	 	 
	Talisman Contact Numbers you may need in transit:	 	 	 	 
	File Travel Plans:	 	 	 	 
	·      Advise
    supervisor, designate (i.e. answering service) and/or field contact of your travel plans, routes, approximate travel time	 	 	 	 
	·     If
    traveling alone – check requirements of Department or Field Safety and Loss Control Working Alone Practice	 	 	 	 
	·     Check
    in with field office upon arrival	 	 	 	 
	Check current and forecasted weather and driving
    conditions	 	 	 	 
	Maximize daylight travel during trip	 	 	 	 
	Ensure appropriate equipment for weather conditions:	 	 	 	 
	·     Parka,
    winter boots, sleeping bag, emergency rations, etc.	 	 	 	 
	Two way communication device appropriate for and/or
    required in locale to which you are traveling:	 	 	 	 
	·     Cell
    phone; satellite phone; two way radio (be aware of radio controlled roads and required frequency for same)	 	 	 	 
	Be Prepared for Emergencies:	 	 	 	 
	·     Know
    who to call	 	 	 	 
	·     Be
    aware of legislative and corporate requirements with respect to reporting incidents/accidents	 	 	 	 

 

    	93 of 156

    	 

    

  

Appendix 4: Vehicle Safety Kit
Guidelines

 

VEHICLE SAFETY BAG CHECKLIST

 

Includes:

 

		1.	First
                                         Aid Kit (St. John Ambulance Vehicle Kit)

 

		2.	Booster
                                         cables

 

		3.	Shovel

 

		4.	Flashlight
                                         and batteries

 

		5.	Candles

 

		6.	Matches

 

		7.	Emergency
                                         poncho

 

		8.	Emergency
                                         water bag

 

		9.	Safety
                                         Vest

 

		10.	“Call
                                         Police” sign

 

		11.	“If
                                         you become stranded” information card

 

		12.	Reflective
                                         Triangle

 

		13.	Puncture
                                         seal

 

		14.	Duct
                                         tape

 

		15.	Blanket

 

		16.	Gloves

 

		17.	Bungee
                                         cord

 

		18.	Flares

 

		19.	Small
                                         Tool Kit

 

		20.	Tire
                                         gauge

 

		21.	Ice
                                         scraper

 

		22.	Tow
                                         rope (20 feet (6 meter) by 2 inch (5 cm) with loop ends, min 15,000 lb (6803 kg) break
                                         strength)

 

		23.	Wipe
                                         cloth

 

Available through the Calgary Office

 

    	94 of 156

    	 

    

  

Appendix 5: Load Binder Guidelines

 

		·	Failure
                                         to use load binders properly may result in serious injury or even death to a driver or
                                         others; 

 

		·	Do
                                         not operate a load binder while standing on the load; 

 

		·	Move
                                         the handle with caution. It may whip – Keep all body parts clear; 

 

		·	Keep
                                         yourself out of the path of the moving handle and any loose chain lying on the handle;
                                         

 

		·	All
                                         drivers using load binders, must be familiar with local laws and regulations regarding
                                         size and number of straps required for securing loads on trucks; 

 

		·	Always
                                         consider the safety of nearby workers as well as yourself when using load binders while
                                         under tension, a load binder must not bear against an object, as this will cause side
                                         load; 

 

		·	Do
                                         not use a handle extender (cheater pipe) - see instructions; 

 

		·	Do
                                         not attempt to close or open the binder with more than one person. 

 

    	95 of 156

    	 

    

  

Appendix 6: Walk Around Inspection
Guidelines

 

WALK AROUND INSPECTION CHECKLIST

	Vehicle
    Checklist	 	Complete	 	Attention

    Required	 	Exceptions
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Preventative maintenance performed	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	All lights functioning	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Tires in good condition	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Brakes functioning	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Windshield not broken or cracked	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Towing equipment in good condition	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(trailer hitch, towing strap, trailer lights, towing
    hooks)	 	 	 	 	 	 
		 	 	 	 	 	 
	Vehicle fire extinguisher easily accessible and in
    working condition	 	 	 	 	 	 
		 	 	 	 	 	 
	Vehicle clean and dry – interior and exterior	 	 	 	 	 	 
		 	 	 	 	 	 
	Vehicle registration and insurance in vehicle	 	 	 	 	 	 
		 	 	 	 	 	 
	Unnecessary items removed from truck box	 	 	 	 	 	 
		 	 	 	 	 	 
	Items properly secured in truck box	 	 	 	 	 	 
		 	 	 	 	 	 
	Tool box in good condition and appropriately equipped	 	 	 	 	 	 
		 	 	 	 	 	 
	Spare tire mount and securing devices in good condition	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

    	96 of 156

    	 

    

 

Appendix 7: Towing Guidelines
for 1 Ton Vehicles or Less

 

Equipment:

 

		1.	Vehicle tow
                                         hooks should be installed securely to the front.

 

		2.	Vehicles
                                         should be equipped with a tow strap 2 inch (5 cm) by 20 feet (6 meter) with a rating
                                         of 15,000 lb (6803 kg) break strength.

 

		3.	Vehicles
                                         should be equipped with a clevis that has a 40,000 lb (18143 kg) rating or higher that
                                         has a THREADED pin only.

 

		4.	Super strap
                                         (rated for 15,000 lb (6803 kg)) with a 40,000 lb (18143 kg) rated clevis braided into
                                         it.

 

The following Guideline has been
adapted from the Enform Vehicle Recovery and Towing Guideline for a full version of the document, visit the Enform web page.

 

 

    	97 of 156

    	 

    

  

 

 

 

    	98 of 156

    	 

    

  

Procedures

 

STEP BY STEP GUIDE FOR PULLING
OUT A VEHICLE WITH A RECOVERY STRAP

 

		1.	Stop, consider
                                         the task at hand and assess the hazards. If you have any questions or doubts at this
                                         point, call a tow truck, it remains your best option.

 

		2.	If the vehicle
                                         recovery takes place on or near a roadway, you must implement a traffic warning or traffic
                                         control system (e.g., traffic cones or reflector flares).

 

		3.	Ensure that
                                         you have the correct equipment—a recovery strap is essential. The recovery strap
                                         should be at least 6 m or 20 ft in length, with loops (not hooks) and in good working
                                         condition (no cuts or broken stitches). If you do not have a recovery strap like this
                                         at hand, call a tow truck.

 

		4.	Check both
                                         vehicle weights and add the weights of any loads either vehicle is carrying. The vehicle
                                         doing the pulling must be of equal or, ideally, greater weight than the vehicle that
                                         is being pulled.

 

		5.	Ensure the
                                         recovery strap has a Minimum Breaking Strength (MBS) that is 2-3 times the total weight
                                         of the stuck vehicle. If it is less, the danger is the strap may snap under high tension.
                                         If the MBS is greater, it will not function optimally (they are most effective when their
                                         elasticity enhances the pull).

 

Recovery
straps are usually constructed so that each inch of width adds approximately 10,000 lbs (4,500 kg) of MBS (e.g., a 3 inch wide
strap would usually have a rating of approximately 30,000 lbs [13,500 kg]).

 

		6.	Ensure tow
                                         hooks, hitch receivers and any shackles used are rated to loads that exceed the recovery
                                         strap MBS. In the event of excessive loads, the recovery strap should always be the weakest
                                         link and snap first. A shackle should have a Working Load Limit (WLL) stamped on it (remember
                                         1 ton = 2000 lbs or 900 kg).

 

		7.	As much as
                                         possible, clear out mud, sand, or snow from under the stuck vehicle and in front of the
                                         tires in the direction of the pull.

 

		8.	Position
                                         the pulling vehicle in line with the stuck vehicle—the pulling vehicle facing forward;
                                         the stuck vehicle being pulled from the front (ideally) or the back. You need to be within
                                         10° of a straight line—side loading can lead to serious vehicle damage. You
                                         need to be sure you have a clear path straight forward free of any obstacles that is
                                         at east the length of the strap and stuck vehicle.

 

		9.	Lay out the
                                         recovery strap between the two vehicles and loop the strap onto a tow hook bolted to
                                         the vehicle frame or put the loop on a shackle which is properly pinned to a frame mounted
                                         hitch rated for recovery. If using a threaded shackle, hand tighten the pin and then
                                         turn it back one quarter turn for ease of release later. Never tie the strap onto the
                                         vehicle, slip the strap over a ball hitch, or attach it to anything other than a tow
                                         hook or frame mounted hitch. Only use one recovery strap (never two in parallel)—however,
                                         there are two options for creating additional length with two recovery straps if needed:

 

 

Reduce the expected strength
of the recovery straps by 25% if you are using two correctly joined straps.

 

		10.	Drape a
                                         heavy coat or blanket over the middle of the strap to dampen any backlash if it snaps
                                         or releases.

 

		11.	Agree on
                                         a plan and communication signals between the two drivers. Industry Recommended Practice
                                         Hand Signals for Directing Vehicles (IRP 12) provides a good system of signals to use.

 

    	99 of 156

    	 

    

  

		12.	Ensure all
                                         other bystanders are at least 2 times the length of the recovery strap to the side of
                                         the vehicles—both the strap and the vehicles lurching forward unexpectedly present
                                         a hazard.

 

		13.	The pulling
                                         vehicle accelerates slowly (to about 10-12 KPH) to build tension in the strap and provide
                                         a sustained pull. Once the slack is taken up, the stuck vehicle likewise applies acceleration
                                         in low gear to assist the pulling car. Neither vehicle should spin their tires. Steady
                                         momentum is most effective—never resort to jerking or take a long run and jerk.
                                         Maintain tension throughout the pull, do not allow slack to develop in the strap at any
                                         point. After three attempts to pull the vehicle loose, it is time to stop and call a
                                         tow truck.

 

		14.	Do not remove
                                         straps until both vehicles are fully stopped and secured. It is a good idea to clean
                                         and dry out a recovery strap after use as dirt and moisture weaken the strap. Remember,
                                         if at any point in the process you have any safety concerns whatsoever or concerns about
                                         potential damage to either vehicle, stop and call a certified tow truck.

 

    	100 of 156

    	 

    

  

Appendix 8: Journey Management
Plan Guideline

 

VEHICLE OUTFITTING CHECKLIST

 

	Vehicle
    Checklist Items	 	Outfitted	 	Exception
	1⁄2 ton 4 x 4, ext. cab, short box, small V8
    

    OR 

    3⁄4 ton 4 x 4, ext. cab, long box, practice spec V8	 	 	 	 
	Light truck designation, all terrain tires, OEM sizing	 	 	 	 
	Limited spin differentialDriver’s License current
    and valid	 	 	 	 
	Skid plates	 	 	 	 
	Towing package	 	 	 	 
	Front seat cover	 	 	 	 
	Heavy duty fender mount mud flaps	 	 	 	 
	Rubber front floor mats	 	 	 	 
	Wooden box liner	 	 	 	 
	Summer grille insert	 	 	 	 
	Tow 60” side mount steel tool boxes	 	 	 	 
	Practice tie down configuration	 	 	 	 
	Tail gate cap	 	 	 	 
	30 # purple K fire extinguisher	 	 	 	 
	Spare key	 	 	 	 
	UHF Road channel radio 

    OR 

    VHF Communications radio	 	 	 	 

 

    	101 of 156

    	 

    

  

Appendix 9: Vehicle Inspection
Guidelines

 

VEHICLE INSPECTION CHECKLIST

 

	 	 	 	 	Attention	 	 
	Vehicle
    Checklist	 	Complete	 	Required	 	Exception
	First Aid Kit	 	 	 	 	 	 
	·     Fully
    stocked – tab in place	 	 	 	 	 	 
	·     Easily
    accessible	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(see Vehicle safety bag Checklist – Appendix
    4)	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Fire Extinguisher:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	·     Cover
    intact	 	 	 	 	 	 
	·     In
    good working condition	 	 	 	 	 	 
	·     Easily
    accessible	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Back up batteries available	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ERP Manual	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Federal and Provincial permit booklet (data up to
    date)	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Materials in cab securely stored	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Items properly secured in truck box	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Tool box in good condition	 	 	 	 	 	 
	All lights functioning	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Brakes functioning	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Tires in good condition	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Windshield in tact	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Towing equipment in good condition	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Vehicle registration and ownership	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Preventative maintenance up to date	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Drivers’ Handbook on board	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Incident Report forms on board	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Inspection for body damage complete	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Booster cables stowed and in good working condition	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

    	102 of 156

    	 

    

  

Appendix 10:
BBS Observation Card

 

 

    	103 of 156

    	 

    

 

Exhibit
“D-4”

 

TERMS
AND CONDITIONS FOR HELICOPTER OPERATIONS

 

		1	SCOPE

 

		1.1	The
                                         following provisions apply to all helicopter operations associated with the Services
                                         or On-Site Work.

 

		2	DEFINITIONS

 

“ADM”
means aeronautical decision making training.

 

“AGL”
means above ground level; in this case, the “ground” is the top of prevailing obstacles such as trees.

 

“Aviation
Authority” means Canadian Federal Ministry of Transport, also known as Transport Canada.

 

“Category
A”, with respect to transport category rotorcraft, means multiengine rotorcraft designed with engine and system isolation
features specified in FAR/JAR 29 and utilizing scheduled takeoff and landing operations under a critical engine failure concept
which assures adequate designated surface area and adequate performance capability for continued safe flight in the event of engine
failure.

 

“Category
B”, with respect to helicopters, means single-engine or multi-engine helicopters which do not fully meet all Category
A standards. Category B helicopters have no guaranteed stay-up ability in the event of an engine failure and unscheduled landing
is assumed.

 

“COM”
means company operations manual.

 

“CRM”
means cockpit resource management training.

 

“FAA”
means Federal Aviation Administration (USA).

 

“Ground
Proximity Event” means an approach and landing, a take-off and departure or an external load movement.

 

“Helicopter
Operator” means the corporate entity that holds an air operator certificate issued by the local Aviation Authority.
The Helicopter Operator provides helicopter operations within the scope of the service contract.

 

“Heli-portable”
means onshore seismic operations where people are moved by helicopter; specifically, Passenger operations are required.

 

“Hostile
Environment” means an environment in which:

 

		·	a
                                         successful emergency landing cannot be assured, or

 

		·	the
                                         occupants of the aircraft cannot be adequately protected from the elements, or

 

		·	search
                                         and rescue response cannot be provided consistently, or at the level or frequency required
                                         to prevent injury given the anticipated exposure.

 

“HFACS”
means human factors analysis classification system.

 

“HFDM”
means helicopter flight data monitoring.

 

“Hover-In-Ground-Effect
(HIGE)” means operating at such an altitude (usually one-half the rotor diameter above the surface) that the influence
of ground effect is realized.

 

    	104 of 156

    	 

    

 

“Hover-Out-of-Ground-Effect
(HOGE)” means hovering without the benefit of the ground effect cushion. For any given altitude, hovering out of ground
effect takes more power than hovering in ground effect.

 

“IATA”
means International Air Transport Association.

 

“ICAO”
means International Civil Aviation Organization.

 

“IOSA”
means IATA Operational Safety Audit.

 

“LOFT”
means line oriented flight training. LOFT refers to aircrew training which involves a full mission simulation of situations which
are representative of line operations, with special emphasis on situations which involve pilot decision making, communications,
management and leadership. In short, LOFT means realistic, "real-time", full mission training.

 

“Long-Line”
means a line or cable, usually 30-70m in length, used to connect the helicopter to the external load.

 

“Minimum
Departure Standard (MDS)” means a document approved by the Company describing both the minimum equipment that
must be functioning in accordance with manufacturer specifications and the period during which operation of a helicopter may continue
with deferred maintenance of inoperable equipment.

 

“Minimum
Equipment List (MEL)” means a document approved by the Aviation Authority that authorizes an operator to dispatch
an aircraft with aircraft equipment inoperative under the conditions specified therein.

 

“MOPO”
means matrix of permitted operations.

 

“Non-hostile
Environment” means an environment in which:

 

		·	a
                                         successful emergency landing can be reasonable assured, and

 

		·	the
                                         occupants of the aircraft can be adequately protected from the elements, and

 

		·	search
                                         and rescue response can be provided consistently, or at the level or frequency required
                                         to prevent injury given the anticipated exposure.

 

“OGP”
means International Association of Oil and Gas Producers.

 

“Passenger”
means anyone aboard the helicopter who is not one of the following: pilot, aircraft maintenance engineer (or mechanic),
qualified flight navigators and cabin attendants who are required by Applicable Laws or the Helicopter Operator.

 

“Performance
Class 1 (PC1) multi-engine helicopter” is a class of helicopter such that if an engine fails, the helicopter is able
to land within the rejected take off area or to safely continue flight to an appropriate landing area (helicopters must be certified
category A)

 

“Performance
Class 2 with Defined Limited Exposure (PC2DLE) multi-engine helicopter” is a class of helicopter that if an engine fails,
the helicopter is able to safely continue flight, except when the failure occurs early during take off or late in the landing,
in which case a forced landing may be required. The period of time when a forced landing is required defines the “limited
exposure”. The defined “limited exposure” must be less than a minute. (Helicopters must be certified Category
A)

 

“Performance
Class 3 (PC3) single engine or multi-engine helicopter” is a class of helicopter that if an engine fails, a forced landing
is required for single engine helicopters and may be required for multi-engine helicopters. (Helicopters certified Category A
or B)

 

“PIC”
means pilot-in-command.

 

    	105 of 156

    	 

    

 

“Safety
Management System” means a comprehensive system used to manage all aspects of health and safety throughout an organization,
while providing a systematic approach for identifying hazards, controlling the risk those hazards present and ensuring continuous
improvement of the system.

 

“SIC”
means second-in-command.

 

“Successful
Emergency Landing” means an unavoidable landing or ditching with reasonable expectancy of no injury to persons in the
aircraft or on the surface.

 

“Vertical
Reference/Long-Line flying” means the helicopter is out of ground effect, line length is 50 feet (15 meters) or greater,
and the primary flight reference is vertical reference.

 

“Visual
Flight Rules (VFR)” means flight operations where situational awareness is maintained with visual reference to the ground;
conducted in visual meteorological conditions equal to or greater than the minima prescribed in Division VI of Subpart 2 of CARs,
Part VI, expressed in terms of visibility and distance from cloud.

 

“VNE”
means never exceed speed.

 

“Vertical
Reference” is the method for a pilot to be oriented while looking down and not seeing a horizontal reference; commonly
used when using a long-line to move people and material.

 

		3	AVIATION
                                         SAFETY

 

The Contractor agrees that
it is accountable to ensure that the Helicopter Operator complies with Applicable Laws and the terms of this Schedule.

 

		3.1	The
                                         Helicopter Operator shall operate Performance Class 1 or Performance Class 2 Defined
                                         Limited Exposure (PC2DLE) for passenger transport over Hostile Terrain. An alternate
                                         means of compliance for this provision is described in Talisman Energy Guideline: “IEX:
                                         Onshore Helicopter Operations-Helicopter Performance Class, Passengers and Type of Terrain”
                                         (attached as Appendix 1 to this Exhibit “D-4”).

 

		3.2	The
                                         following applies only to Heli-portable helicopter operations:

 

		3.2.1	In order
                                         to conduct helicopter operations, the Helicopter Operator must ensure that it meets the
                                         requirements of the MEL. Where no MEL exists the Helicopter Operator must comply with
                                         the requirements of an MDS. In the absence of an MEL or MDS, full airworthiness and serviceability
                                         of all helicopter equipment is required for flight operations.

 

		3.2.2	The
                                         Helicopter Operator will utilize a satellite-tracking device in all helicopters, preferably
                                         with voice and text communication, as one method of flight following. The Helicopter
                                         Operator will provide the Company access to a web-based map showing the live-position
                                         of aircraft flying for the Company

 

		3.3	The
                                         Helicopter Operator shall have a documented and implemented aviation Safety Management
                                         System.

 

		3.4	The
                                         Helicopter Operator shall implement a Safety Management System that is accepted, recognized
                                         and/or approved by the Authorities and the Company. The Company will utilize internationally
                                         recognized criteria (e.g. ICAO, IOSA, OGP) to assess the completeness and effectiveness
                                         of the Helicopter Operator’s Safety Management System. A Safety Management System
                                         shall include, but are not limited to, the following (see IOSA Standards Manual ORG 2.1.5,
                                         4th edition):

 

		3.4.1	Scope
                                         of Safety Management System

 

		3.4.2	Safety
                                         policies and objectives

 

		3.4.3	Safety
                                         accountabilities

 

		3.4.4	Key
                                         safety personnel

 

    	106 of 156

    	 

    

 

		3.4.5	Documentation
                                         control procedures

 

		3.4.6	Coordination
                                         of emergency response planning

 

		3.4.7	Hazard
                                         identification and risk management schemes

 

		3.4.8	Safety
                                         assurance

 

		3.4.9	Safety
                                         performance monitoring

 

		3.4.10	Safety
                                         auditing (safety and quality may be combined)

 

		3.4.11	Management
                                         of change

 

		3.4.12	Safety
                                         promotion

 

		3.4.13	Outsourced
                                         services

 

		3.5	For
                                         external load operations, the Helicopter Operator shall ensure the combined weight of
                                         the helicopter and the external load (gross weight) does not exceed the maximum weight
                                         calculated from the appropriate HOGE performance charts from the rotorcraft flight manual

 

		3.6	For
                                         internal load operations, prior to take-off and landing, the Helicopter Operator shall
                                         verify the fuel requirements are sufficient, and the helicopter performance has been
                                         calculated with known (for take-off) and estimated (for landing) altitudes and temperatures.

 

		3.7	Utilizing
                                         known obstacles and planned flight paths, HOGE or HIGE performance charts will be used
                                         by the Helicopter Operator to calculate maximum weight. If the Helicopter Operator is
                                         not reasonably assured a HIGE flight path is possible, the Helicopter Operator will use
                                         the HOGE performance charts to calculate maximum weight. The Helicopter Operator shall
                                         ensure the take-off and landing helicopter weights are equal or less than the performance
                                         maximum weight calculated. At the request of the Company, the Helicopter Operator shall
                                         provide documentation to demonstrate compliance.

 

		3.8	The
                                         Helicopter Operator shall ensure the helicopter's centre of gravity is within limits
                                         during all phases of flight. If the take-off and landing centre of gravity is not calculated
                                         prior to flight, an alternative means of ensuring conformity with centre of gravity limits
                                         must be approved by the Company prior to flight operations.

 

		3.9	Before
                                         tender and during operations, the Helicopter Operator shall assess the pilot workload
                                         (duringflight) required to complete the project and communicate this assessment to the
                                         Company. For helicopters certified for single pilot operations, at the request of the
                                         Company, the Helicopter Operator will provide a second pilot. The Company will compensate
                                         the Contractor, at reasonable market rate, for the second pilot.

 

		3.10	In
                                         order to conduct helicopter operations under VFR (daytime) the following weather minima,
                                         or the minima described in Applicable Laws shall be complied with, whichever is greater:

 

		3.10.1	for
                                         routine flights in the local area with fuel available nearby and numerous adequate landing
                                         locations available, the minimum ceiling is 600’ AGL and the minimum flight visibility
                                         is 1 statute mile, or

 

		3.10.2	for
                                         non-routine flights, those with a point of no-return fuel decision, or those with less
                                         than 3 locations where a safe landing can be reasonably assured available within a 1.2
                                         statue mile (2 km) radius of the helicopter, the minimum ceiling is 600’ AGL and
                                         the minimum flight visibility is 2 statute miles, or

 

		3.10.3	for
                                         both routine and non-routine flights over featureless terrain that could cause disorientation
                                         (e.g. glaciers or snow-covered ground) the minimum ceiling is 600’ AGL and the
                                         minimum flight visibility is 2 statute miles.

 

		3.11	LOFT
                                         is required for all flight crew.

 

    	107 of 156

    	 

    

 

		3.12	CRM training for multi-crew
                                         operations or ADM training for single pilot operations is required annually for all flight
                                         crew. The Company will utilize international standards (e.g. IOSA, FAA, HFACS) to determine
                                         if the Helicopter Operator’s CRM/ADM is adequate.

 

		3.13	While
                                         flying for the Company, maximum pilot duty time shall be:

 

		3.13.1	Unlimited
                                         rotational schedule: Maximum 28 consecutive days worked followed by an equal, or more
                                         number of days off, or

 

		3.13.2	For
                                         a maximum 4 consecutive rotations: Maximum 28 consecutive days worked followed by 14,
                                         or more days off, or

 

3.13.2.1
            1 day off (free from all duties) in every 7 day period.

 

Note:
transition between schedules set out in this paragraph requires approval from the Company.

 

		3.14	Pilot
                                         daily flight time, pilot’s actual flight hours shall not exceed the following:

 

		3.14.1	Six
                                         (6) flight hours in any twenty-four (24) consecutive hours if the flight duty day commences
                                         between 2200 and 0500 local time.

 

		3.14.2	Single
                                         pilot operations: Eight (8) flight hours in any twenty-four (24) consecutive hours.

 

		3.14.3	Multi-crew
                                         operations (both pilots share flying duties): Ten (10) flight hours in any twenty-four
                                         (24) consecutive hours.

 

Note:
At the pilot's discretion, the above-noted eight (8) hour and ten (10) hour restrictions may be extended (maximum twice in 7 day
period) should unusual flight activities occur (e.g., field delays with work activities, medivac).

 

The
extension is permitted only when the pilot is of the opinion that flight safety will not be compromised due to fatigue. In addition,
the Company reserves the right to immediately suspend flight activity if any employee or contractor is of the opinion that the
pilot appears to be fatigued. The number of, and circumstances of, the extension(s) shall be recorded by the Helicopter Operator
and submitted to the Company. The number of hours extended shall be subtracted from the next day’s maximum duty hours to
give the pilot(s) more time to rest.

 

		3.15	The
                                         Helicopter Operator shall ensure a MOPO document is onboard the aircraft for every flight;
                                         the MOPO shall contain, but is not limited to:

 

		3.15.1	Weather
                                         minima.

 

		3.15.2	Flight
                                         and duty limitations.

 

		3.15.3	Minimum
                                         helipad design and sizes.

 

		3.16	Continuous engine trend monitoring
                                         system (equipment and incorporation of the data analysis into Safety Management System)
                                         is required if equipment is available for the helicopter make and model.

 

		3.17	The
                                         Contractor must not utilize helipads that do not comply with the requirements of Applicable
                                         Laws or the following, whichever is LARGER:

 

		3.17.1	A
                                         diameter 2x the length of largest helicopter with rotors turning, and

 

		3.17.2	35m
                                         diameter.

 

		3.18	The
                                         helicopter-landing zone (actual touchdown area) shall have a maximum slope of five (5)
                                         degrees, shall be firm, free of debris, and at least twice the width of the helicopter
                                         skid gear. The area within 5m of the tail rotor must not have any obstructions taller
                                         than 1⁄4 the distance between the ground and the tail rotor.

 

		3.19	Flight
                                         crew shall wear flight helmets approved for helicopter operations during flight operations.
                                         Flight crew shall wear Nomex flight suits and appropriate footwear during flight operations.

 

    	108 of 156

    	 

    

 

		3.20	All
                                         Helicopter pilots must be certified and demonstrated as competent to the Contractor prior
                                         to being engaged in helicopter operations for the Company.

 

		3.21	Evaluation
                                         of flight crew competencies shall be the responsibility of the Helicopter Operator. The
                                         Helicopter Operator will certify their pilots’ competency and are required to develop
                                         effective evaluation procedures that clearly demonstrate pilot competency for the required
                                         knowledge and skill. Furthermore, pilot training shall include documented corrective
                                         action plans and execution. For example, if a pilot is observed by a training pilot to
                                         approach too steeply, there shall be documented flight time and exercises where the pilot
                                         practices approaching less steeply.

 

		3.22	The
                                         Helicopter Operator shall have a training and assessment program for external load operations
                                         where:

 

		3.22.1	Pilots
                                         shall demonstrate a thorough understanding of how to competently execute external load
                                         operations. Specifically:

 

		3.22.1.1	the
                                         evaluation of, and the theoretical and practical knowledge of, various loads presented
                                         for external transport;

 

		3.22.1.2	the
                                         evaluation of practical skills, such as flying loads with precision placement on long-lines
                                         utilizing vertical reference; and

 

		3.22.1.3	demonstration
                                         of competency for weight/balance control and performance planning.

 

		3.23	Prior
                                         to engaging in flight operations where external loads are transported by Long-Line, the
                                         Helicopter Operator shall require pilots to demonstrate competency through the following
                                         exercise:

 

		3.23.1	A
                                         test load shall be lifted from the ground (without the load being dragged or swung) and
                                         flown for a circuit at appropriate airspeed for the load or VNE (do not exceed speed),
                                         then placed back on the ground within a predetermined 10 feet x 10 feet (3 meters x 3
                                         meters) area, while maintaining smooth coordinated flight. This exercise must be repeatable
                                         on the initial evaluation.

 

		3.23.2	The
                                         pilot must gently place a test load on target (maximum 2 m diameter), a minimum 4 out
                                         of 5 times with a tolerance of +/- 5 feet (1.5 meters) within the target area.

 

		3.23.3	Before
                                         engaging in flight operations for the Company which require precision load placement,
                                         the Helicopter Operator shall require its pilots to demonstrate competency through the
                                         following exercise:

 

		3.23.3.1	A
                                         test load to be held on the end of a long-line, 100 feet (30 meters) in length or longer,
                                         over a pre- determined 3 feet x 3 feet (0.9 meters x 0.9 meters) area at a height of
                                         3-4 feet (0.9 - 1.2 meters), Above Ground Level (AGL) for 30 seconds while maintaining
                                         smooth coordinated control. The tolerance is 1 foot.

 

		3.24	No
                                         helicopter parts and/or inspections shall be on extension when transporting passengers.

 

		3.24.1	Inspections
                                         shall be completed within the designated time period, being hours, cycles, or calendar.

 

		3.24.2	All
                                         safety critical components (engine, hydraulics, transmissions, flight controls, fuel
                                         systems, fuel controls, engine governors) of aircraft contracted by the Company, on extension
                                         (beyond the recommended time between overhaul) or planned to be on extension, shall be
                                         approved by the Company.

 

		3.25	The
                                         Helicopter Operator shall provide to the Company requested risk-exposure metrics. These
                                         metrics include, but are not limited to: number of take offs and landings, numbers of
                                         passenger movements, number of non-staging landings, hours flown and number of external
                                         loads moved.

 

    	109 of 156

    	 

    

 

		3.26	During
                                         the period commencing with the execution of the Contract until the completion of all
                                         helicopter operations associated with the Services or On-Site Work, the Contractor shall
                                         ensure that the Helicopter Operator notifies the Company of any inspection, audit or
                                         investigation by the Aviation Authority of the operations of the Helicopter Operator.
                                         Similarly, the Contractor shall ensure that the Helicopter Operator notifies the Company
                                         of any actual or potential violation of Applicable Laws communicated to the Helicopter
                                         Operator by the Aviation Authority. In all cases notification of the Company by the Helicopter
                                         Operator must occur within 24 hours of inspection, audit, investigation or notification
                                         of a possible violation by the Aviation Authority. The Helicopter Operator must provide
                                         to the Company any documentation and/or information requested by the Company relevant
                                         to the inspection, audit, investigation or possible violation. For clarity, this obligation
                                         includes any audit, inspection, investigation, or possible violation associated with
                                         the operations of the Helicopter Operator and is not limited only to those contacts with
                                         the Aviation Authority that occur during the provision of the Services by the Contractor
                                         to the Company.

 

		3.27	When
                                         flying for the Company, it is the responsibility of the Helicopter Operator to report
                                         any near miss, hazard, unsafe act, and/or unsafe operating procedures that directly impact
                                         safety of flight (shall be immediately verbally reported to the Company, and then reported
                                         in writing within 24 hours following the occurrence).

 

		3.28	While
                                         engaged in flight operations for the Company, the Helicopter Operator shall notify the
                                         Company of any flight operations incidences, accidents or significant aviation safety
                                         events that occur with their aircraft (operating under same operations certificate) on
                                         non-Company flights within 24 hours of the event.

 

		3.29	While
                                         engaged in flight operations for the Company, any aviation operational difficulties not
                                         reported as an incident or accident shall be reported to the Company within 24 hours
                                         of the event. Operational difficulties include, but are not limited to:

 

		3.29.1	Exceedences
                                         of aircraft operating limitations (as described in flight manual).

 

		3.29.2	Frequent
                                         (more than 1 per 1000 Ground Proximity Events) use of transient operating limits.

 

		3.29.3	Precautionary
                                         landings.

 

		3.29.4	Unscheduled
                                         maintenance.

 

		3.29.5	Non-compliance
                                         with Helicopter Operator’s standard operating procedures and guidelines.

 

		3.29.6	Use
                                         of MEL/MDS or deferred defects.

 

		3.29.7	Deviation
                                         from routine practices.

 

		3.29.8	Any
                                         new (within last 6 months) applicable Airworthiness Directives (ADs) and Service Bulletins
                                         (SBs).

 

		3.29.9	Damage
                                         to the aircraft, from flight operations.

 

		3.29.10	Intentional
                                         or commanded release of external load equipment resulting in injury and/or damage to
                                         equipment or property.

 

		3.29.11	Unintentional
                                         or uncommanded release of external load equipment (hooks, long-line, bagrunners, slings,
                                         swivels).

 

		3.29.12	Incorrect
                                         passenger manifests.

 

		3.30	The
                                         Helicopter Operator shall have a documented and systematic method to investigate aviation
                                         occurrences, near misses, hazardous situations; the Helicopter Operator shall us a systematic
                                         risk assessment process to rank risks of hazardous situations and near misses. The Helicopter
                                         Operator shall utilize a severity-scale approved by the Company to classify occurrences.

 

		3.31	The Helicopter Operator may
                                         be subject to periodic safety inspections/audits conducted by the Company personnel or
                                         an authorized representative of the Company and will cooperate fully with such audits.

 

		3.32	The
                                         Helicopter Operator shall provide digital copies of all documents, records, manuals and
                                         reports, as requested by the Company, to assess the Helicopter Operator’s safety
                                         behaviours and systems.

 

    	110 of 156

    	 

    

 

		3.33	The
                                         Helicopter Operator shall notify the Company of significant changes to flight or maintenance
                                         manuals.

 

		3.34	The Helicopter Operator must
                                         demonstrate that they have sufficient resources available for, and documentation to show
                                         implementation of, independent quality assurance that includes, but is not limited to:

 

		3.34.1	An
                                         internal/evaluation and surveillance program.

 

		3.34.2	An
                                         established audit schedule.

 

		3.34.3	A
                                         record of findings and corrective and/or preventative actions.

 

		3.34.4	Assurance
                                         of appropriate corrective and/or preventative action.

 

		3.34.5	Quantitative
                                         assessment of corrective action effectiveness.

 

		3.34.6	All
                                         elements necessary to confirm the maintenance supplier or department is in compliance
                                         with the applicable regulations and the maintenance procedures manual.

 

		3.34.7	The
                                         quality assurance program confirms all referenced procedures remain applicable and effective.

 

		3.35	The
                                         Helicopter Operator shall provide maintenance procedures manual(s) to all representatives
                                         assigned to maintenance related duties. This manual must meet or exceed the requirements
                                         of all Applicable Laws.

 

		3.36	The
                                         Helicopter Operator, or maintenance contractor, shall employ a director of maintenance
                                         (or similar title) or a supervisory aircraft maintenance technician. This individual
                                         must possess a minimum of five (5) years working experience on the type(s), or similar
                                         type(s) of aircraft operated by the Helicopter Operator for the Company, and recent knowledge
                                         and/or recent aircraft specific training on the type of aircraft (i.e., within the last
                                         five years).

 

		3.37	The
                                         Helicopter Operator, or maintenance contractor, shall employ a sufficient number of qualified
                                         aircraft maintenance technicians. These individuals must have at least two (2) years
                                         working experience on the type(s), or similar type(s) of aircraft operated by the Helicopter
                                         Operator for the Company, or have attended a recent manufacturer's approved aircraft
                                         specific type rating course (i.e., within the last two years).

 

		3.38	All
                                         personnel acting in any aircraft maintenance technician capacity must hold valid certification
                                         issued by the appropriate Authorities and/or approved maintenance organization/repair
                                         station, which is properly endorsed for the categories and types of aircraft operated
                                         by the Helicopter Operator (as applicable to local regulation).

 

		3.39	The
                                         Contractor will ensure that the Helicopter Operator has a program of regular maintenance
                                         and inspection ensuring that all tools and Equipment, whether owned or rented, are fit
                                         for their intended purpose, are appropriately certified, and are stored and maintained
                                         such that risks to users and others and to the environment are minimized. The program
                                         must include the identifications of Equipment criticality, maintenance and inspection
                                         plans for this Equipment, schedule of maintenance and inspection activities, the roles
                                         and responsibilities for the maintenance and inspection activities, the relevant procedures
                                         for maintenance and inspection activities including repair and re-certification procedures,
                                         competency and training records for maintenance and inspection activities, and records
                                         of Equipment drawings. This program will include the requirement to visually inspect
                                         all auxiliary equipment (e.g., hooks, line, clevis, etc.) prior to use within each 24
                                         hour period.

 

		3.40	The
                                         program of regular maintenance and inspection for Complex lifting devices (e.g., carousel,
                                         bag-runner, extended electric hook) shall include a documented annual inspection.

 

		3.41	The
                                         Helicopter Operator shall develop a formal preventative maintenance program to ensure
                                         both the electrical and manual hook release systems are inspected and tested prior to
                                         commencing slinging or long-line operations.

 

    	111 of 156

    	 

    

 

		3.42	The
                                         Helicopter Operator shall ensure pilots attend daily safety meetings conducted by the
                                         Contractor, or such other meetings as directed by the Company. Contractor safety meetings
                                         must address the safe coordination of ground and helicopter operations.

 

		3.43	All
                                         helicopters conducting single pilot, external load work for the Company shall be equipped
                                         with:

 

		3.43.1	a load
                                         cell (device that displays the weight of equipment hanging from the helicopter), and

 

		3.43.2	a device
                                         that both monitors and warns (visual and/or auditory) pilots of exceedences above the
                                         helicopter’s limitations, or

 

		3.43.3	an
                                         instrument(s) that is within the direct view of a pilot during vertical reference flying,
                                         that displays critical parameters of the helicopter.

 

		3.44	In
                                         order to be deemed competent pilots must meet the following minimum requirements:

 

	 	 	 	 	PIC	 	SIC
	 	 	PIC	 	Multi-Engine	 	Multi-Engine
	 	 	Single Engine	 	Helicopters	 	Helicopters
	 	 	Helicopters	 	<12,500 lbs
    or	 	<12,500 lbs
    or
	 	 	 	 	5,5700
    kgs	 	5,5700
    kgs
	Type of Licence	 	Commercial	 	ATP Rotary4	 	Commercial
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Helicopter Type Rating	 	Valid	 	Valid	 	Valid
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Total Helicopter Flight Hours	 	1,500	 	3,000	 	500
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Pilot-In Command Helicopters	 	1,000	 	1,500	 	250
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Multi-Engine Helicopter Hours	 	n/a	 	500	 	50
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Hours on Turbine Powered Helicopters	 	250	 	1,200	 	250
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Hours on Helicopter Make & Type	 	50	 	100	 	50
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Helicopter Hours Last 90 days5	 	50	 	50	 	50
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Enhanced Flight Training Program and
    

    Formal Ground School Curriculum6	 	Recommended	 	Recommended	 	Recommended
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Recurrent Flight Training	 	Annually	 	Annually	 	Annually
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Hours Vertical Reference/Long-Line7	 	300	 	500	 	n/a
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Vertical Reference/Long-Line	 	Yes	 	Yes	 	Yes
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Instrument Rating	 	n/a	 	For IFR & Night	 	For IFR & Night
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Accidents & Violations8	 	Two (2) Years
    Free of any Violations and any Human
	 	 	Error Cause
    Accidents

 

 

 

		4	Commercial License permitted
                                         for day VFR flight.

		5	The enhanced flight training
                                         program is expected to far exceed the minimum requirements specified by COM. Utilization
                                         of pilot self study only does not fulfill the enhanced ground school requirement.

		6	Required when conducting Vertical
                                         Reference (Long-Line) flight operations; shall include operationally-focused flight training
                                         with measurable success criteria.

		7	Vertical Reference operations
                                         must be approved and monitored by the chief pilot.

		8	This requirement may be eliminated
                                         provided the pilot has completed annual recurrent training and a pilot proficiency check,
                                         as required by the appropriate Authorities, within the previous 90 days.

 

    	112 of 156

    	 

    

 

Appendix
1 to Exhibit “D-4”

 

 

GUIDELINE

 

	IEX:
    Onshore Helicopter Operations- Helicopter Performance Class, Passengers and Type of Terrain

 

	Rev.	 	Date	 	Revision/Review
    Description	 	Author/
    

    Reviewer	 	Approved
    

    By
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	1	 	09-09-10	 	First
    draft	 	Author:
    

    Hernan Rodriguez	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	2	 	18-07-12	 	TLM
    Corporate Aviation Advisor 

    Modifications	 	Author:

    Matthew Collins	 	Bruce
    McKenzie

 

    	113 of 156

    	 

    

 

		1.	INTRODUCTION

 

		1.1	PURPOSE
                                         OF THIS DOCUMENT

 

This document provides guidance
in two main areas:

 

		1.	for
                                         determining helicopter type and payload for safe operations;

 

		2.	this
                                         guideline provides methods to minimize the probability and severity of an engine failure.
                                         If the preferred helicopter type is not utilized, this guideline includes an alternate
                                         means of compliance when using single engine helicopters for passenger transport over
                                         areas where forced landings are hazardous.

 

		1.2	INTENDED
                                         AUDIENCE

 

This document
is intended for helicopter service providers who provide services to Talisman. Additionally, it is for Talisman personnel tasked
with managing aviation risk through contractor management.

 

		1.3	USING
                                         THIS DOCUMENT

 

All content is structured by section.
Sections are further divided into topics.

 

Besides introductory and appendix
material, this document contains:

 

		·	definitions
                                         related to helicopter use over varying geophysical environments;

 

		·	expectations
                                         around helicopter use and selection, both at the pre-tender and operations stage. Expectations
                                         specify requirements that must be followed; and

 

		·	mitigation
                                         measures for reducing risk when operating single-engine helicopters in hostile terrain.

 

Typographic
Conventions

 

Italics are used to highlight:

 

		·	publication
                                         titles; and

		·	content
                                         taken verbatim from other sources.

 

		1.4	RESOURCES

 

For more information or clarification,
contact:

 

	Position	 	Email
	Manager HSSE/OA IEX	 	IEXHSE@talisman-energy.com
	Corporate Aviation Advisor	 	Aviationsafety@talisman-energy.com

 

		2.	DEFINITIONS

 

Non-hostile terrain: An environment
in which;

 

		·	a
                                         successful emergency landing can be reasonably assured, and

		·	the
                                         occupants of the aircraft can be adequately protected from the elements, and

		·	search
                                         and rescue response can be provided consistently, or at the level or frequency required
                                         given the anticipated exposure. (From OGP 390)

 

Hostile terrain: An environment
in which;

 

		·	a
                                         successful emergency landing cannot be assured, or

		·	the
                                         occupants of the aircraft cannot be adequately protected from the elements, or

		·	search
                                         and rescue response cannot be provided consistently, or at the level or frequency required
                                         given the anticipated exposure. (From OGP 390)

 

		114	of
                                         156

    	114 of 156

    	 

    

 

Successful
emergency landing: An unavoidable landing or ditching with reasonable expectancy of no injury to persons
in the aircraft or on the surface.

 

Passenger:
Anyone aboard the helicopter who is not one of the following: Pilot, Aircraft Maintenance Engineer
(or Mechanic), qualified Flight Navigators and Cabin Attendants who are required by local regulation or the Helicopter
Operator.

 

Performance
Class 1 (PC1) Multi-engine helicopter: If an engine fails, the helicopter is able to land within the rejected take
off area or to safely continue flight to an appropriate landing area. (Helicopters must be certified Category A) (From OGP 390)

 

Performance
Class 2 with Defined Limited Exposure (PC2DLE) Multi-engine helicopter: If an engine fails, the helicopter
is able to safely continue flight, except when the failure occurs early during take off or late in the landing, in which case
a forced landing may be required. The period of time when a forced landing is required defines the “limited exposure”.
The defined “limited exposure” must be less than a minute. (Helicopters must be certified Category A)

 

Performance
Class 3 (PC3) Single Engine or Multi-engine helicopter: If an engine fails, a forced landing is required for
single engine helicopters and may be required for multi-engine helicopters. (Helicopters certified Category A or B) (From OGP
390)

 

Category
A: with respect to transport category rotorcraft, means multiengine rotorcraft designed with engine and system
isolation features specified in FAR/JAR 29 and utilizing scheduled takeoff and landing operations under a critical engine
failure concept which assures adequate designated surface area and adequate performance capability for continued safe flight in
the event of engine failure.

 

Category
B: with respect to helicopters means single-engine or multi-engine helicopters which do not fully meet all Category
A standards. Category B helicopters have no guaranteed stay-up ability in the event of an engine failure and unscheduled landing
is assumed.

 

LOFT:
Line Oriented Flight Training; LOFT refers to aircrew training which involves a full mission simulation of situations
which are representative of line operations, with special emphasis on situations which involve pilot decision making, communications,
management and leadership. In short, LOFT means realistic, "real-time", full mission training.

 

FAR/JAR
27/29: Harmonized airworthiness certification standards from the US (FAR) and Europe (JAR) that address aviation
safety through helicopter design. Part 27 addresses smaller helicopters (9 and fewer passengers) Part 29 address larger (10 or
more passengers).

 

Engine chips:
Small pieces of metal suspended in engine oil attracted to a magnetic ‘chip detector’ that are large enough
to activate a warning light in the cockpit.

 

Hover-Out-of-Ground-Effect
(HOGE): hovering without the benefit of the ground effect cushion; for any given altitude, hovering out of
ground effect takes more power than hovering in ground effect.

 

HFDM:
Helicopter Flight Data Monitoring; HFDM is a reliable method of monitoring Flight Crew compliance with Standard
Operating Procedures; it captures occurrences that take place during flight, even those which crews are unaware of, and
identifies issues irrespective of a company’s reporting culture (Global HFDM Steering Group)

 

HUMS: Health Usage Monitoring
System, HUMS is a program that measures aircraft parameters, with emphasis on vibrations, to identify mechanical problems
before a failure occurs

 

Safety Management
System: a comprehensive system used to manage all aspects of health and safety throughout an organization,
while providing a systematic approach for identifying hazards, controlling the risk those hazards present and ensuring continuous
improvement of the system.

 

OEM: Original Equipment
Manufacturer

 

IHST: International Helicopter
Safety Team

 

ICAO: International Civil
Aviation Organization

 

CAP: Civil Aviation Publication
(UK)

 

		3.	EXPECTATIONS

 

		3.1	Before
                                         tendering geophysical operations, Talisman will complete a risk assessment of the project,
                                         identifying aviation risks and characterizing the operating environment as Hostile
                                         or Non-Hostile.

 

    	115 of 156

    	 

    

 

		3.2	The
                                         Talisman risk assessment, company characterization of the environment and minimum expectations
                                         (i.e., terms of risk controls to be applied), will be incorporated in tender documents.
                                         These documents will be provided to companies who have been invited to bid on Talisman
                                         geophysical projects.

 

		3.3	Helicopter
                                         service providers must be audited by the TLM Corporate Aviation Advisor, his/her delegate
                                         and/or a qualified third-party auditor, preferably before tender award, but required
                                         before start-up of operations. Talisman will review the audit report to ensure that any
                                         identified deficiencies have been addressed.

 

		3.1	3.4
                                         HELICOPTER PERFORMANCE CLASS/PASSENGERS/TERRAIN

 

The
following table describes the MINIMUM requirements for Performance Class. Performance is a combination of helicopter capability,
payload and available landing areas. It is important to note that a helicopter capable of Performance Class 2DLE can be legally
loaded to an extent, and/or without available landing areas, such that it operates in Performance Class 3.

 

	 	 	No
    Passengers	 	Passengers
	 	 	 	 	 
	Non-Hostile Terrain	 	Performance Class 3	 	Performance Class 3
	 	 	Single engine permitted	 	Single engine permitted
	 	 	 	 	 
	Hostile Terrain	 	Performance Class 3	 	Performance Class 2
	 	 	Single engine permitted	 	Defined Limited Exposure permitted1, or
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Performance Class 3
	 	 	 	 	Single/Multi engine permitted with mitigations
	 	 	 	 	(below)

 

1 Note: Requires
appropriate flight profile to ensure obstacle clearance is adequate in case of an engine failure. Refer to Category A flight profiles
in the Rotorcraft Flight Manual.

 

		3.5	If
                                         Performance Class 3 helicopter operations are proposed to transport passengers over hostile
                                         terrain, TLM IEX

 

HSE must approve the alternate
means of compliance.

 

		3.6	If
                                         Single Engine helicopters are approved to transport passengers, the maximum payload of
                                         passengers and cargo must be no more than:

 

		o	maximum
                                         payload (passengers and cargo) calculated using the Hover Out of Ground Effect (HOGE)
                                         performance charts or maximum internal weight for take off and landing, which ever is
                                         lesser, then reduce the maximum payload by 10%.

 

		3.7	If
                                         TLM IEX approves the alternate means of compliance, the number of flights and people
                                         transported on each flight (from passenger manifests) will be submitted to TLM
                                         IEX HSE. These reports, including totals, will be submitted daily, weekly and monthly,
                                         or as directed by Talisman.

 

		4.	USE
                                         THE FOLLOWING FLOW CHART TO SELECT APPROPRIATE MITIGATION MEASURES

 

Matrix
of mitigation compliance for single engine, passenger operations over hostile terrain:

 

Note:
Talisman will evaluate compliance with mitigation measures

 

    	116 of 156

    	 

    

 

 

		5.	MITIGATION
                                         MEASURES

 

Measures
to reduce risk when transporting passengers in a Performance Class 3 (Single or Multi engine helicopters) over hostile terrain:

 

A.
Engine Maintenance Procedures

 

		1.	No
                                         engine parts or inspections on extension, i.e. past prescribed hours/months from OEM
                                         Maintenance manual;

 

		2.	Engine
                                         Spectrometric Oil Analysis Program (SOAP) at 2 times frequency required in the OEM Maintenance
                                         Manual;

 

		3.	All
                                         engine chips (from chip detectors) require laboratory analysis within 20 flight hours
                                         from discovery; and

 

		4.	All
                                         post-engine maintenance run-ups and test flights must be 2 times the normal duration
                                         or as required in OEM Maintenance Manual, which ever is longer

 

B.
Continuous Engine Health Monitoring

 

The
following table describes two possible mitigation measures based on HFDM status

 

    	117 of 156

    	 

    

 

	HFDM
    Status	 	Required
    Aircraft Health Monitoring
	 	 	 
	1. HFDM Installed and 

    Program Implemented	 	a) Continuous engine trend monitoring installed and
    program implemented, AND an engine power checks every 10 flight hours
	 	 	 
	2. No HFDM	 	a) HUMS installed and program implemented or
	 	 	b) Both:
	 	 	i. vibration health
    monitoring (VHM) installed and program implemented
	 	 	ii. engine trend
    monitoring systems installed and program implemented

 

C.
Flight Operations Affecting Engine Health

 

		1.	Utilizing
                                         a Helicopter Flight Data Monitoring system in accordance with the IHST and Global HFDM
                                         Committee description of an effective HFDM.

 

		2.	Participating
                                         in flight crew simulator training, as outlined in Section 3 of OGP’s Helicopter
                                         guidelines for land seismic & helirig operations (Report No. 420, June
                                         2009). (For an excerpt, see Appendix 1.)

 

		3.	Documented
                                         and implemented Line Oriented Flight Training (LOFT) program as described in CAP 720,
                                         adapted for onshore, helicopter seismic operations.

 

D.
Engine-failure Focused Safety Management Systems

 

		1.	Documented and implemented Safety Management
                                         System (SMS) in accordance with the ICAO SMS Document 9859; the risk of engine failure
                                         with Performance Class 3 operations must be thoroughly addressed in (but not limited
                                         to):

 

		a.	Risk register with mitigations
                                         and measures of mitigation effectiveness;

		b.	Maintenance Quality Assurance,
                                         including remote operations;

		c.	Maintenance Personnel performance
                                         assessment;

		d.	Recurrent maintenance training;

		e.	Flight Operations Quality Assurance
                                         (FOQA);

		f.	Operational Flight Training;

		g.	Management review with tracking
                                         of action items; and

		h.	Influence of helipad/staging design
                                         on single engine Performance Class 3 operations

 

Appendix
1 – OGP 420 Helicopter guidelines, Section 3

 

Where
available for the type of aircraft, the Helicopter Provider (shall) establish a simulator training programme, using approved
Synthetic Training Devices for all Flight crew at a preferred frequency of 12 months and not less than once per 24 months. Flight
crew training should be conducted in a synthetic Training Device (STD) that replicates the model of aircraft being flown as closely
as possible. It is preferred that the device be full motion with a visual screen that provides forward and peripheral imaging.

 

Level
C or D Flight Simulators are preferred. Where a Flight Simulator in not available for the helicopter type, the use of Flight Training
Devices (FTDs) during training is strongly encouraged.

 

While
it is recognized that the use of simulators allows practice in handling emergencies that cannot be practiced in the air, the emphasis
of this training should also be on the development of Crew Resource Management (CRM) for multi-crew aircraft or Aeronautical Decision
Making (ADM) for single piloted aircraft, including practice of CRM/ADM principles. When appropriate, this should be in the form
of Line Oriented Flight Training (LOFT), the exercise for which should be developed between the Helicopter Provider and the simulator
operators to provide “real time” exercises using simulated local operational, weather and environmental conditions.

 

All
pilots (shall) receive annual recurrent training to the standards of appropriate civil aviation authorities, and flight
checks at not less than a frequency of every six months for long-term operations. These flight checks should include an annual
instrument rating proficiency check/renewal (where applicable), a proficiency check (including emergency drills) and an annual
route check. Where distinct climatic seasons exist, training related to the seasonal change is recommended.

 

Before
being scheduled for flight duties in a new location, all crewmembers (shall) receive as a minimum a documented Line Check,
which includes an orientation of local procedures/policies.

 

    	118 of 156

    	 

    

 

Exhibit
“D-5”

 

Talisman
Energy Inc.

 

POLICY
ON BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

 

PRESIDENT’S MESSAGE

 

The Policy
on Business Conduct and Ethics (PBCE) is a statement of the principles to which Talisman Energy Inc. is committed to uphold across
its operations worldwide. The Policy reflects our Values and commitment to conduct business safely, in an ethically, socially
and environmentally responsible manner. It explains the way we do business and sets standards for everyone who works for, or on
behalf of, Talisman to follow. It has also been developed to be consistent with internationally recognized standards that Talisman
adheres to, including the United Nations Global Compact, the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights and the Extractive
Industries Transparency Initiative.

 

In the upstream
business we are subject to many different laws and local customs in different parts of the world, and of course often what we
do in one part of the world is reflected and played back in another. That is the benefit and price of being a global company.
We must take great care to apply consistent standards to the way we do business everywhere. It is each employee’s accountability
to know about this Policy and to apply it in all situations.

 

This Policy
applies not only to Talisman employees, officers and directors, but also to independent contract workers to the extent they conduct
activities at or for Talisman. The Company will make reasonable efforts to promote the application of these ethical business practices
by our joint venture partners and third party suppliers. Everyone conducting work on the Company’s behalf is an ambassador
of Talisman. You are encouraged to act in a manner that upholds the spirit of the Policy and demonstrates Talisman’s values
every day. As such I ask that you take the time to read this Policy and consider what it means for you.

 

If at any time
you have a question, are unsure about what to do, or have a concern that someone has undertaken an action inconsistent with the
Policy you have the responsibility to raise the issue even if the message is difficult. Honest communication is critical. You
can do this a number of ways including speaking with your Supervisor, Manager, Country Manager or Executive Vice President. Furthermore,
you are strongly encouraged to report any business ethics concerns via Talisman’s Integrity Matters hotline. The hotline
is operated by a third party host and all reports made in good faith and in the context of a breach of any of Talisman’s
policies will be taken very seriously. All calls and reports will be treated in confidence and information will be shared with
only those persons who need to know or persons who are required to know. Where permissible or required by law, anonymity of the
reporter will be maintained at the request of the reporter. Please remember that non compliance with the Policy or retaliation
against someone who raises an issue regarding the Policy will not be tolerated.

 

Maintaining
the goodwill of our stakeholders, including employees, governments and communities is critical to our Company's objective of maximizing
shareholder value. All activities undertaken by Talisman must, of course, be lawful and safe, but it is equally important that
these be conducted in an ethical, honest and fair manner, free from deception and impropriety, and with constant regard for Talisman’s
reputation. This is the foundation of our license to operate and without that we have no business.

 

By our continued commitment to the
principles embodied in this Policy, we can ensure that Talisman is a welcome corporate citizen worldwide.

 

John A. Manzoni

President and Chief Executive
Officer

Talisman Energy Inc.

 

December 10, 2010

 

    	119 of 156

    	 

    

 

		1	INTRODUCTION
                                         

 

The
Policy on Business Conduct and Ethics is a reference guide for employees, officers, directors and independent contract workers
that conduct activities on Talisman’s behalf. The Policy defines Talisman’s standards in a variety of areas including:
ethical business conduct; personal conduct; health, safety and environment; employee practices; human rights and community relations.

 

		1.1	Scope
                                         

 

The
Policy applies to Talisman employees, officers, directors and independent contract workers to the extent that they conduct activities
on the Company’s behalf. It also applies to all subsidiaries of Talisman Energy Inc. In this document, the term “Talisman”
and “the Company” shall refer to Talisman Energy Inc. and all of its subsidiaries.

 

		1.2	Responsibilities
                                         

 

Everyone
to whom this Policy applies must become familiar with the policies and procedures described in the Policy and review them periodically.
To assist you in this regard both the complete Policy and the supporting policies and procedures referenced therein are available
on the Talisman Intranet. In addition, certain geographical and functional areas of the Company have specific procedures for various
purposes to adhere to local laws. It is your responsibility to be aware of, and comply with, all procedures applicable to your
area.

 

Managers
have additional responsibilities in regard to the Policy. Every Manager is expected to lead by example and must promote compliance
with the Policy by providing clear guidance to employees regarding appropriate business conduct in all situations.

 

		2	ETHICAL
                                         BUSINESS CONDUCT 

 

To
maintain Talisman's excellent reputation with our stakeholders, all dealings on Talisman's behalf must reflect high standards
of ethical behaviour. In particular, the following specific principles must be observed:

 

		2.1	Compliance
                                         with Laws 

 

We
must be aware of and comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations as locally interpreted and administered in all jurisdictions
in which the Company conducts business. We have a duty to inform ourselves of any laws relevant to our particular activities.
Anyone with questions regarding legal issues should consult the Legal Department.

 

		2.2	Integrity
                                         in Business Dealings 

 

We
must act with integrity in dealings with all persons inside and outside the Company, including government officials, customers,
suppliers and members of the community. We must follow established standards in procurement, and must treat tenderers fairly and
equally. Detailed procurement procedures apply in each jurisdiction and must be scrupulously followed.

 

Talisman
adheres to antitrust and competition laws that promote and protect free and fair competition. We will not be complicit in price
fixing and / or anti-competitive behaviour.

 

		2.3	Gifts
                                         

 

No person may give to,
or accept from, an associate any material or extravagant gift, prize or entertainment benefit. “Material” and “extravagant”
relate to benefits of such value as to appear to an objective observer:

 

to be excessive;

 

perceived to constitute
a personal enrichment for the recipient; and / or

 

to be a factor in influencing
that person’s behaviour.

 

    	120 of 156

    	 

    

 

Gifts,
prizes and entertainment benefits are considered material and extravagant if they exceed the standard that Talisman customarily
offers to its partners and business associates. As a general rule, the exchange or receipt of gifts, entertainment and prizes
must be occasional, modest and consistent with standard industry practice. Any amounts spent on gifts, prizes or entertainment
benefits must be properly recorded in Talisman's accounts.

 

In
issues related to gifts, prizes and entertainment benefits, common sense and good judgment should be used at all times. If in
doubt as to the appropriateness of giving or receiving any gift, entertainment benefit or prize to or from an associate, consultation
with a Supervisor or Manager is recommended.

 

For additional information
on the interpretation of materiality, please refer to the Gift and Entertainment Policy.

 

		2.4	Questionable
                                         or Improper Payments 

 

Where
commissions, consultants' fees, retainers and similar payments are required to be made and can be justified in the normal course
of business, those payments must clearly commensurate with the services performed and must be properly recorded in Talisman's
accounts. No other payments may be given or received. In particular, we may not, in the context of our relationship with Talisman,
receive any personal payment or compensation from a source other than Talisman.

 

		2.5	Compliance
                                         With Accounting Policies 

 

We
must comply with the Company's accounting regulations, policies, procedures and related controls. All accounts must properly describe
and accurately reflect the transactions recorded and all assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses must be properly recorded
and fully disclosed in Talisman's books. No secret or unrecorded funds or other assets are to be established or maintained.

 

In
furtherance of our commitment to comply with applicable accounting regulations and corporate governance principles relating to
financial reporting, the Company has instituted procedures to deal with complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls
and auditing matters as well as the confidential anonymous submission by employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting
or auditing matters.

 

		2.6	Political
                                         Donations 

 

All
political contributions made on Talisman's behalf must be authorized by Talisman's Chief Executive Officer in accordance with
the Company's established guidelines.

 

		2.7	Political
                                         Activities 

 

Talisman
encourages its employees to be active members of their communities and exercise their freedom to participate in lawful political
activities; however, employees choosing to participate in political activities must do so on their personal time and at their
own expense.

 

		2.8	Public
                                         Disclosure 

 

Employees
and officers responsible for financial and other disclosures must ensure that Talisman makes full, fair, accurate, timely and
understandable disclosure in reports and documents that are filed with or submitted to all regulatory bodies and in all other
public communications.

 

Employees
and officers are responsible for ensuring that information required in such reports and documents is recorded, processed, summarized
and reported on a timely basis, and that any known or perceived weaknesses or breakdowns in the reporting chain are brought to
the attention of their Manager or to a member of Senior Management.

 

In
addition, employees, directors (and third parties to whom this Policy applies) are encouraged to promptly report to a member of
Senior Management any information that they consider could be material to the business and affairs of Talisman.

 

For
additional information, please refer to the Disclosure Policy.

 

    	121 of 156

    	 

    

 

		2.9	Compliance
                                         with Anti-Bribery Legislation 

 

In
keeping with Talisman’s objective of fostering an honest and transparent approach to our business, Talisman has a zero tolerance
approach to bribery and corruption and insists that employees comply with this obligation. This means that Talisman employees
must not give or accept facilitation payments, bribes, kickbacks or other types of improper payment for any reason. Talisman will
endeavor as far as is reasonable to encourage business partners and others to also observe this standard.

 

Employees
should be aware that Talisman is subject to legislation in Canada, the United States and other jurisdictions that prohibit corrupt
practices in dealing with foreign governments. These laws make it an offence to make or offer a payment, gift or other benefit
to a foreign public official in order to induce favourable business treatment, such as obtaining or retaining business or some
other advantage in the course of business.

 

Violation
of this legislation may result in substantial penalties to Talisman and to individuals. Foreign public officials include all people
who perform public duties or functions for a foreign state. This can include:

 

anyone
"acting in an official capacity";

 

anyone
under a delegation of authority from the government to carry out government responsibilities; or

 

officers
and employees of companies that have government ownership or control, such as national oil companies, regardless of whether the
government in question has majority ownership or control.

 

Talisman,
as well as individual employees, officers and directors, must take all reasonable steps to ensure that the requirements of this
legislation are strictly met. No payments, gifts or other benefits are to be given, directly or indirectly, to foreign public
officials, political parties or political candidates for the purpose of influencing government decisions in Talisman's favour
or for securing other improper advantages. Furthermore, no such payments are to be made to agents or other third parties in circumstances
where it is likely that part or all of the payment will be passed on to a foreign public official, political party or political
candidate.

 

		3	PERSONAL
                                         CONDUCT 

 

We
must comply with the standards of ethical behaviour in all aspects of our activities at and for Talisman. This includes our dealings
with people outside the Company as well as our relationships within Talisman. In addition, we must act ethically and with loyalty
to the Company at all times. In particular, we must not:

 

		•	misuse
                                         Company resources, including computer systems. Individuals should protect the Company's
                                         assets and endeavour to ensure their efficient use. It is acknowledged, however, that
                                         minimal use of Company local telephone, electronic mail and internet services for personal
                                         use may occasionally take place, provided that such use is consistent with the Talisman
                                         IT Global Security Policy;

 

		•	engage
                                         in Insider Trading. Insider Trading means buying or selling securities in a company when
                                         you have knowledge of a material fact or material change regarding the company that has
                                         not been publicly disclosed. This includes knowledge you have about the business of Talisman
                                         and also applies to the shares of other companies you may have confidential information
                                         about as a result of your position with Talisman. Trading with such knowledge, or providing
                                         such information to other people, is unethical and illegal. Talisman's Insider Trading
                                         Policy provides additional guidance on materiality and restrictions in this regard; or

 

		•	pursue
                                         improper personal gain or compensation from our employment activities, Company property,
                                         information or position.

 

		3.1	Conflict
                                         of Interest 

 

Actual
or perceived conflicts of interest between an individual's personal interests and those of the Company may hinder that person's
ability to perform his or her Talisman work effectively and objectively. Accordingly, in general, individuals representing Talisman
must not enter into outside activities, including business interests or other employment, that might interfere with or be perceived
to interfere with their performance at Talisman, or that might otherwise compromise loyalty to the Company.

 

    	122 of 156

    	 

    

 

We
must not take opportunities for improper personal gain that are discovered through the use of Company property, information or
position. We should not compete with the Company but should endeavor to advance its legitimate business interests when appropriate
opportunities arise.

 

Any
employee who wishes to serve on a board of directors for a business that is not affiliated with Talisman must obtain the approval
of his or her immediate Supervisor or Manager and of the Executive Officer responsible for legal affairs. Any Executive Officer
wishing to serve on a board of directors for a business that is not affiliated with Talisman must obtain the approval of the President
and Chief Executive Officer. This limitation does not apply to independent directors of Talisman whose service on other companies'
boards is taken into account in the Company's board evaluation process.

 

Conflicts
of interest also arise when an employee, officer or director, or a member of his or her family, receives improper personal benefits
as a result of his or her position in the Company. Loans to, or guarantees of obligations of such persons are prohibited.

 

All
conflicts of interest, whether actual, possible or perceived, should be communicated to your immediate Supervisor, Manager or
the Executive Vice President Legal and General Counsel at the earliest possible opportunity.

 

In addition to the above,
the Conflict of Interest in Employment Policy provides additional guidance on other potential conflict of interest issues.

 

		3.2	Corporate
                                         Information 

 

All
corporate information is the property of Talisman. Corporate information includes trademarks (e.g., the Talisman logo), patents,
software developments and applications, strategic and operational knowledge and financial information. We are in a position of
trust with respect to such corporate information in the same manner as with any other corporate property. We must take care to
protect the confidentiality of corporate information, including any confidential information received by Talisman from third parties.
In particular, we must not:

 

use
corporate information that has not been disclosed to the public for personal gain;

 

disclose
confidential corporate information other than in the necessary course of business and with appropriate safeguards;

 

reference
material publicly undisclosed corporate information in public speeches, written presentations or other publications. Anyone who
speaks publicly on behalf of Talisman must obtain approval from the appropriate Talisman authority (in most cases, the appropriate
authority would be that employee's Executive Officer) and must remit to the Company any payments or material gifts received; or

 

participate
in Internet chat rooms or newsgroups discussions on matters relating to Talisman’s corporate activities or its securities.

 

In
order to ensure consistency and fair disclosure, all media and investor communications are to be handled by the Corporate Communications
and Investor Relations departments unless otherwise approved by the Senior Officer responsible for Corporate Communications or
the President and Chief Executive Officer.

 

For additional information,
please refer to the Disclosure Policy, the Insider Trading Policy and the Gift and Entertainment Policy.

 

		4	HEALTH,
                                         SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT 

 

Our
goal is to create a working environment such that we cause no harm to people, and where we minimize our impact on the environment.

 

To achieve this we will:

 

always comply with the
law, or Talisman standards, whichever are higher;

 

operate our business to
ensure proactive risk mitigation and continuous improvement;

 

    	123 of 156

    	 

    

 

set goals and targets,
and measure performance against them;

 

hold ourselves and our
contractors accountable to meet Talisman standards; and

 

communicate openly with
those who may be affected by our activities.

 

Safe operations in all
company activities is a core value. If operational results and safety ever come into conflict, we all have a responsibility to
choose safety over operational results and Talisman will support that choice.

 

Workplace
health and safety and environmental protection are responsibilities shared by every member of the Talisman workforce. Our leaders
create the capacity for effective individual performance through role clarification, training, and competency verification, and
they are expected to lead by example.

 

For additional information,
please refer to the Health, Safety and Environment Policy and the Protocol for reporting High – Profile HSE Incidents.

 

		5	EMPLOYEE
                                         PRACTICES 

 

Talisman
recognizes that it must earn the loyalty that it expects from its employees. Talisman is committed to treating its employees ethically
and fairly. In particular, Talisman strives, in conjunction with local legal requirements, to ensure the following:

 

no
discrimination on the basis of gender, physical or mental disability, age, marital status, family status, sexual orientation,
religious belief, race, colour, ancestry or place of origin;

 

consistency
with universally accepted standards related to exploitation of child and / or forced or compulsory labour;

 

freedom of association
and collective bargaining;

 

fair and competitive compensation;

 

promotion of a harassment-free
workplace;

 

confidentiality of employee
records; and

 

compliance with local employment
laws in conjunction with internationally recognized best practices.

 

All employees, and particularly
Managers, must maintain and promote these principles in their hiring practices and in their relationships with other employees.
Talisman expects all contactors to comply with these practices.

 

For additional information,
please refer to the Canadian Privacy Policy and your local policies and procedures.

 

		6	HUMAN
                                         RIGHTS 

 

Talisman
will conduct its business activities with integrity and will show respect for human dignity and the rights of the individual,
based on the following principles:

 

		6.1	Promoting
                                         respect for the Universal Declaration of Human Rights 

 

Talisman
supports the principles of, and will promote respect for, the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. We will lead by example,
demonstrating values of tolerance and respect in the conduct of our operations.

 

		6.2	Reviewing
                                         potential human rights issues and their relationship to our operations 

 

Talisman
will review the human rights climate of countries and regions when proposing, planning and implementing new investments and projects.
Talisman will review associated potential human rights issues and their relationship to our ongoing operations. Talisman will
liaise with stakeholders to identify such potential issues.

 

    	124 of 156

    	 

    

 

		6.3	Addressing
                                         human rights concerns within our sphere of influence 

 

Talisman
will promote adherence to and respect for human rights principles in our areas of operation and will not be complicit in human
rights abuses. We will strive to advance best practices with host governments, partners and third parties and we will seek consistency
with our Security Policy and Guidelines, which has been based on the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights.

 

		6.4	Respecting
                                         the diverse cultures and perspectives of indigenous peoples 

 

Talisman
recognizes and respects the diverse cultures and perspectives of indigenous peoples. We will work with indigenous communities
in all countries where we operate to better understand each other’s cultures, perspectives and values. We recognize that
our activities have the potential to overlap with the use of lands by indigenous or tribal peoples and that they should be consulted
on decisions affecting rights to use lands and resources.

 

		7	COMMUNITY
                                         RELATIONS 

 

Talisman’s
approach to community relationships is based on the principles described in our Global Community Relations Policy (GCRP). The
GCRP recognizes cultural diversity and the potentially differing needs and aspirations of different communities, including those
of indigenous and tribal peoples. The GCRP responds to the expectation that others have of Talisman: that we will assess and understand
the cultural and economic context in which we are working; that we will do no harm; and that we will enhance social and economic
well–being. Please refer to the GCRP. Talisman believes that being a responsible and welcome member of the communities in
which we operate is an essential part of our business strategy. Strong and transparent relationships with communities, based on
trust and respect, allow the Company to effectively and efficiently carry out operations to the mutual benefit of the Company
and our neighbours.

 

		8	ENSURING
                                         COMPLIANCE WITH THIS POLICY 

 

		8.1	Compliance
                                         Certificates 

 

As
part of the effort to ensure compliance with this Policy, all employees, officers, directors and independent contract workers
are required to complete Talisman’s Online Ethics Awareness Training and a Compliance Certificate on a yearly basis certifying
observance with this Policy.

 

The
President and Chief Executive Officer and each member of the Board of Directors shall complete a Certificate and provide it to
the Chairman of the Board of Directors. Employees whose positions may include involvement with foreign operations will be notified
if additional Compliance Certificates are required to ensure compliance with anti-bribery legislation.

 

		8.2	Questions
                                         

 

If
you have any questions regarding this Policy, you are encouraged to speak to your Supervisor or Manager. In addition, a Vice President
in the Legal Department, the Vice President Audit or an Executive Officer, whether the Executive Officer to whom you report, or
the Executive Officer functionally responsible for the matter in question, is available to answer questions or concerns relating
to this Policy.

 

		8.3	Reports
                                         

 

Talisman
values open and honest communication with its internal and external stakeholders. The Company understands that even though reporting
an observed breach of this Policy may be a requirement, it is not always easy. Talisman welcomes you to raise your concerns in
a number of ways, such as speaking with your Supervisor, Manager, Country Manager, Executive Vice President or by making a report
via the Integrity Matters hotline.

 

		8.4	Integrity
                                         Matters - Talisman’s Hotline 

 

You
are encouraged to utilize Integrity Matters as an alternative method of reporting any perceived breaches of the PBCE. The third
party operated hotline can be reached by telephone at 1-877-213-1029 anywhere in Canada or the United States. Contact information
and special directions to reach the Integrity Matters hotline from other countries where Talisman has operations can be found
at www.talisman-energy.com. Reports can also be made electronically through the Internet at www.ethicspoint.com or through Talisman’s
internal and external websites.

 

    	125 of 156

    	 

    

 

All
reports made in good faith and in the context of a breach of Policy are reviewed in accordance with Talisman’s Global Investigation
Policy. You may submit such a report or observation with the knowledge that the Company values your good faith actions and will
not tolerate retaliation of any kind. Anonymity of the reporter will be maintained where permissible by law and as requested by
the reporter. All reports and questions will be treated in confidence. Information will be shared with only those persons who
need to know.

 

		8.5	Waivers
                                         

 

The
Governance and Nominating Committee of the Company's Board of Directors must approve any waiver of any of the provisions of this
Policy for a Director or an Executive Officer. Material departures from this Policy by a Director or Executive Officer which constitute
a material change to the Company will be promptly disclosed to shareholders.

 

		8.6	Discipline
                                         

 

Breaches
of this Policy will be dealt with in accordance with the Company’s Progressive Discipline Procedure.

 

    	126 of 156

    	 

    

 

Exhibit
“D-6”

 

GOLDEN
RULES FOR SAFE OPERATIONS

 

(TLM
Safety Culture Global Standard)

 

		Introducing
        the Talisman

         

        Golden
        Rules for Safe Operations
	 

 

Safety
is one of our core values, aimed at creating working conditions where we cause no harm to people. In March 2010, we introduced
the 10 Golden Rules for Safe Operations. These rules are to help ensure that everyone working at Talisman goes home safely every
day.

 

Everyone
working at a Talisman site (including our partners and contractors) is expected to know and abide by the Golden Rules. They have
been developed with the full participation of all our operations and have been extensively discussed with both the executive leadership
and our Board.

 

If
a procedure or rule is not workable or clear, you are responsible to stop and seek clarification. It is our expectation that office
employees also learn about and be aware of the Golden Rules, and abide by those rules which apply to their work situation.

 

We
are making great progress in improving our safety performance, and I am grateful to you for your focus on safety to date. The
Golden Rules will help us build on our achievements and help us on our journey to become a top quartile safety performer.

 

John A. Manzoni

President and Chief
Executive Officer

 

 

    	127 of 156

    	 

    

 

Exhibit
“D-7”

 

HSE
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM QUESTIONNAIRE

 

FORM
5 – HSE CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT

 

GUIDELINES FOR BIDDER FOR PREPARATION
OF RESPONSE TO QUESTIONNAIRE

 

		1.	The purpose
                                         of this Questionnaire is to obtain information required to assess the extent to which
                                         HSE and its management are organised by your company.

 

		2.	Answers should
                                         cover all relevant activities and not only those conducted on Company sites.

 

		3.	Please answer
                                         each question fully. Company wishes to stress that answers are to be substantiated by
                                         submitting the supporting documentation listed below. Responses and any supporting documentation
                                         must relate specifically to the policy and organisational arrangements of the bidder
                                         that would be the signatory of any contract.

 

		4.	Your submission
                                         will be assessed and its value will be taken into consideration in the evaluation process
                                         leading to a contract award decision.

 

		5.	Following
                                         receipts of your submission, we may wish to further clarify responses at a mutual convenient
                                         time. Company also reserves the right to conduct site inspections to verify the supporting
                                         evidence submitted.

 

		6.	Your answers
                                         to these questions will form an integral part of any Contract entered into between Company
                                         and your company as a result of this HSE questionnaire.

 

PROJECT SPECIFIC HSE PLAN

 

Bidder MUST
supply a draft Project Specific HSE Plan consistent with the requirements defined in Part 5.2 of the Contract Section VII HSE
Requirements.

  

    	128 of 156

    	 

    

 

HSE QUALIFICATION QUESTIONNAIRE

 

	Element
    1: Leadership and commitment	 	 
	Item
    1.1 - Commitment to HSE through leadership:	 	 
	a)
    Are senior managers personally involved in HSE management?	 ̈  Yes	 ̈  No
	b)
    Is there evidence of commitment at all levels of the organization?	 ̈  Yes	 ̈  No
	c)
    Is there a positive culture on HSE issues?	 ̈  Yes	 ̈  No
	If
    the answer to one or more items is YES, please provide details.	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	Element
    2: Policy and strategic objectives
	Item
    2.1 - HSE policy, access and responsibility:
	a)
    Do you have a corporate HSE policy document? Do you have clearly stated HSE goals? If the answer is YES, please attach a copy.	 ̈      Yes	 ̈     No
	b)
    Who has overall and ultimate HSE responsibility in the organization?
	 
	c)
    Who is the most senior manager in the organization with responsibility for ensuring your HSE policy is observed in the workplace
    and at Sites where your employees are working? Specify name, title and experience.
	 
	d)
    Describe the methods used to inform all employees about your HSE policy.
	 
	e)
    How are employees informed of changes to this policy?
	 
	Item
    2.2 – Policy on Incidents and Losses:
	What
    is your formal policy on avoiding Incidents and Losses?
	 
	Item
    2.3 – Policy on disciplinary actions related to violation of HSE rules or lack of procedural adherence resulting in
    HSSE/OI related incidents:
	What
    is your formal policy on disciplinary actions related to violation of HSE rules or lack of procedural adherence?
	 
	Element
    3: Organization, resources and documentation
	Item
    3.1 – Employee contribution:
	How
    do you provide for employee contribution when developing its HSE culture and HSE management system?
	 
	Item
    3.2 - Organization and communication:

 

    	129 of 156

    	 

    

  

	How
    is your Company structured to achieve effective HSE management and communication?
	 
	Item
    3.3 - HSE training of managers and supervisors:
	a)
    Has formal training been provided for managers and supervisors who will
    plan, supervise, check and implement the Work so that all, regardless
    of management level, are familiar with their responsibility for
    ensuring the Work is done in accordance with HSE requirements?	 ̈  Yes	 ̈  No
	 	 	 
	b)
    Does this training embrace relevant topics on health, the working environment,
    safety and the environment? If YES, provide details. Describe
    the content and duration of courses if your Company provides
    in-house training.	 ̈  Yes	 ̈  No
	 	 	 
	Item
    3.4 - Personnel HSE induction program:
	a)
    What arrangements have been made to ensure new employees are familiar with basic industrial HSE, and that this knowledge is
    kept up to date?
	 
	b)
    What arrangements do you have for ensuring new employees are informed about possible problem areas and specific hazards inherent
    in the activity?
	 
	Item
    3.5 - HSE training program:
	a)
    What training is provided by your Company to ensure personnel involved are familiar with all applicable, formal requirements,
    and the HSE knowledge is kept up to date for all personnel?
	 
	b)
    What arrangements are in place for emergency response training?
	 
	Item
    3.6 - Specialized training:
	Have
    you identified activities which call for special training to handle potential
    hazards? If the answer is YES, provide details of the training given.	 ̈  Yes	 ̈  No
	 	 	 
	Item
    3.7 - Rules, regulations, standards and requirements:	 	 
	a)
    Is there a clear explanation of the formal requirements which your Company
    shall meet?	 ̈  Yes	 ̈  No
	 	 	 
	b)
    How do you ensure these requirements are observed and verified?	 	 
	 	 	 
	c)
    Is there an overall structure for disseminating rules, regulations, standards
    and Company requirements, and for improving internal governing
    documentation?	 ̈  Yes	 ̈  No
	Item
    3.8 - Assessing the suitability of Subcontractors:	 
	a)
    How do you assess Subcontractors for HSE policy, HSE expertise and HSE results?
	 

 

    	130 of 156

    	 

    

  

	b)
    Are the standards and requirements which your Company requires to be
    met clearly set out, and if so, where?	 ̈  Yes	 ̈  No
	 
	c)
    How do you ensure these standards and requirements are observed and verified?
	 
	Element
    4: Evaluation and risk management
	Item
    4.1 - Risk assessment:
	What
    techniques are used by your Company to identify and assess potential risk to personnel, the environment and assets?
	 
	Item
    4.2 – Security management:
	What
    systems do you have in place to protect the Company against security threats related to the Work?
	 
	Item
    4.3 – Sickness absence:
	What
    routines do you have for monitoring and preventing sickness absence?
	 
	Item
    4.4 – Work related illness:
	What
    routines do you have for monitoring and preventing work related illness?
	 
	Item
    4.5 – Working environment surveys:
	How
    do you carry out scheduled working environment surveys, and how are these followed up?
	 
	Item
    4.6 – Use of overtime:
	How
    do you ensure required restitution time is provided and extensive use of overtime does not become a working environment burden
    for its employees?
	 
	Item
    4.7 – Chemicals:
	How
    do you evaluate the health risks presented by the use, transport and disposal of chemicals?
	 
	Item
    4.8 – HSE data sheets:
	How
    do you ensure the quality of its Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)?
	 
	Item
    4.9 - Personal protective equipment (PPE):
	What
    systems do you have for provision and upkeep of PPE, both standard issue and items required for specialized activities?
	 
	Item
    4.10 - Environmental Management System (EMS):

 

    	131 of 156

    	 

    

  

	Is
    the EMS based on a recognized international standard?	 ̈  Yes	 ̈  No
	 
	Item
    4.11 - Environmental impact assessment and monitoring:
	How
    do you evaluate and monitor the environmental impact of the Work done, and how is this information used to minimize possible
    negative effects?
	 
	Item
    4.12 - Selection of environmentally optimal solutions:
	Do
    you operate a system that clearly identifies the best available environmental solutions? How are such evaluations documented?
	 
	Item
    4.13 - The environment and management documentation:
	Has
    your Company included environmental aspects in management documentation, including operational procedures?	 ̈  Yes	 ̈  No
	 
	Item
    4.14 - Waste management:
	Do
    you have established systems for identifying, classifying, managing and
    reducing waste? If YES, please describe.	 ̈  Yes	 ̈  No
	 	 	 
	Item
    4.15 – Environmental properties of chemicals due to be discharged:	 	 
	Do
    you have ecotoxicological data which meet official requirements for the
    chemicals due to be discharged? If YES, please describe.	 ̈  Yes	 ̈  No
	 	 	 
	Item
    4.16 - Use of potentially environmentally harmful chemicals:
	How
    do you ensure minimal use is made of chemicals which are potentially harmful to the environment? Are
    possible measures documented in environmental action plans or HSE programs?
	 
	Element
    5: Planning and procedures
	Item
    5.1 - HSE working practices:
	How
    do you ensure work instructions and procedures are aligned with its HSE management system and
    policy?
	 
	Item
    5.2 - HSE program:
	Do
    you have formal procedures or set practices for establishing and implementing
    contract-specific HSE programs? If YES, please provide details
    and describe how these procedures are presented to clients.	 ̈  Yes	 ̈  No
	 
	Item
    5.3 - Equipment control and maintenance:

 

    	132 of 156

    	 

    

  

	How
    do you ensure plant and equipment used by its employees at the Company’s premises, on Site or elsewhere are correctly
    registered, inspected and maintained in a safe working condition?
	 
	Item
    5.4 – Emergency preparedness:
	a)
    How do you provide for required notification in the event of a hazardous condition or an Incident?
	 
	b)
    What systems are established by your Company to provide immediate and long-term care for employees and relatives in the event
    of a hazardous condition or an Incident?
	 
	Element
    6: Implementation and performance monitoring
	Item
    6.1 - Supervision and monitoring of work activities
	a)
    What arrangements do you have for supervising and monitoring its operations from an HSE point of view?
	 
	b)
    What arrangements do you have for passing on possible results and findings from such supervision and monitoring to base management
    and to employees on site?
	 
	Item
    6.2 – History of undesirable events/hazardous conditions:
	Have
    you or any of your Subcontractors caused any notifiable events (safety,
    occupational health or environmental) over the past five years? If YES,
    please provide details, including dates, the most frequent types of event,
    causes and any preventive follow-up measures implemented.	 ̈  Yes	 ̈  No
	 
	Item
    6.3 - Reporting events with a high loss potential:
	How
    do you identify undesirable events with a high loss potential, and how are these followed up?
	 
	Item
    6.4 - Reporting personnel injuries:
	a)
    Which parameters are used by your Company to monitor injuries suffered by employees?
	 
	b)
    Has your Company developed procedures for alternative work? If YES,
    please provide details.	 ̈  Yes	 ̈  No
	 	 	 
	Item
    6.5 - Incident follow-up systems:
	What
    systems does the Contactor have for following up undesirable events?
	 
	Item
    6.6 – Occupational health:
	a)
    How do you monitor the working environment on a daily basis, and how are the results of such monitoring followed up?

 

    	133 of 156

    	 

    

 

	b)
    How are employees informed of possible health hazards they might encounter during the Work?
	 
	Item
    6.7 - HSE performance indicators:
	What
    types of HSE key performance indicators (KPIs) do you apply, and why were these indicators chosen?
	 
	Item
    6.8 - Handling non-conformances:
	How
    do you deal with and report non-conformance with procedures, specifications, standards, contractual requirements, and official
    rules and regulations?
	 
	Item
    6.9 - Experience transfer:
	What
    arrangements do you have for ensuring lessons learned are systematically applied in future work, and which issues are addressed?
	 
	Item
    6.10 - Investigation and reporting of Major Incidents:
	a)
    Who heads investigations into undesirable events?
	 
	b)
    How are findings from investigations or undesirable events that occur
    elsewhere communicated to employees?
	 
	Element
    7: Auditing and reviewing
	Item
    7.1 - Auditing and reviewing:
	a)
    Do you have documented processes in place for its audit and review activities,
    which include its Subcontractors? If YES, please describe	 ̈  Yes	 ̈  No
	 
	b)
    Which methods are being used to prioritize audits and reviews?
	 
	c)
    How are the audits and reviews followed up by management?
	 

 

    	134 of 156

    	 

    

  

PROVIDE HSE PERFORMANCE STATISTICS
for the past THREE YEARS

 

	 	 	FOR
    last (months)
	 	ACTIVITIES	12	24	36
	1.	Average
    number of employees assigned to COMPANY	 	 	 
	2.	Manhours
    worked (include subcontractors, if any)	 	 	 
	3.	Manhours
    worked since last Loss Time Injury	 	 	 
	4.	Number
    of lost time injuries (LTIs)	 	 	 
	5.	Number
    of lost workdays due to LTIs	 	 	 
	6.	Total
    Recordable Injuries (TRI)	 	 	 
	7.	LTIf
    = Total Number of LTI’s x 1,000,000	 	 	 
	 	Total
    Man-hours	 	 	 
	8.	TRIf
    = Total Number of TRI’s x 1,000,000	 	 	 
	 	Total
    Man-hours	 	 	 
	9.	LTI
    Severity Rate = Total Number of Days Lost x
    1,000,000	 	 	 
	 	Total
    Man-hours	 	 	 

 

NOTE: Please include your company
definitions of the above-mentioned terms. For clarification refer to the OGP Safety Performance Accident Data Report

 

    	135 of 156

    	 

    

 

	 	HSE
    BRIDGING DOCUMENT	CONTRACTOR
    LOGO
	TALISMAN
    –PROJECT NAME

 

Exhibit “D-8”

 

HSE INTERFACE
DOCUMENT TEMPLATE

 

(See attached)

 

    	136 of 156

    	 

    

 

		HSE BRIDGING DOCUMENT	CONTRACTOR
    LOGO
	TALISMAN – PROJECT NAME

 

CONTRACTOR
LOGO

 

 

TALISMAN
ENTITY –

FULLNAME
OF CONTRACTOR

(CONTRACTOR'S
ABBREV)

PROJECT
NAME

HSE
Bridging Document

 

	This document contains fields.
        You can enter all the information when the document opens or hit cancel and enter the information the first time you encounter
        a grey highlighted field. To edit, place your cursor inside the text of the first occurrence of the field and press F9.
        Enter the applicable text and click OK. Everywhere else that field is used will be automatically updated when you go to
        Print Preview or Print (please delete this note first).

         

        The fields are:

        Talisman Entity
        (Please note “Talisman” is the abbreviation used throughout)

        Contractor’s
        Full Name

        Contractor Abbreviation

        Project Name

        Country

        Talisman Representatives

         

        Please insert the Contractor’s
        Logo and any other information that is highlighted in red.

 

    	137 of 156

    	 

    

 

		HSE BRIDGING DOCUMENT	CONTRACTOR
    LOGO
	TALISMAN – PROJECT NAME

 

	PREPARATION
    & APPROVAL
	 	Name	Title	Date	Signature
	Author	 	 	 	 
	Author	 	 	 	 
	Reviewer	 	 	 	 
	Reviewer	 	 	 	 
	Reviewer	 	 	 	 
	Reviewer	 	 	 	 
	Approver	 	 	 	 
	Approver	 	 	 	 
	Approver	 	 	 	 
	Approver	 	 	 	 
	CHANGES
    TO THIS DOCUMENT SHALL ONLY BE MADE BY THE AUTHOR UNDER A MOC PROCEDURE

 

	ISSUE
    SUMMARY
	ISSUE	 	 
	NUMBER	DATE	DESCRIPTION
    OF REVISION OR AMENDMENT
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 

 

    	138 of 156

    	 

    

 

		HSE BRIDGING DOCUMENT	CONTRACTOR
    LOGO
	TALISMAN – PROJECT NAME

 

	DISTRIBUTION  (E=Electronic
    copy)
	 	 	LOCATION
    /	 
	NAME	FUNCTION	COMPANY	Copies
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	TOTAL
    Paper Copies:	 

 

    	139 of 156

    	 

    

 

		HSE BRIDGING DOCUMENT	CONTRACTOR
    LOGO
	TALISMAN – PROJECT NAME

 

 

    	140 of 156

    	 

    

 

		HSE BRIDGING DOCUMENT	CONTRACTOR
    LOGO
	TALISMAN – PROJECT NAME

 

INCLUDE CONTRACTOR’S HSE POLICY

 

    	141 of 156

    	 

    

 

		HSE BRIDGING DOCUMENT	CONTRACTOR
    LOGO
	TALISMAN – PROJECT NAME

 

		1	INTRODUCTION

 

TALISMAN ENTITY (Talisman)
has contracted Fullname Of Contractor , (CONTRACTOR'S ABBREV) for Project description

 

This
Talisman – CONTRACTOR'S ABBREV HSE Bridging Document has been prepared to address Project Name HSE Project-specific bridging
areas between Talisman and CONTRACTOR'S ABBREV. Both Talisman and CONTRACTOR'S ABBREV operate company-specific HSE management
systems. For operations to proceed efficiently and safely, it is necessary to integrate both systems.

 

Talisman
reviewed the CONTRACTOR'S ABBREV HSE MS against HSE components of Talisman’s Operating Management System (TOMS) and found
the CONTRACTOR'S ABBREV HSE MS acceptable for use during the Project Name.

 

This document follows
the framework established in the Talisman Global Standard of Contractor HSE Management (HSEOI-STD-07-01) for Tier 1 contractors.

 

This document will be
agreed to by both parties involved and categorizes the division of responsibilities which will ensure a safe operation under the
contract conditions.

 

		2	HSE
                                         OBJECTIVEShse objectives 

 

Talisman
and CONTRACTOR'S ABBREV’s HSE objectives are aligned with each other, with the goal of continual improvement and development.
Talisman and CONTRACTOR'S ABBREV’s senior management will cooperate to lead and engage the workforce in meeting HSE goals,
implementing HSE improvement programs and demonstrate their management commitment.

 

INCLUDE
TALISMAN AND CONTRACTOR HSE OBJECTIVES AND GOALS FOR THE PROJECT 

 

		3	ORGANIZATION
                                         

 

All
Talisman, Contractor and Third Party employees have an obligation to participate in HSE management as defined in this Talisman–CONTRACTOR'S
ABBREV HSE Bridging Document. It is important that each individual understand their particular roles and responsibilities.

 

The
key levels at which Talisman and CONTRACTOR'S ABBREV will interface are shown in the Interface Organization Chart (see Figure
2). Detailed roles and responsibilities for key positions are provided in Appendix A1.

 

Figure
2: Interface Organization Chart (insert below)

 

		3.1	Talisman’s
                                         Responsibilities and Accountability 

 

Talisman
is responsible and accountable for ensuring that CONTRACTOR'S ABBREV and all subcontractors fulfils its pledges and responsibilities
as identified above and that the HSE objectives Project Name are fulfilled.

 

These
responsibilities will be implemented through sound HSE management and a due diligence process that ensures all stakeholders are
familiar with and understand their responsibilities.

 

		3.2	CONTRACTOR'S
                                         ABBREV’s Responsibilities and Accountability 

 

Contractor
is responsible and accountable to Talisman and to Country’s regulations for:

 

		·	the
                                         safe execution of the well; 

 

		·	compliance
                                         with HSE legislation; 

 

    	142 of 156

    	 

    

 

		HSE BRIDGING DOCUMENT	CONTRACTOR
    LOGO
	TALISMAN – PROJECT NAME

 

		·	the
                                         HSE arrangements at the rig (including emergency and Onboard spill response) 

 

		·	the
                                         safety of persons, property, operation, and adjacent environment(s) of the area. 

 

		3.4	CONTRACTOR'S
                                         ABBREV Management and 3rd Party Management 

 

		·	Communicate
                                         HSE vision and expectation to employees. 

 

		·	Demonstrate
                                         appropriate HSE leadership behaviour in support of this document. 

 

		·	Manage
                                         its 3rd party contractors and subcontractors. 

 

		·	Resolve
                                         conflicting policies and promote ownership of HSE plans and procedures. 

 

		·	Provides
                                         required resources and training to meet the HSE objectives 

 

		4	ENVIRONMENTAL
                                         MANAGEMENT PLAN 

 

The
Project will follow the Environmental Protection Agency – ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN approved Environmental Management
Plan (EMP). The EMP describes environmental requirements that CONTRACTOR'S ABBREV must adhere to during the Project Name.

 

		5	TALISMAN’S
                                         PERFORMANCE INDICATORS (PI) 

 

The
Project Name will follow (in addition to CONTRACTOR'S ABBREV’s HSE performance indicators) Talisman’s performance
indicators as described in the following table. These indicators will be included in the periodic CONTRACTOR'S ABBREV reports
from the rig.

 

	 	Reporting
    Frequency
	Number
    of fatalities:	Daily, Week,
    Monthly
	Employees,
    contractors, third parties	 
	Number
    of lost time injuries (LTIs):	Daily, Week,
    Monthly
	employees,
    contractors	 
	Number
    of restricted work day cases (RWCs):	Daily, Week,
    Monthly
	employees,
    contractors	 
	Number
    of medical treatment cases (MTCs):	Daily, Week,
    Monthly
	employees,
    contractors	 
	Number
    of first aid cases (FACs):	Daily, Week,
    Monthly
	employees,
    contractors	 
	Number
    of near misses:	Daily, Week,
    Monthly
	employees,
    contractors	 
	Number
    of high-profile incidents (HPIs):	Daily, Week,
    Monthly
	employees,
    contractors	 
	Number
    of exposure hours:	Monthly
	employees,
    contractors	 
	Number
    of overdue actions from high-profile incidents (HPIs)	Monthly
	Number
    of hydrocarbon spills (≥ 0.5 barrel) 	Daily, Week,
    Monthly
	Total
    volume of hydrocarbon spills (≥ 0.5 barrel) 	 
	Number
    of other spills (≥ 0.5 barrel) 	 
	Total
    volume of other spills (≥ 0.5 barrel) 	 
	Number
    of unintentional hydrocarbon releases (gas)	Daily, Week,
    Monthly
	Number
    of unintentional hydrocarbon releases (liquid)	 
	Number
    of regulatory HSE/OA audits and inspections	Daily, Week,
    Monthly
	Number
    of notices of non-compliance	 
	Number
    of administrative orders	 
	Number
    of judicial actions	 

 

    	143 of 156

    	 

    

 

		HSE BRIDGING DOCUMENT	CONTRACTOR
    LOGO
	TALISMAN – PROJECT NAME

 

		6	INCIDENT
                                         REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION PROCESS 

 

Verbal
report (immediate): All work site incidents must be reported to the Talisman’s Representatives
([insert Names of Reps]) immediately. The incidents will be reported to Talisman following the TSLBV Incident Classification
Matrix (see Appendix 2).

 

Written
report (less than 12 hours): The contractor has 12 hours to report the incident to Talisman’s
Representatives in the CONTRACTOR'S ABBREV’s incident report template. The Talisman HSE Coordinator will complete the Talisman
Incident report form (see Appendix 3).

 

High
Profile Incident (HPI) is an Incident classified as a critical Incident, potential critical Incident, or Major Incident according
to the Talisman Incident Classification Matrix (see Appendix 2). All high profile incidents will be investigated also by Talisman
with contractor support. The Talisman investigation team will use TapRooT® for root-cause analysis of high-profile,
serious and potential major incidents.

 

Non-High
Profile Incidents will be investigated by Contractor with Talisman oversight.

 

		7	EMERGENCY
                                         RESPONSE AND MEDEVAC (Depending project) 

 

Talisman’s
response priorities in order of importance are:

 

		·	People
                                         (workers, public) 

 

		·	Environment
                                         (sea. air) 

 

		·	Property
                                         (company, private and public) 

 

The Project Name will follow
CONTRACTOR'S ABBREV Emergency Response Plan for the employees and contractors on the rig.

 

Talisman’s Emergency
Response Plan (ERP) and Medical Emergency Response Plan (MERP) will be used for Talisman employees and direct contractors.

 

ADJUST

 

In case of oil spill Tier
1, CONTRACTOR'S ABBREV Oil Spill Contingency Plan will be used.(inboard)

 

In case of oil spills Tier
2 and 3, Talisman Oil Spill Contingency Plan will be used.

 

		8	CONCURRENCE
                                         STATEMENT 

 

The
Project Name HSE management system detailed in this HSE Bridging Document is to remain in place for the duration of the operations
or until such time as this HSE Bridging Document is re-issued because of a change, following the Talisman Management of Change
procedure.

 

It
is the responsibility of the Talisman and CONTRACTOR'S ABBREV to ensure that this HSE Bridging Document is subject to detailed
review and revision upon significant changes in the work program.

 

This
HSE Bridging Document is acceptable to the respective companies, as acknowledged by the signatures on page 2.

 

    	144 of 156

    	 

    

 

	 	Error!
        No text of specified style in document.

         

        TALISMAN
        - TALISMAN - PROJECT NAME
	 

        CONTRACTOR
        LOGO

         

 

		9	HSE BRIDGING ELEMENTS

 

	 	 	System Primacy	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	(Talisman,	 	Governing Documentation	 	 	 	 
	HSE
    Element	 	Contractor
    or Joint)	 	TALISMAN
	 	CONTRACTOR'S
    ABBREV	 	Comments
    and Follow-up
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	1. Set Interfacing Policy/Objectives	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	HSE Policies	 	JOINT	 	Talisman Global HSE Policy and Golden Rules (Video
    or presentation)	 	 	 	Talisman HSE Policy and Golden rules video or presentation
    will be included in new employee training matrix and for existing employees before starting operations.
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Talisman and contractor
    HSE objectives	 	JOINT	 	Included in this document	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Major risk controls	 	CONTRACTOR'S ABBREV	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Joint statement of commitment	 	JOINT	 	 	 	 	 	The signature of this HSE Bridging Document by both
    Talisman and Stena senior management means acceptance and commitment to full implementation.
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Mobilization HSE capability	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	2. Organization	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Contractor sponsor (TSLBV)	 	TSLBV	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Contractor liaison (Contractor)	 	CONTRACTOR'S ABBREV	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Roles and responsibilities	 	JOINT	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	HSE Communication of
    interfacing arrangements to workforce	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

  

    	145 of 156

    	 

    

 

	 	Error!
        No text of specified style in document.

         

        TALISMAN
        - TALISMAN - PROJECT NAME
	 

        CONTRACTOR
        LOGO

         

  

	 	 	System Primacy	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	(Talisman,	 	Governing Documentation	 	 	 	 
	HSE
    Element	 	Contractor
    or Joint)	 	TALISMAN
	 	CONTRACTOR'S
    ABBREV	 	Comments
    and Follow-up
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	3. Planned Work Standards	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Hazard identification and risk control process in
    place	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Behavioural Based Systems	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Task-control documents (procedures, rules and practices)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Task risk assessment and/or job safety analyses	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Talisman’s Golden Rules (Include the name of
    the procedure to be used according to each rule):	 	JOINT	 	Talisman’s
    Golden Rules for Safe Operations	 	 	 	Talisman
    Golden Rules (Video) will be included in the HSE initial training for all personnel.
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	oil, gas and chemical leaks	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	risk assessment	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	permit to work	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	energy sources isolation	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	safe lifting operations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	confined space entry	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	work at height	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	dropped objects	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

        operate
        vehicles safely
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	control ground disturbance	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Disciplinary action policy/procedure for HSE violations	 	JOINT
    	 	Talisman
    Safety Culture Standard (Just Culture)	 	 	 	 

 

    	146 of 156

    	 

    

 

	 	Error!
        No text of specified style in document.

         

        TALISMAN
        - TALISMAN - PROJECT NAME
	 

        CONTRACTOR
        LOGO

         

 

	 	 	System Primacy	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	(Talisman,	 	Governing Documentation	 	 	 	 
	HSE
    Element	 	Contractor
    or Joint)	 	TALISMAN
	 	CONTRACTOR'S
    ABBREV	 	Comments
    and Follow-up
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	3. Planned Work Standards (cont’d)	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Management of change process for changes related to the HSE Bridging Document, key personnel,
    critical tasks and equipment modifications	 	JOINT	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Managing subcontractors	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Managing new and inexperienced workers	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Worker training and competence development programs	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Emergency response and Medevac capability	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Provision of support vessel (PSVs) + suitable Stand-by vessel	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Incident reporting and investigation process with
    closure for addressing corrective actions	 	JOINT	 	Talisman
    will use TapRoot for High Profile Incidents	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Occupational health: Hygiene Management program,
    health surveillance, malaria prevention and management.	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Fitness to work	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Camp Living Conditions, Food and water handling.	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

    	147 of 156

    	 

    

 

	 	Error!
        No text of specified style in document.

         

        TALISMAN
        - TALISMAN - PROJECT NAME
	 

        CONTRACTOR
        LOGO

         

 

	 	 	System Primacy	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	(Talisman,	 	Governing Documentation	 	 	 	 
	HSE
    Element	 	Contractor
    or Joint)	 	TALISMAN	 	CONTRACTOR'S
    ABBREV	 	Comments
    and Follow-up
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	3. Planned Work Standards (cont’d)	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Pre-assignment medical assessment, onsite medical,
    first aid services (personnel and equipment).	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Weapons, Drugs and Alcohol policies are in place	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Community and social responsibility is addressed	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Environmental protection systems: Environmental management
    plan (EMP) Worksite, chemical and fluid, Spills, Waste, Water, Air quality and noise management Flora and fauna protection
    and management Abandonment Reclamation, etc.	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Aviation Safety: Standards and/or SOPs to follow
    for Air transport of personnel and cargo	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	4. Measure Performance	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	HSE monitoring program	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Process for capturing and implementing improvement
    initiatives	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

  

    	148 of 156

    	 

    

 

	 	Error!
        No text of specified style in document.

         

        TALISMAN
        - TALISMAN - PROJECT NAME
	 

        CONTRACTOR
        LOGO

         

 

	 	 	System Primacy	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	(Talisman,	 	Governing Documentation	 	 	 	 
	HSE
    Element	 	Contractor
    or Joint)	 	TALISMAN	 	CONTRACTOR'S
    ABBREV	 	Comments
    and Follow-up
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	4. Measure Performance cont’d	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Inspection and/or audits schedule and action plan
    follow up	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Effectiveness of interfacing arrangements	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Management reviews targets and improvement plans	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

  

    	149 of 156

    	 

    

 

	 	Error!
        No text of specified style in document.

         

        TALISMAN
        - TALISMAN - PROJECT NAME
	 

        CONTRACTOR
        LOGO

         

 

Appendices

 

		A1	Talisman and CONTRACTOR'S
                                         ABBREV HSE Roles and Responsibilities

 

		A2	Talisman Incident Classification
                                         Matrix

 

	Broad Category	 	Health / Safety	 	Environment	 	Process Safety / Business
    Loss / Community Impact / Reputation	 	 
	Sub Category	 	 	 	 	 	Unintentional	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Incident	 	Personal Injury /	 	Environmental	 	Hydrocarbon
    Release	 	 	 	Community	 	 	 	 
	Classification	 	Illness	 	Releases	 	Liquid		Gas	 	Business
    Loss	 	Impact	 	Reputation	 	Regulatory
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Critical Incident	 	Fatality or multiple Fatalities	 	Acute damage resulting in long-term (>five
    years) environmental management.	 	Leak which measured > 9,000kg	 	Leak which measured > 1,000kg	 	Total cost of Incident > $10 million
    USD	 	International Public concern or
    disruption and/or international media attention	 	Infraction resulting in Judicial Action;
    or adverse risk to license to operate
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Major Incident	 	Major Injury or Permanent Disablement	 	Acute damage resulting in mid-term (one
    to five years) environmental management.	 	Leak which measured <
    9,000 kg and > 60 kg	 	Leak which measured < 1,000
    kg and > 300 kg	 	Total cost of Incident > $1 million
    USD	 	National Public concern or disruption
    and/or national media attention	 	Infraction resulting in Administrative Order
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Serious Incident	 	Lost Work Day Case (LWDC)	 	Acute damage resulting in short-term (<
    one year) environmental management.	 	Leak which measured <
    60 kg and > 10 kg	 	Leak which measured < 300
    kg and > 1 kg	 	Total cost of Incident > $100,000
    USD	 	Area Public concern or disruption
    and/or area media attention	 	Infraction resulting in Notice of Non-
    Compliance or active onsite regulatory investigation
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Minor Incident	 	Restricted Work Day Case (RWDC) or
    Medical Treatment Case (MTC)	 	Temporary damage; minimal and quick
    clean up efforts.	 	Leak which measured <
    10kg	 	Leak which measured < 1kg	 	Total cost of Incident > $10,000
    USD	 	Local Public concern or disruption
    and/or local media attention	 	Infraction resulting in Warning
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Negligible Incident	 	First aid treatment
    or (for Illness) other not involving LWDC, RWDC or MTC	 	Unintended release
    of non-damaging material; none or minimal clean-up required.	 	NA 	 	NA 	 	Total cost of Incident < $10,000 USD	 	Local Public awareness, but
    no concern	 	Self disclosure or
    compliance item immediately corrected.
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Near Miss        	 	No actual injury, but potential to cause
    injury (e.g. dropped object from height)	 	Release of material into containment;
    potential to cause environmental damage	 	NA	 	NA	 	No disruption of community or damage
    or remediation costs, but potential for either	 	 

  

    	150 of 156

    	 

    

 

	 	HSE
        BRIDGING DOCUMENT

         

        TALISMAN
        - TALISMAN - PROJECT NAME
	 

        CONTRACTOR
        LOGO

         

 

		A3	Talisman Incident Report Form

    	151 of 156

    	 

    

 

Exhibit
“D-9”

 

LOCAL
BENEFITS AND STAKEHOLDER RELATIONS REQUIREMENTS

 

		1	LOCAL
                                         BENEFITS REQUIREMENTS

 

		1.1	Definitions

 

“Local
Benefits” shall mean employment (local labour) and business opportunities (provision of goods and services) generated
through the normal course of Talisman’s seismic, drilling, completions, operations or reclamation activities.

 

“Local
Labour” shall mean people living in reserves, villages, towns and cities (collectively referred to hereafter
as “communities”) in close physical proximity to the work to be done.

 

“Land
Stakeholder” shall mean those people owning, occupying or utilizing land physically impacted by Talisman’s
operations through the construction of rig locations, drilling camps or related operational facilities such as water pumping stations,
bridges, etc. Whenever possible, land interests shall be determined through verification of lands records held by provincial authorities.
Those land stakeholders living in close proximity to the work to be done shall be given the same opportunities, no less and no
more, for field labour positions and for the provision of goods and services as those living in close physical proximity to the
work to be done who do not own or occupy land.

 

“Provision
of Goods and Services” shall mean goods and services normally available in communities within the relevant operating
area and in close proximity to the work to be done.

 

“Category
A” shall mean vendors within directly impacted communities within the Municipal District, County or First Nation
Traditional Land (as defined by the regulator).

 

“Category
B” shall mean vendors within adjacent Municipal Districts, County or First Nation Traditional Land (as defined
by the regulator).

 

“Category
C” shall mean vendors within the province/state, outside of Category A or B.

 

“Good
Neighbour Program” shall mean Talisman’s North American Operations program that identifies operating
guidelines in areas where Talisman operates to reduce the impact on roads, dust levels, traffic and noise.

 

		1.2	Talisman’s
                                         Philosophy Regarding Local Benefits and Impacts

 

Talisman’s
corporate philosophy regarding local benefits is based on Talisman’s Policy on Business Conduct and Ethics (“PBCE”)
(Exhibit “D-5”), Global Community Relations Policy (“GCRP”) and Shale Operating Principles, which
are accessible to Contractor on the Company’s external website at  www.talisman-energy.com. Talisman is committed
to reducing the impact of our operations on roads, dust levels, traffic, and noise and lease maintenance. All employees and contracts
are expected to comply with the Good Neighbour Program.

 

		1.3	Application
                                         / Review

 

This
Exhibit “D-9” is sets out minimum expectations and standards of procurement of local labour and goods and services
for the Services. This Exhibit “D-9” will be reviewed and updated on as needed basis or, at least annually, by Talisman
to ensure completeness, appropriateness and applicability.

 

		1.4	Requirements
                                         for Local Hiring

 

Whenever
reasonable, considering Local Benefits Requirements, market prices, skills levels, availability and Talisman’s Global Contractor
Management Practice, Local Labour shall be will be used in the Services. This includes all local labour hired by Talisman’s
contractors, subcontractors and service providers.

 

    	152 of 156

    	 

    

 

Notices
of general hiring of local labour at the start of any project will be advertised in advance using the appropriate method for the
area. This could include advertisements in newspapers or employment agencies. As appropriate, the announcement will include a
brief description of the positions available, physical requirements, education/experience requirements and other pertinent information
pertaining to the work and the application.

 

When
a significant number of jobs are to be offered at one general time, a meeting or series of meetings with communities may be convened
to explain and conduct the recruitment process.

 

		1.5	Key Performance Indicators

 

		1.5.1	Key Performance Indicators (“KPI’s”)
                                         shall be used to track performance in the area of local content and local hiring.

 

		1.5.2	KPI’s shall be calculated
                                         according to the chart below and reported to Talisman on a monthly or weekly basis, at
                                         Talisman’s discretion, depending on the length of the project. The scorecard attached
                                         as Appendix 1 to this Exhibit “D-9” shall be used to track such KPI’s.

 

		1.5.3	KPI List

 

	KPI
    Title	 	Local
    Content - % Spend
	 	 	 
	KPI Description
     	 	[***]
	 	 	 
	Calculation	 	[***]
	 	 	 
	Target	 	[***]
	 	 	 
	Reporting
    Frequency	 	[***]
	 	 	 
	Reported
    by	 	[***]
	 	 	 
	Additional
    Information  	 	[***]

 

	KPI
    Title	 	Local
    Content – Local Hiring
	 	 	 
	KPI Description
       	 	[***]
	 	 	 
	Calculation	 	[***]
	 	 	 
	Target	 	[***]
	 	 	 
	Reporting
    Frequency	 	[***]
	 	 	 
	Reported
    by  	 	[***]

  

		1.5.4	KPI Remedial Actions

 

		1.5.4.1	If
                                         any of the above KPI’s do not meet or exceed the target in any one reporting period,
                                         Contractor shall provide Talisman with a complete summary of the performance deficiency
                                         and reasons for missing the target, and clearly outline actions taken to bring performance
                                         back up to the targeted level in a timely manner.

 

		1.5.4.2	Contractor
                                         shall meet the Talisman’s contract sponsor and Local Economic Engagement Coordinator
                                         to review the plan. Upon approval of the plan, Contractor shall immediately implement
                                         any agreed changes in the Contractor’s operating practices to bring Contractor’s
                                         performance back up to the target level(s).

 

		1.5.4.3	If
                                         Contractor does not correct all of the performance deficiencies in the following reporting
                                         period, then:

 

		1.5.4.3.i	A
                                         senior executive of each Party shall meet to discuss Contractor’s overall performance.
                                         Immediately after such meeting, Contractor shall have 10 days to bring Contractor’s
                                         performance up to the target level(s) (the “Cure Period”);

 

    	153 of 156

    	 

    

 

		1.5.4.3.ii	If,
                                         following the Cure Period, Contractor is still not meeting all KPI target(s), the executive
                                         responsible for Canadian operations of the Contractor shall meet with designated representatives
                                         of Talisman’s Stakeholder Relations and Supply Chain functions at the offices of
                                         Talisman in Calgary.

 

		1.5.4.3.iii	Without
                                         prejudice to any other remedies Talisman may have under this Contract, if, after the
                                         Cure Period, Contractor is still not meeting all KPI target(s), Company may, in its sole
                                         discretion and by written notice to Contractor, immediately suspend this Contract without
                                         penalty to Talisman.

 

    	154 of 156

    	 

    

 

Appendix
1

 

KPI
Scorecard

 

[To be inserted.]

 

    	155 of 156

    	 

    

 

SCHEDULE
“E”

 

attached
to and made part of the Master Contract for Seismic Acquisition Services in Western Canada (No. TEI11362) dated the «Cnctrctdate»
between TALISMAN SASOL MONTNEY PARTNERSHIP and SAEXPLORATION (CANADA) LTD.

 

FORM
OF PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

 

[see
attached]

 

    	156 of 156Exhibit 10.29

 

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED
AND ARE BEING FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN A CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST UNDER RULE 24b-2
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. THE SYMBOL “[***]” IN THIS EXHIBIT INDICATES THAT INFORMATION
HAS BEEN OMITTED.

 

CONTRACT No. 5500003014 FOR THE
PROVISION OF 

RECORDING SERVICE OF 500 KM2 OF 3D SEISMIC
SURVEY AT NORTH QUIFA SIGNED BETWEEN META 

PETROLEUM CORP. AND SAEXPLORATION INC.
SUCURSAL COLOMBIA

 

I. SPECIAL CONDITIONS

 

These Special Conditions together with
the General Conditions are part of the contract and contain the agreements reached between the parties for the performance of
the services described herein. In case of conflict between the General Conditions and the Special Conditions, Special Conditions
shall take priority.

 

THE COMPANY: META PETROLEUM CORP., acting in this Contract
in its capacity as operator of the Quifa Partnership Contract.

Articles of incorporation, Date and
Notary: Branch of a foreign company duly established in Colombia, by Public Deed No. 2216 issued on the 5th Notary. Circle
of Bogota, on August 19, 2003, branch domiciled in Bogotá

NIT: 830126302-2

Legal representative IVAN DARIO AREVALO, of legal age,
identified with citizenship card No. 79.527.717.

 

THE CONTRACTOR: SAEXPLORATION INC. SUCURSAL COLOMBIA

Articles of Incorporation: Branch of a foreign company
duly established in Colombia by Public Deed No. 1494 of Notary 16 of Bogota D C., issued June 26, 2008.

Primary Address: Bogotá D C.

NIT: 900.226.975-1

Legal representative: LIGIA ISABEL BLANCO UMBACIA, identified
with citizenship card No. 52.147.238.

 

RECITALS

 

		1.	That the CONTRACTOR is dedicated, among other things, to
                                         the provision of Seismic Data Acquisition.

		2.	That in order to ensure the
                                         selection of a suitable contractor for the execution of the Object of the Contract, the
                                         COMPANY advanced a recruitment process and the CONTRACTOR was favored for the implementation
                                         of this Contract.

 

Based on the above, the Parties have agreed upon the following

 

CLAUSES

 

1.1. PURPOSE

The CONTRACTOR undertakes, on its own, with full technical,
financial, administrative and managerial autonomy to provide the service of recording 500 km2 of 3D seismic survey, corresponding
to a seismic survey to be called: 3D North Quifa using its own facilities, equipment, personnel and any other means necessary
to give effect to the this object (hereinafter, the "object" or "Services") and in accordance with the technical
specifications described in Annex 4 of the Invitation to Propose attached as Annex 1 to this Contract.

 

The technical and economic aspects to fulfill the Object of
the Contract are those expressed in the following documents, which are incorporated as an integral part of this Contract, like
Annexes:

 

		(i)	Invitation to Propose QF-11-164-Annex No. 1.

		(ii)	CONTRACTOR’s Offer No. PRET-00015-2012 filed on April
                                         2, 2012-Annex 2.

 

Transportation of equipment, tools and
materials to the Place of Performance will be in charge of the CONTRACTOR. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to any transport
of equipment, tools and/or materials to the Place of Performance, the CONTRACTOR shall contact THE COMPANY in order to coordinate
the delivery of equipment, tools and/or materials by more efficient means. In the event of default or delay in the provision of
services for reasons attributable to the CONTRACTOR, the COMPANY may apply the penalties provided for in this Contract.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

1.1.1. Place of Performance

 

It is the physical place where the object
of this Contract must be execute and which corresponds to the northern area of ​​Quifa block according to the map
and coordinates described in this Contract, located in jurisdiction of the municipality of Puerto Gaitán - Meta, 171 kilometers
from the urban area of this municipality. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges the place where the object of this contract will be fulfilled
and expressly states that it has been studied carefully and taken into account all the factors of the place, in making its offer
and to enter into this Contract, and all national, departmental, municipal law and security situation where the area is.

 

PARAGRAPH: THE COMPANY reserves
the right to specify its Priority Areas within the Project the CONTRACTOR could advance.

 

1.2. DURATION

The duration of the Contract will be one
(1) year from the date of signature by the Parties to this Contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties agree to sign
an Initiation Act which establishes the date on which the project is initiated.

 

Notwithstanding the above, the main obligations
of Mobilization, Survey, Drilling, Recording and Demobilization and those supplementary necessary for the fulfillment of the main
obligations, shall be executed within the time indicated in the schedule of activities.

 

Any change to the schedule of activities
must be approved in writing by THE COMPANY.

 

Without prejudice to the provisions of
the schedule of activities, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to THE COMPANY an implementation plan for each of the activities required
for the implementation of Object and in accordance with the requirements of the COMPANY, detailing the maximum time to take.

 

For purposes of counting the periods specified
in the schedule of activities means that they begin to count from the date of signing of this Contract by the Parties.

 

The COMPANY may extend the Contract by
written notice given by the COMPANY to the CONTRACTOR within fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the expiration of the initial
term or any of its extensions. The COMPANY in such notice shall state the period of the extension to the CONTRACTOR.

 

The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible, within
the time and in accordance with the schedule of activities previously agreed by Parties, for planning and executing the Object
of Contract minimizing the duration of the operation and maximizing the Recording of Data.

 

1.3. SUSPENSION OF WORK

The COMPANY may request a temporary suspension
of work to correct them if they are not being executed under the Contract. In this case, the COMPANY shall inform of such suspension
of the Contract or the work and make the request in writing for the correction thereof to the CONTRACTOR. Once such notice is
received, the CONTRACTOR shall suspend the activities being implemented immediately and promptly shall undertake the necessary
actions to correct the work. The CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs and expenses incurred as a result of making such corrections
or suspension of the Contract.

 

If the works are suspended for causes
attributable solely to THE COMPANY, this will recognize to the CONTRACTOR the rates for the Standby Time set forth in Clause of
Rates for the term of the suspension. In accordance with the foregoing, the COMPANY will not pay for that reason more than 8 hours
per day of waiting. The manager of the COMPANY must approve the Standby Time for the CONTRACTOR is entitled to recognition and
payment of the fee for Standby Time. These rates will be the only value that the CONTRACTOR may request the COMPANY for the suspension
of this Contract for reasons solely attributable to this. These rates will remunerate all damages suffered or may suffer the CONTRACTOR
as a result of Standby Time. Any damage caused to the Standby Time attributable to the CONTRACTOR or others or external events
whatever they may be, will be borne exclusively by the CONTRACTOR.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

1.4. VALUE OF CONTRACT

The value of contract is indeterminate
and the actual value will be the result of applying the rates described in Clause of Rates of this Contract by the actual quantities
of work performed by the CONTRACTOR which have been previously approved by THE COMPANY, and have been received to the satisfaction
of this, for the duration of the Contract.

 

The maximum value of the contract is the
sum of [***] including VAT.

 

1.5. GUARANTEE WITHHOLDING 

 

The CONTRACTOR expressly authorizes THE
COMPANY to make a deduction in the amount equivalent to 5% of the value of each invoice, for escrow in compliance with all obligations
contracted by the CONTRACTOR under this Contract.

 

1.6. METHOD OF PAYMENT AND BILLING

The CONTRACTOR monthly shall submit an
invoice in respect of the value of work actually executed to the satisfaction of The COMPANY in the immediately preceding month,
as indicated in the General Conditions and Annex of Billing.

 

In the event that THE COMPANY expressly
authorizes the CONTRACTOR the advance payment of land compensation and damages to crops, the CONTRACTOR may invoice such payments
as reimbursable expenses to submit monthly billing. The COMPANY will recognize the CONTRACTOR an amount equal to ten percent (10%)
for administrative fees on the value of the reimbursable expenses.

 

1.7. BILLING CURRENCY AND PAYMENT 

 

The CONTRACTOR shall submit invoices in
American dollars, and they must submit along with the corresponding authorizations for payments in dollars and proving it as person
belonging to the special exchange rate regime referenced in the decree 2080 of 2000 and external resolution No. 8 of 2000 Bank
of the Republic and other regulations that amend, supplement or add them. The COMPANY shall make all payments in the United States
dollars, taking into account that set forth in the General Conditions of Contract. If the CONTRACTOR does not certify the necessary
authorizations to receive payments in dollars, the COMPANY will make payments in Colombian pesos, according to the General Conditions
of Contract.

 

1.8. ELEMENTS OF WORK

The CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Contract shall:

		a.	Manage at its own expense the
                                         acquisition, storage, transport and use of explosives following all regulations of government
                                         agencies established in this area.

		b.	Obtain all necessary permits for
                                         the acquisition, storage, transport and use of explosives, at no cost to the COMPANY.
                                         The powder magazine will be located in a suitable place for that purpose which must have
                                         been prepared by the CONTRACTOR. The ammunition dump has two separate stores; one for
                                         explosives and other for detonators. Under current Legislation for transport of explosives,
                                         the CONTRACTOR shall carry explosives using two different vehicles; one for explosives
                                         and other for detonators. These vehicles must be specially designed for this purpose.

		c.	Exercise strict inventory control
                                         of explosives and detonators. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with this and any other relevant
                                         regulations or additional requirement of THE COMPANY.

		d.	Use four-wheel drive vehicles
                                         for mobilizing its staff. All vehicles used in the operation must meet the requirements
                                         of HSEQ of THE COMPANY and have full insurance coverage and shall be inspected by the
                                         CONTRACTOR staff to certify compliance with the COMPANY standards. All vehicles must
                                         have radios for communication.

		e.	Ensure that all communications
                                         between Base Camp and any point in the project area are conducted by radio. The CONTRACTOR
                                         also agrees to have an ambulance available 24 hours a day at Base Camp during the execution
                                         of the Object of Contract.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

1.9. RISKS, RESPONSIBILITIES AND INDEMNITIES OF THE PARTIES

The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible
for damages caused to third parties or the COMPANY for acts or omissions or by their own employees, or breach of this Contract.
In particular it shall take care not to cause damage to property or animals, water sources or springs, ponds and lakes. In the
event that the COMPANY, prior notification and agreement with respect to the CONTRACTOR, should recognize a third party any sum
of money for damages suffered and attributable to the CONTRACTOR, it will refund the money paid and if any receivable accounts
and amounts payable by the COMPANY, this is now authorized to withhold or deduct the sums.

In furtherance of the foregoing, the CONTRACTOR shall take
into account that:

		a.	It may not recognize or pay the
                                         value of the damage caused to the property of others in developing the object of this
                                         contract, without giving notice, in writing and in detail to the COMPANY and with the
                                         specific prior written approval of the same and if so breaching the provisions herein,
                                         it will do so at its own risk. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that the
                                         cost of damage to third party property will be borne exclusively by the CONTRACTOR.

		b.	If third party claims caused by
                                         failure of CONTRACTOR regarding the rules and procedures referred to in the Contract,
                                         THE COMPANY may require the CONTRACTOR the direct payment by the claimant for damages
                                         caused.

 

1.10. RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE FIELD INFORMATION 

In addition to the obligations under this
Contract, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for:

Any damage, loss or theft of original
field data, the information in them and supporting information until the CONTRACTOR has delivered such tapes and information to
the Manager of Contract of THE COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure, under its own risk and any means necessary, the Seismic Data,
together with all supporting information, error-free, arrive at the processing center designated by THE COMPANY.

 

1.11. OBLIGATIONS AND LIABILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

In addition to the general obligations
deriving from the nature of this Contract, and under the General Conditions, the CONTRACTOR is specially required to:

 

1.11.1. General Responsibilities

i.     Enforcement: The CONTRACTOR
under normal conditions is familiar with the nature and object of the contract and issues that may affect the Project, including,
without limitation;

a) The geographic, climatic, time, cultural and security conditions
prevailing in the Place of Performance;

b) Third-party services, labor, facilities; and

c) Regulations, rules, orders, decrees, laws and governmental
policies.

 

		·	The
                                         CONTRACTOR shall perform the Contract as fast as the conditions allow, in a good way
                                         and diligently, in strict accordance with the technical specifications and terms and
                                         conditions that this Contract contains, without interruption, except in the event of
                                         force majeure, incidental or as may be authorized or required by THE COMPANY.

		·	The
                                         CONTRACTOR will be responsible for the clearance, removal and disposal of all debris,
                                         trash, branches and other debris from the Place of Performance and resulting from the
                                         Service, according to the instructions of the COMPANY or laws that apply, including those
                                         issued by the Ministry of Environment and Sustainable Development and the Colombia’s
                                         Regional Autonomous Corporations.

 

ii.     Equipment, tools and software:

 

		·	THE
                                         CONTRACTOR will supply all necessary equipment, materials, and would provide all the
                                         experience and supervision reasonably necessary to perform the Service in accordance
                                         with the COMPANY’s requirements and the Offer. All equipment used by the CONTRACTOR,
                                         whether owned by the Contractor or hired by it, shall be in good operating condition,
                                         shall comply with the specifications described in Annex No. 4 of the Invitation to propose,
                                         which is attached hereto as Annex No. 1, and the Contractor's Offer shall include operation
                                         manuals, supplies, and spare parts specified in the technical specifications and meet
                                         the prescribed requirements and shall be operated in accordance with the current regulations
                                         that are applied and manufacturer codes of the equipment. 

		·	The
                                         COMPANY reserves the right to qualify, at any time, the adequacy or inadequacy of the
                                         equipment offered by the CONTRACTOR and therefore may reject those they consider to be
                                         inadequate, insufficient, or which by their nature constitute, in their opinion, a danger
                                         to personnel or an obstacle to the good progress of work. 

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

		·	If
                                         to meet contractual commitments, equipment, machinery, tools or different or additional
                                         to those indicated by the CONTRACTOR in its offer is required, it must immediately provide
                                         them at no cost to the COMPANY. 

		·	If
                                         the equipment used for the execution of the contract will result under-utilized or be
                                         left, the COMPANY will not recognize THE CONTRACTOR any cost for this item. Any third
                                         party claim arising in connection with those proposed equipment by THE CONTRACTOR, after
                                         the signing of the contract shall be undertaken directly by this and at their own risk
                                         and on their own. Any circumstances in which THE COMPANY is obliged to make payment directly,
                                         these sums will be deducted to THE CONTRACTOR in any bills and any outstanding payment
                                         in its favor, with an additional charge of ten percent (10 %) on the total amount paid
                                         by the COMPANY for management. Notwithstanding the foregoing, THE COMPANY reserves the
                                         right to enforce the guarantees stipulated in the contract in the event that the claim
                                         in question generates a default by THE CONTRACTOR in performance of the Contract. 

		·	For
                                         the execution of this Contract, The CONTRACTOR shall use the equipment required by THE
                                         COMPANY and offered in the offer which is attached as Annex 2

 

iii. Reports: The CONTRACTOR
shall prepare daily, weekly and monthly written progress reports of the Project. The Contractor shall send such reports to the
Manager of Contract of THE COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare a comprehensive final report containing a description of all
work executed.

Seismic Data:

 

iv. Deliverables:

 

		·	The
                                         CONTRACTOR shall furnish the digital information of data acquired in the field, in the
                                         EPIS format with all media, observer reports, information on topography, maps, field
                                         information processed, encumbrance information, minutes of neighborhood, financial information
                                         of project and in general all that is the product of information acquired in the uprising,
                                         daily, weekly, monthly and final reports.

		·	Information
                                         on field data acquired by the CONTRACTOR and all its support will be sent to the processing
                                         center designated by the COMPANY in writing. 

		·	Other
                                         information, such as hold harmless documents, payments and any other encumbrances that
                                         have been generated as a result of the projects offered here will be sent to the address
                                         where the COMPANY indicates. 

		·	All
                                         information in final reports, recorded seismic data and their supports (observation reports,
                                         maps, topographical information, etc.), for processing, must also be delivered in four
                                         additional copies to be sent to where THE COMPANY instructed certifying that delivery
                                         through a reception document. 

 

In general, the CONTRACTOR shall: a) provide
both quantity and quality and in time, all topographic leveling equipment, drilling and recording, tools, materials, equipment
and all other items necessary for the provision of the Services; b) Comply with the schedule of activities concerning the stages
and terms that include compliance with and implementation of the Object of this Contract; c) Acquire Data, understood as everything
concerning the opening of the trail and leveling, work of drilling shooting point and proper registration of work that will be
performed; d) Check the quality of the information obtained will be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR in accordance with
the rules established in its quality control manual; e) Maintain equipment in good condition offered for implementing the object
of this Contract with its proper maintenance and timely supply of fuels, lubricants and spare parts needed for operation. f) Make
neighborhood minutes in the properties remaining at a distance less than 100 meters on either side of lines to record. The records
must be made before and after the registration stage; g) Respond, without prejudice to the respective warranty, for the quality
of the Project and/or contracted products,; h) immediately address the comments made by the auditor and i) Subscribe to the Record
of Settlement of the Contract within ten (10) calendar days following the date of termination indicated by THE COMPANY which is
also displayed, the final value of contract, amounts of services performed by the CONTRACTOR, adjustments, reviews, awards, settlements,
deductions made, fines levied, balance for or against the CONTRACTOR and the statements of the Parties on the fulfillment of its
obligations.

 

1.11.2. Responsibilities before the personnel and vehicles

 

		·	The
                                         CONTRACTOR is responsible for and bears the costs of transport of personnel from the
                                         base to the Place of Performance, from east to its base, as well as internal transport
                                         at the Place of Performance.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

		·	The
                                         CONTRACTOR shall ensure mobilization of their staff in appropriate vehicles. The CONTRACTOR
                                         shall make available to the Contract, 2007 or later model vehicles. Similarly, vehicles
                                         of the CONTRACTOR shall comply with and be subject to all the provisions contained in
                                         Decree 1609 of July 2002 and other regulations. THE COMPANY reserves the right to refuse
                                         vehicles which by its nature or poor state constitutes a danger to personnel and/or a
                                         hindrance to pay for services. Repair and maintenance of vehicles will be the sole responsibility
                                         of the CONTRACTOR, as well as lubricants and other consumables as required. Also, the
                                         management and supervision of vehicles shall be exclusively borne by the CONTRACTOR,
                                         who shall bear all risks of loss, damage, etc., thereof. 

		·	Vehicles
                                         used by the CONTRACTOR shall comply with the requirements of Annex HSEQ of THE COMPANY.
                                         These vehicles may be owned by the Contractor or may be rented. 

		·	The
                                         CONTRACTOR shall ensure that within Camp, vehicles will only be driven by employees of
                                         the CONTRACTOR having current defensive driving certificate and valid driver license
                                         for public transport. 

		·	Send
                                         Contract’s administrator listing of its staff and its Subcontractors (filled out
                                         the format established for this purpose) in compliance with the provisions of Annex Safety.
                                         

		·	Comply
                                         with all applicable laws and regulations in force during the execution of the Contract
                                         and the HSEQ Policy, Labor Annex, Annex CSR and Annex Safety of THE COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR
                                         agrees to extend this Clause in its contracts with its subcontractors, specifically including
                                         all of its subsidiaries and/or suppliers who provide or supply goods and services within
                                         the Place of Performance, This obligation includes the obligation of the CONTRACTOR to
                                         carry out the corresponding monitoring of compliance with these duties by its subcontractors.
                                         

		·	Pay
                                         all staff, whether skilled labor (located within the salary table) or not qualified,
                                         according to the wage table of THE COMPANY and labor contracts signed with UTEN. 

		·	Ensure
                                         that all staff members are not on the qualification of management, trust and management
                                         personnel provide their services at authorized shifts by THE COMPANY, namely, 21x9, 14x7
                                         or 5x2 shifts. The CONTRACTOR personnel may work overtime only if they are duly authorized
                                         by the Ministry of Social Protection.

 

1.11.3. Responsibilities of Licenses and Permits

		i.	Authorizations
                                         for the Governmental Agents. For the effective implementation of the Contract and
                                         unless otherwise provided herein, THE COMPANY will be responsible for obtaining and maintaining
                                         environmental licenses and permits, authorizations of the Governmental Agents for the
                                         execution of the Project. The permits for acquisition, transport, handling and use of
                                         materials and necessary elements to fulfill the Object, including especially ammunition
                                         dump are the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.

 

		ii.	Prohibition.
                                         All hunting, fishing activities and transport of wild animals are prohibited, as
                                         well as logging in and in the area of influence of Place of Performance of this Contract.

 

iii. Social Investment. The CONTRACTOR agrees to comply
with the social action program set out in its offer, but should preferentially observe the instructions given by THE COMPANY to
the effect.

 

		iv.	Environmental
                                         Responsibility. In addition to the obligations under this Contract and its Annexes,
                                         the CONTRACTOR agrees to waste management and hazardous waste.

The CONTRACTOR shall comply with
existing environmental regulations on oil and gas exploration. Should changes occur in the guidelines of the Ministry of Environment,
Housing and Territorial Development and resolutions and binding rules issued by the Autonomous Corporations with jurisdiction
in the area of the Place of Performance of the Object of this Contract, the CONTRACTOR shall complies them immediately. Environmental
management guidelines to be implemented by the CONTRACTOR are subject to the current regulations and those issued in the course
of the contract. Fluctuation risks of these rules shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.

 

		v.	Negotiation
                                         of land. The CONTRACTOR must:

 

		-	Negotiate directly the properties that
                                         will be affected or for transit to execute the contract, notwithstanding that the COMPANY
                                         may make land negotiations directly, without the intervention of the CONTRACTOR, if it
                                         so determines.

		-	Prepare, during land negotiations, the
                                         study of all land titles to affect, which shall deliver to THE COMPANY or its designee,
                                         with a report of each property with the supports.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

		-	Send to THE COMPANY or its designee,
                                         a daily report on the progress in the negotiation of land and the negotiations made,
                                         this report must be delivered physically or by email. The negotiations conducted by the
                                         CONTRACTOR shall not require timely approval for each point by THE COMPANY, unless the
                                         initial approval of this to the value table on the terms described in Clause Rates. Notwithstanding
                                         the foregoing, THE COMPANY will have the right to review these negotiations and will
                                         require a hold harmless document and may request special reports to the CONTRACTOR when
                                         so requested and it must prepare and deliver to THE COMPANY.

		-	Provide the COMPANY a value table of
                                         prices estimated in the area of influence of the Place of Performance, supported by the
                                         assessor registered with the Real Estate Association of land area, which must be approved
                                         by written by THE COMPANY prior to any negotiation. In the event that the value table
                                         by the CONTRACTOR is not accepted by THE COMPANY, this would designate a second assessor
                                         other than initially consulted, who will issue a concept regarding the value table initially
                                         proposed by the CONTRACTOR. If value table initially proposed by the CONTRACTOR is supported
                                         by the second assessor, THE COMPANY shall bear the cost of the second assessor. If the
                                         assessor believes that the first value table is not correct, the cost of the second assessor
                                         shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.

		-	Subscribe all land documents in the
                                         name only of the CONTRACTOR.

		-	Make negotiation of lands according
                                         to the provisions of Act 1274 of 2009 or those amending it, by filling at least the formal
                                         notice and the entry permission referred to in that law.

		-	Keeping a diary record of activities
                                         of its personal which will be delivered to THE COMPANY or its designee.

		-	Negotiate, sign and pay for its own
                                         risk the areas required by the CONTRACTOR for the installation of its staff and equipment,
                                         including damages caused in them.

 

PARAGRAPH: Apart from that contemplated
in the General Conditions, the Contractor will manage and use confidential all information that is given to it in the development
of the Contract, and agrees to return the material presented officially and in writing by THE COMPANY in the application of this
Contract or destroy it in the event that THE COMPANY request by written for termination of the Contract.

 

1.12. RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY

 

In addition to the general rights and obligations arising from
the nature of this Contract and those provided in the General Conditions, THE COMPANY agrees and is especially entitled to:

 

1.12.1. Access and Inspection

i) Access. THE COMPANY provides access the CONTRACTOR to the
Place of Performance, including, without limitation, any permits or licenses from the Governmental Agents needed to be obtained
to allow the execution of operations. THE COMPANY will quickly send a formal written notice to the CONTRACTOR of any restrictions
or limitations on access to the Place of Enforcement.

ii) Inspection. THE COMPANY may inspect
the execution of the project periodically and report to the CONTRACTOR any performance below the standard of the oil industry.
THE COMPANY shall have access at any time to the Place of Performance, equipment and personnel to the CONTRACTOR for the purpose
of inspecting the implementation of Service.

 

1.13. Negotiation of land

 

In addition to the obligations under clauses
1.11 the CONTRACTOR acquires in connection with the management and negotiation of lands, the CONTRACTOR declares and so accepts,
that THE COMPANY may make permanent and comprehensive auditing of these tasks at any time, directly or its designee on duty without
permission of the CONTRACTOR.

THE COMPANY may review in land at any
time, negotiations to submit the CONTRACTOR and may communicate with those affected, without this meaning that the COMPANY is
taking responsibility or liability against those affected and that this responsibility falls on the CONTRACTOR exclusively. In
addition, THE COMPANY will not recognize additional sums for damage incurred by the CONTRACTOR, if these have not been previously
authorized by THE COMPANY, authorization shall be in writing.

 

The CONTRACTOR agrees to provide THE COMPANY
the contact details of the land negotiators, which may be contacted directly by THE COMPANY during the execution of the contract,
and an additional year from the effective date of termination. THE COMPANY may at any time the change of land negotiator(s) of
the CONTRACTOR, without giving any explanation of the reasons for its decision and without delay in the replacement can be invoked
as a ground for Stand by THE CONTRACTOR.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

There shall be no recognition of Standby
Time to the CONTRACTOR due to delays in negotiating land unless these delays are due to causes attributable exclusively to THE
COMPANY

 

FIRST PARAGRAPH: Also as indicated
in clause Termination of this Contract, once the entire land negotiation is complete, the CONTRACTOR shall physically deliver
and by magnetic media, to THE COMPANY or its designee, the following documents for each affected property:

		·	Study
                                         of title deeds

		·	Inventory
                                         of encumbrances

		·	Photographic
                                         record

		·	Formal
                                         Notice (according to Law 1274 of 2009, Art. 2)

		·	Authorization
                                         of entry

		·	Copy
                                         of identity card/RUT

		·	Final
                                         hold harmless document

		·	Real
                                         Estate Registration Sheet

		·	Cadastral
                                         books of area

		·	Plans
                                         which gets over cadastral books, the seismic lines 

 

1.14. INSURANCE

Notwithstanding described in the General
Conditions. The CONTRACTOR shall provide THE COMPANY a term not exceeding ten (10) calendar days from the date of signature of
this Contract, in order that this will refer its insurance company, the information that the company requires for the purposes
of constituting the CONTRACTOR as bonded in the insurance of fulfillment of which THE COMPANY is the policyholder, insured and
beneficiary to the protections set forth below:

 

1.14.1.
Policy of compliance warranty and quality of Contract: For an insured amount equal to twenty percent (20%) of the maximum
value of this Contract to ensure its faithful implementation and compliance, any extensions or additions. The policy shall be
in force during the term of the Contract and its extensions, if any, and for three (3) months.

 

1.14.2.
Policy of Compliance with wage payment, compensation and Social Benefits: For an insured amount equal to fifteen percent (15%)
of the maximum value of this Contract to ensure payment of wages, benefits, claims or damages on account of the performance of
the Contract. The policy shall be in force from the beginning of the contract, during the term hereof and its extensions, if any,
and for three (3) years, from the date of termination of the Contract. The hiring of this policy does not exclude liability to
the CONTRACTOR to pay its workers the wages, allowances and benefits in accordance with the law.

 

1.14.3.
Policy of Extra-contractual Civil Liability and damage to third parties: For an insured amount equal to fifteen percent (15%)
of the maximum value of this Contract, in force during the term of the contract, its extensions, if any, and for three (3) more
months from completion. The policy shall include the protections of land, labor, operations, employers not own vehicles and surplus
own vehicles. Additionally, the policy should be extended to cover liability from damage to the surface from contamination, pollution,
fire, explosion and water damage, as well as the use of cranes, hoists and similar equipment.

 

1.14.4.
Policy of good quality of service: For an insured amount equal to twenty percent (20%) of the maximum value of this Contract
which shall be in force during the term of the Contract and counted from the end of that year. In the event that it is required
to enforce any guarantee of the equipment supplied under this contract by the CONTRACTOR, this will respond directly opposite
the COMPANY and the policy referenced in this paragraph may be enforced, so that the CONTRACTOR will be who make effective the
guarantee of the equipment against the supplier.

 

PARAGRAPH: The CONTRACTOR acknowledges
and accepts that COMPANY has contracted a Matrix Policy for Large Beneficiaries specially designed to ensure the general compliance
with the obligations arising from contracts which are borne by the Contractor. The COMPANY as the policyholder will pay the premiums
for these policies, therefore the CONTRACTOR, states that it did not take into account the value of the policies in its offer.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

1.15. AUDIT

THE COMPANY appoints as auditor of Contract SIGEOPET S.A.S.

 

This controller shall have the function that the company determines,
which include, in particular labor, land, environmental and technical auditing.

 

1.16. ADMINISTRATORS

The Contract Administrator by the COMPANY will be:

Name:    Dorian Agustel Oria San
Martin

Address:     Cra 9 #110- 25

Phone:     5112000

Email:      doria@Dacificrubiales.com.co

 

The Administrator of the Contract by the CONTRACTOR shall be:

Name:     Ligia Isabel Blanco Umbacia

Address:     CL 93 No. 14 20 OF
709

Phone:     5936800

Email:      lblanco@saexploration.com

Fax:        6163649

 

1.17. Termination

When the COMPANY decides to terminate
the contract unilaterally, as indicated in the General Conditions, the CONTRACTOR shall suspend immediately the performance of
the Object of this Contract and will do its best to cancel all existing commitments under satisfactory terms to the COMPANY. When
the COMPANY exercises this option of early termination the CONTRACTOR shall be entitled, in addition to in the General Conditions,
only to pay the costs of demobilization.

 

Upon termination of the Contract, the Parties shall sign a
Contract Settlement minute, upon submission of the final invoice with the supports required as provided in Annex Billing.

 

1.18. PENALTY CLAUSE

The penalty clause of the Contract is
twenty percent (20%) of the total value of the Contract, and shall apply as indicated in the General Conditions.

 

1.19. TAXES

THE COMPANY as withholding agent of the
stamp duty in terms of the tax statute and other regulations, the deduction at source on the total value of this contract to the
current rate upon the signature of the same as the value is equal to or than minimum base expressed in u. v. t. (unit tax value)
established by law.

 

1.20. NOTICES

The Parties will receive notices at the following addresses:

 

Name:     Dorian Agustel Oria San
Martin

Address:    Cra 9 #110- 25

Phone:     5112000

Email:     doria@pacificrublaltes.com.co

Fax:

 

EL CONTRACTOR

Name:      Ligia Isabel Blanco Umbacia

Address:     CL 93 No.14 20 OF 709

Phone:     5936800

Email:     lblanco@saexploration.com

Fax:       6163649

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

1.21. TECHNICAL CONDITIONS AND QUALITY CONTROL

1.21.1. Technical specifications and quality control

 

		·	The
                                         authorized personnel of THE COMPANY shall at all times have access to technical manuals,
                                         procedures and statistical records relating to operators and quality controls applied.
                                         It does not include access to internal reports of the CONTRACTOR. 

		·	The
                                         CONTRACTOR is responsible for reporting to the Contract’s Manager of the COMPANY
                                         of any failure or non-compliance with quality specifications of operations must obtain
                                         prior approval for change any EQUIPMENT or field parameter previously set. In case of
                                         serious faults must inform the Contract’s Manager of THE COMPANY directly and immediately.
                                         

 

		·	The
                                         CONTRACTOR must have at Base Camp computer equipment with the capacity to perform:

 

		o	Statistical control of operations production.

		o	Daily, weekly and monthly reports.

		o	Generating media accompanying the magnetic tapes containing
                                         the seismic data.

		o	Generation of script files for recording

		o	The workstation or field processing system must be at Base
                                         Camp THE CONTRACTOR had installed in the area of operations, said processing system must
                                         be able to:

		-	Processing the exhibits.

		-	Quality control of geometry, providing positioning data in
                                         SPS format

		-	Periodic tests to digital recording system instruments and
                                         continuous monitoring of the electrical properties of the cable.

		-	Control of coverage and other seismic attributes in real time

		-	Processing to migration of seismic lines preselected.

		-	Filtering on XT and FK domains.

		-	Spectral analysis of traces.

		-	Editing the break.

		-	Recipient attenuation curve

 

1.21.2. SURVEYING AND GEODESY

All geodetic and surveying
Control of the Project will be in accordance with the highest professional standards for this activity and the technical specifications
defined below. Geodetic and surveying control quality will be completely the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR who is responsible
for miscalculations or malfunctions of equipment and should implement methods and procedures to ensure their detection and correction
during the execution of the field work.

 

Technical Specifications of Surveying and Geodesy

 

		1.	The CONTRACTOR will conduct a geodetic study to extend precisely
                                         the local, planimetric and altimetric IGAC network, to the study area.

 

The contractor
shall submit a list of first-order geodetic points and leveling points (NP) that are in the area corresponding to the Geographic
Institute Agustin Codazzi. These values should be formally documented. The CONTRACTOR may use predefined control points THE COMPANY
prior consultation.

 

		2.	The coordinate system will be
                                         based on the Magna network, Datum Magna SIRGAS (WGS84) and the model Geoid GEOCOL2004
                                         with coordinate origins depending on the area where the project is developed; this will
                                         be defined by the COMPANY. All coordinate transformation parameters must be consistent
                                         with the provisions of the Geographic Institute Agustin Codazzi (IGAC).

 

See document "Adoption
of MAGNA-SIRGAS as the official datum of Colombia"

 

		3.	The CONTRACTOR will connect the
                                         seismic program through a survey with static GPS using at least three (3) vertices of
                                         the National Geodetic Network IGAC in first order (1st) of accuracy and three (3) vertices
                                         of the national leveling network in the same order as the vertical control vertices and
                                         the vertices of the raised network on the site of the project.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

Control Network 

The Contractor shall measure
the Network Control with GPS static differential method, the new GPS points should be evenly distributed in the area, with an
error for the vector component such that the closure is equal to or less than 1.0 PPM. For primary network, the maximum closure
vector length is 20 Km.

 

In each session, three or
more receivers are used that must track a minimum of five (5) satellites simultaneously with a PDOP not less than five (5). The
length of the base line and periods for determining and should be maximum of 20 km in length and a minimum observation period
of tracing one hundred twenty (120) minutes respectively.

 

Azimuth signal

 

With each GPS point, they
should put an azimuth signal. The azimuth point is placed at a distance not less than 250 meters; in areas covered by vegetation,
the farthest distance possible without creating new cutting lines.

 

Lashing Points

 

It is required moorings with
GPS or survey station to other points close to seismic lines, such as moorings to: GPS points (BMs) of other projects, oil wells
producer or abandoned, which are at a distance of five hundred (500) feet of the perimeter of the project.

 

The old seismic lines to intersect must
be moored in the same way.

 

		4.	Permanent markers Monuments of GPS -BMs Points

 

All control points (BMs) established for the study
will be materialized with permanent monuments/ markers.

 

To realize the GPS Control
Points, a Monument of concrete will be built with dimensions of 0.3 x 0.3 meters and 0.8 meters height of which only 10 centimeters
will be above the surface. The Monument will take on top or cap a brass, aluminum or non-corrosive metal plate which should be
focused on the visible or surface face of the monument.

 

In case of rocky soil the plate can be
cemented in a well drilled in the rock.

The plate shall contain the same information
listed above.

 

It will always have to put a
core sample that will uncover the presence of GPS points marked at a distance of one or two meters of the GPS monument (BM) consisting
of a tube 1.5 m in length (minimum) and 2" diameter its base cemented to the soil and painted red and white in alternating
stripes of 0.3 meters, at the top will have a plate with the same inscription on the monument also the word "WITNESS".

 

		5.	Permanent marking will be steel
                                         pipe two inches (2") in diameter with the following information recorded with beat
                                         marker:

 

		•	Sequential number of GPS point
                                         two (2) digits

		•	Names of THE COMPANY/CONTRACTOR

		•	Name of Block or abbreviation

		•	Date - year.

		•	Name of line and station number

 

In azimuth signal, the information will
be placed in the same way, with the following engraved on it:

 

		•	Sequential number of GPS point two (2) digits of Azimut
                                         signal with the letters "S.Az".

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

		•	Names of THE COMPANY/CONTRACTOR

		•	Name of Block or abbreviation

		•	Date - year.

		•	Name of Iine and station number

 

Revision of Instruments

 

Total stations must be calibrated in specialized
workshops and calibration certificates valid for not more than six (6) months and less than three (3) months effective at the
beginning of Project.

 

For calibrating instrument
a calibration base will be measured, next to Base Camp. The instruments must be checked and adjusted: in distance and collimation
error both horizontally and vertically at least once a month. This calibration will be required prior to commencement of operations.
The calibration base should be measured using GPS differential static method equipment and will be part of a triangulation that
allows double determination not only its vector definition.

 

Each month, the Contractor shall send the Client
a list of instruments, indicating the check date and control type.

 

		6.	Acceptable tolerances and other
                                         technical specifications shall comply with THE COMPANY’s standards. In particular,
                                         recipients and shooting point will be staked with ± 0.5 meters for 90% of points
                                         and ± 1 meter for 100% of the points on the horizontal positions of the Pre-plot.
                                         Once a receiver or shooting point has been staked, the precision required for their position
                                         is ± 0.5 meters horizontally and ± 0.5 m vertically beyond the control
                                         network.

 

Closings 

 

Horizontal Closure Error

The following horizontal closure error ratio will
be used as a maximum

(L = length of the "loop" polygonal)

 

		·	Less
                                         than 10 Km. length 0.27 m * w L 

		·	Between
                                         10 and 20 Km. 0.23 m * w L

		·	More
                                         than 20 Km. 0.20 m * w L 

		·	Vertical
                                         Closure Error

		·	Maximum
                                         0.15 m * w L 

 

Reception sites and shooting
point will be staked relative to the horizontal positions of the Pre-plot with a tolerance of ± 1.0 meter, taking into
consideration the environmental and safety aspects.

 

For RTK measuring this tolerance is ±
0.5 meters because this system provides greater quality.

 

Once a receiver or shooting
point has been staked, the precision required for their position is ± 0.3 meters horizontally and ± 0.3 m vertically
beyond the control network.

 

		7.	The CONTRACTOR shall establish
                                         a system of primary control points to establish a number of reference marks strategically
                                         placed evenly within the project, which will ensure the integrity of the information
                                         of RTDGPS gang. Observations of GPS in static method of carrier phase will be conducted
                                         to establish control points needed to use for the location of the seismic lines. No source
                                         or receiving station will be more than five (5) km from the nearest GPS control point.

 

		8.	For positioning of sources and
                                         receivers, GPS-RTK gangs and/or conventional will be used. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain
                                         licenses for DGPS radio frequencies. For areas in which the use of GPS-RTK is not feasible,
                                         conventional Surveying gangs were used.

 

Note: In case it has to use
both real time and/or conventional systems, it is necessary before performing it to make a test line with a length of 5 km and
the maximum permissible error of the result cannot be more than 0.1m (difference in coordinates and raisings, so that the affinity
of the systems is reliable).

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

GPS - RTK

 

The maximum operating
range is 5 Km., and measurements will be carried out in fine mode.

The reception window is 15
° above the horizon and PDOP less than five (5) with at least five (5) synchronized satellites.

 

The contractor shall verify the start and end each
workday the setup and calibration of GPS-RTK equipment in a primary control network point predetermined, called daily check points.
The check points should be recorded in the same daily archive of production.

 

Conventional surveying 

 

First Order Polygons: a sufficient
number of first order polygons shall be made (measured) between GPS control points to ensure that the seismic program and survey
closures are within tolerance established by the contract. These polygons will be based on the basic GPS network. First order
polygons should be adjusted.

 

Azimuth Control: should be
measured at intervals not exceeding three (3) kilometer with solar observations. The MPE is twelve seconds per change. The filters
used for solar observations must be original equipment.

 

Any closure error out of tolerances
of the contract requires new measurements of solar observations.

 

Conventional survey data should
be stored in electronic storage of data (data collectors), or Total Station with internal memory.

 

Due to the nature of the work
it is recommended that the survey data are transferred daily from the flying camp to base camp by a radio system "MODEM",
internet or similar means.

 

9. The Survey Department will provide the following deliverables:

 

		·	Map
                                         of Iine raised (Post-plot) with detailed information on: access, lagoons, rivers, crops,
                                         buildings, installations and risks. Autocad format and Arcgis latest version. 

		·	Listings
                                         of Coordinate transformations 

		·	Local
                                         geodetic Corrections 

		·	Orthometric
                                         and ellipsoidal transformations

		·	Configuration
                                         and connections between GPS, radios, modems and antennas. 

		·	Processing
                                         and recording in standard formats (UKOOA, SEG-P1 and CMB). 

		·	Calibration
                                         of instruments 

		·	Coordinates
                                         of Pre-and Post-plot Plot 

		·	Processing
                                         of GPS data, eBooks and GPS data in RINEX format.

 

1.21.3. Line Cutting and Drilling 

		1.	The line cutting is made using
                                         a maximum width of 1.20 meters. All Surveying gangs must know environmental regulations
                                         and private Contract with owners/possessors of the land and must be applied during operation.

		2.	Each source point or receiver will
                                         be marked with a metal stake. After completion of the recording, these stakes will be
                                         removed from the land.

		3.	Relocation of sources or receivers
                                         when necessary requires the approval of THE COMPANY’s Representative.

		4.	While drilling it should take special
                                         care to place loads to required depth (six -ten meters, according to the proofs). The
                                         voids should be rammed to prevent blowouts.

		5.	THE COMPANY shall furnish the CONTRACTOR
                                         a table with safe distances to shooting point. The CONTRACTOR will discuss and agree
                                         with representatives of THE COMPANY about the particular situations of applicability
                                         of these safe distances.

		6.	Where it is not feasible to drill,
                                         the CONTRACTOR will suggest a relocation site, which must be approved by THE COMPANY.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

1.21.4. Recording and processing of data in the field.

		1.	The recording instrument shall
                                         be tested according to the manufacturer's procedures before starting the recording, daily
                                         and monthly. After testing the instrument, the approval of THE COMPANY’s Manager
                                         is required before starting the recording.

		2.	The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that
                                         electronic engineers assigned to the execution of this Contract are fully familiar with
                                         the operation, diagnosis and repair procedures in case of failure of the instruments
                                         and auxiliary equipment.

		3.	All testing instruments will be
                                         recorded on tape as computerized results. The CONTRACTOR shall have all the tests manuals
                                         and procedures of the instruments available in the field for inspection by the representative
                                         of THE COMPANY.

		4.	The CONTRACTOR agrees to re-obtain
                                         any data that do not meet quality specifications at no cost to THE COMPANY.

 

A record is unacceptable in the following cases when:

		·	There
                                         are more than three consecutive traces defective. 

		·	There
                                         are over six defective traces in the active laying. 

		·	Registration
                                         has low power due to a faulty power supply. 

		·	Any
                                         of the following control times was recorded: up-hole, time break or confirmation time
                                         break. 

		·	Excessive
                                         controllable noise. 

 

A seismic trace is considered defective in the following cases
when;

		·	No
                                         signal is noisy or intermittent or has higher or lower amplitudes in six (6) decibels
                                         relative to the adjacent traces. 

		·	Presents
                                         Spikes. 

		·	Has
                                         reverse polarity.

 

5. After recording the data, a gang of cleaning and reconditioning
will restore the lines to its original condition.

6. A
senior geophysicist, a seismologist and a processing analyst will be assigned to the gang of Seismic and be responsible for:

 

		·	Shaping
                                         tools, sources and receivers with the specifications of the Project. 

		·	Pre-Plot
                                         and line numbering and shot and record stations. 

		·	Relocation
                                         of sources and receivers when necessary. 

		·	Proper
                                         documentation of daily production, identification tapes and monitors in paper. 

		·	Quality
                                         and integrity of seismic data. 

		·	Verification
                                         that all finished products complies with standards of THE COMPANY. 

		·	Verifying
                                         positions of sources and receivers and true coverage. 

		·	Review
                                         of exhibits (including cables and geophones). 

		·	Sending
                                         of tape and additional information to THE COMPANY’s offices or at the processing
                                         center indicated by THE COMPANY. 

		·	Preparation
                                         of daily, weekly, monthly reports, and final report. 

		·	Verification
                                         of formats for additional information (SEG-P1, SEG-P3, UKOOA and SPS).

		·	Generation
                                         of geometry for the recording. 

		·	Processing
                                         Seismic Data field up stacking. 

		·	Verification
                                         of empty files. 

		·	Refraction
                                         data interpretation, shots in wells and mapping the weathering layer (low speed).

 

		7.	At the end of each day, the CONTRACTOR
                                         shall make a copy in the Base Camp throughout the seismic data acquired as well as all
                                         the additional information in appropriate electronic media. These copies will be made
                                         the same day that the Data are registered. The CONTRACTOR shall keep the original data
                                         in a safe place in the Seismic Gang, separate from the copies. Copies will be sent to
                                         a processing center designated by the COMPANY and the original to another location designated
                                         by THE COMPANY.

		8.	The CONTRACTOR shall submit the
                                         information of seismic lines ending with all supports, for processing center that THE
                                         COMPANY designates, as soon as possible in a time not exceeding 72 hours.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

		9.	The CONTRACTOR must have refraction
                                         equipment which will be available to record information about the low speed layer at
                                         selected points in the survey area. A maximum of 20 refraction profiles (Forward and
                                         reverse) is estimated. The recording instrument must have at least 24 channels and cover
                                         lying of at least 150 meters.

 

		10.	Quality control of Seismic Data
                                         should be done using computers for geometry and coverage control (upland or equivalent)
                                         and a workstation with seismic processing software,

		11.	The CONTRACTOR shall ensure the
                                         full-time presence of a quality control Seismologist to monitor operations and data quality
                                         according to the quality control procedures of the CONTRACTOR, quality control procedures
                                         of the CONTRACTOR.

		12.	The COMPANY’s Manager will
                                         be informed of any deviation from the specifications in the contract, and will have full
                                         access to the Gang to conduct any quality audit.

		13.	The study will be conducted in
                                         accordance with best industry practices and the CONTRACTOR shall implement all necessary
                                         means to obtain the best possible quality of data.

		14.	Paper monitors will be printed
                                         for each shooting point for 2D project and every 3 shooting point for 3D project. Each
                                         monitor will be annotated showing date, time, Iine number and shooting point number and
                                         verified with the signature of the person who inspected the quality of recording at the
                                         time it was produced.

All monitors must be available
for inspection by THE COMPANY’s manager.

		15.	Any data acquired during the
                                         execution of the Contract which cannot be delivered in standard formats specified by
                                         THE COMPANY which do not meet quality specifications, will not be paid by THE COMPANY.

		16.	The CONTRACTOR agrees to acquire
                                         any data not meeting the required quality specifications, at no cost to THE COMPANY.

 

1.21.5. Reports

		1.	The CONTRACTOR will prepare daily,
                                         weekly and monthly technical and production reports or as required by THE COMPANY and
                                         handed to THE COMPANY’s Manager via email. The formats and procedures for reporting
                                         will be agreed between the COMPANY and the CONTRACTOR before the start of field operations.
                                         A final report that includes all work carried out during field operations; permits, Surveying,
                                         Drilling, recording, field data processing, acquisition and processing of additional
                                         data, and comments on technical aspects of the study will be presented by the CONTRACTOR
                                         two (2) weeks after the Demobilization.

		2.	The final report shall comply
                                         with the standards (EPIS) of the National Hydrocarbons Agency - ANH and the Ministry
                                         of Mines and Energy.

		3.	An additional copy of all Seismic
                                         and additional data must be sent to Ecopetrol (EPIS).

 

1.21.6. Technical and Administrative Staff

Technical staff will be hired on a number
depending on the work needs and will be comprised of certified professional and technical holders with recognized experience in
this type of project, as requested by THE COMPANY.

 

It is understood that any change during
execution of the project the staff originally offered by the CONTRACTOR shall be approved by THE COMPANY’s Manager. THE
COMPANY reserves the right to request a change of any of the persons proposed by the CONTRACTOR without giving any explanation
of the reasons for requesting the change, and with no rise to any claim by the CONTRACTOR for this fact.

 

1.21.7. Maps and coordinates of the area of the Seismic
Survey

 

COORDINATES

 

Map

 

[***]

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

1.21.8 Geophysical parameters of acquisition 

 

3D NORTH QUIFA 

 

	Number of receiver lines	[***]
	Separation between receivers	[***]
	Channels / line	[***]
	Total channels	[***]
	Distance between stations	[***]
	Distance between shooting lines 	[***]
	Distance between shots	[***]
	Bin size (variable, Stagger laying)	[***]
	Maximum coverage (Bin 15x15 m2)	[***]
	Surface Area	[***]
	Total number of shots	[***]
	Shot density	[***]
	Shots per patch	[***]

 

1.

1.21.9 Other parameters

The characteristics of the line are the
following:

 

COORDINATES

 

	Vertex
    	 	East
    	 	North
	1	 	[***]	 	[***]
	2	 	[***]	 	[***]
	3	 	[***]	 	[***]
	4	 	[***]	 	[***]
	5	 	[***]	 	[***]
	6	 	[***]	 	[***]
	7	 	[***]	 	[***]
	8	 	[***]	 	[***]

 

1.22. RATES

 

3D North Quifa Seismic Price of Acquisition

 

Table 1

 

	ROW	 	Unit	 	Quantity	 	unit
    price (U$)	 	Total
    Price (U$)	 
	Mobilization 	 	-	 	1	 	[***]	 	[***]	 
	Demobilization 	 	-	 	1	 	[***]	 	[***]	 
	Surveying 	 	km.	 	5095	 	[***]	 	[***]	 
	Drilling 	 	holes	 	30865 	 	[***]	 	[***]	 
	Recording	 	register	 	30865 	 	[***]	 	[***]	 
	 	 	Total	 	[***]	 

 

Total Cost of Service: [***] plus other
costs associated with the survey as reimbursable (Damages, RSC and Safety) for [***] for 500km2 of acquisition

 

Drilling option: [***] 

 

Drilling Options (Including the cost of explosives)

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

TabIe 2

	Drilling
    option	 	Unit
    Cost (US$)	 
	[***]	 	[***]	 
	[***]	 	[***]	 
	[***]	 	[***]	 

 

Standby Time (per gang) 

 

Table 3

	Standby
    time	 	Cost:
    $ / hour	 
	Surveying 	 	[***]	 
	Drilling 	 	[***]	 
	Recording 	 	[***]	 

 

The Standby time refers to the time of cessation of the gang
due to causes directly attributable to the Company. The maximum standby time will be 8 hours per day and per gang.

 

1.23. FINES

 

In case of default or partial default
(day or part of a day) of any of the contractual obligations of the CONTRACTOR is expressly authorized by this document, the COMPANY
performs pricing and payment, private pre-requirement, successive daily fines of up to one percent (1%) of the maximum permissible
value of the Services (excluding refundable) without these exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the same maximum value. After reaching
the accumulated value by fines stipulated herein, THE COMPANY will understand that the CONTRACTOR has seriously breached the contract,
and therefore may enforce the penalty clause, developed in Clause 1.18 herein, without prejudice to any other indemnification
actions which can access the COMPANY under the Act to collect the damages that are not covered by the amount agreed in the penalty
clause.

 

1.24. GLOSSARY

All capitalized terms and not defined
elsewhere in this Contract shall have the meanings set forth below. For purposes of this Contract and where the text so requires,
words in singular include the plural and vice versa. Any reference to a decree, law, resolution, statute or regulation is made
to that decree, law, resolution, statute or regulation and its amendments and modifications will address.

 

		-	Governmental Agencies: national,
                                         state, regional and municipal entities of the city of Colombia which have jurisdiction
                                         for granting, extending and modifying permissions for the execution of the activities
                                         associated with seismic survey.

		-	Priority Areas: Those sectors
                                         of Project that are within the seismic survey Iimits, where operations should start recording.
                                         The CONTRACTOR agrees to perform the acquisition of Seismic Data in this order of priorities.

		-	Base Camp: Building used
                                         by the CONTRACTOR to develop the administrative activities of the Project, coordinating
                                         the activities of Surveying, Drilling and recording, and storage of equipment, location
                                         of workshops, canteen and medical services.

		-	Recording Gang; Set of people
                                         and equipment of the CONTRACTOR running activities of Seismic Data Recording. A seismic
                                         survey is generally a single Recording Gang.

		-	Drilling Gang: Set of people
                                         and equipment of the CONTRACTOR running Drilling activities in a specific sector of the
                                         Project. A seismic survey requires several Drilling crews working simultaneously.

		-	Survey Gang: A group of
                                         people and equipment of the CONTRACTOR running Surveying activities in a specific sector
                                         of the Project. A seismic survey requires several survey gangs working simultaneously.

		-	Seismic gang: Set of people,
                                         facilities and equipment of the CONTRACTOR executing the survey activities associated
                                         with a seismic survey. They are part of the Seismic gang; camps, equipment, means of
                                         transportation, communication, managerial, technical and labor staff of the CONTRACTOR.

		-	Seismic Data: Final product
                                         of a seismic survey consisting of digital records of ground movement at each receiving
                                         station corresponding to each seismic source in accordance with the technical specifications
                                         of the project. Seismic data required for interpretation of additional data such as survey
                                         data and instrument specifications, which are considered an integral part of Seismic
                                         Data.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

		-	Demobilization: Moving the
                                         Seismic Gang from the Place of Performance to a location in Colombia selected by the
                                         CONTRACTOR pursuant to the defined points between the Parties. Demobilization is considered
                                         once all installations completed - Base Camp or principal base of operations and the
                                         flying camps of the CONTRACTOR- have been dismantled and facilities used by these purposes,
                                         restored to its original status before the start of operations. Demobilization and its
                                         cost is the responsibility of the Contractor.

		-	Recording: Project Phase
                                         consisting of detonating explosive charges and recording of ground movement at the receiving
                                         stations, by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the specifications of Seismic Laying of
                                         Project.

		-	Mobilization: Moving the
                                         Seismic Gang from its site location in Colombia, or the home base of the CONTRACTOR,
                                         to the Place of Performance. Mobilization is considered completed once the CONTRACTOR
                                         installs Base Camp and are in the area the Surveying and Drilling equipment.

		-	Geodetic Standards: Rules
                                         governing the positioning and location of the seismic survey, recommended by the Geographic
                                         Institute Agustín Codazzi of Colombia "IGAC".

		-	Drilling: Project Phase
                                         consisting of the location on the ground surface and in accordance with the specifications
                                         of depth and amount of explosive loads to be used as seismic source.

		-	Key Personnel: Employees
                                         of a Seismic Gang, whose removal to express permission of the COMPANY is required. Includes:
                                         Head of Group, HSEQ Supervisor, Senior Seismologist, Senior Observer, Instrument Engineer,
                                         Head of Surveying and Geodesy, Drilling Supervisor, Administrative Supervisor, Medical
                                         and Geophysical Processing, pursuant to the requirements of the COMPANY.

		-	Ammunition dump: Building
                                         or place specially equipped for the storage of explosives.

		-	Project: Seismic Program
                                         consisting of the acquisition of 500 kilometers of 2D Seismic Data by the CONTRACTOR
                                         at the Place of Performance under the terms and conditions of the Contract.

		-	Stand by Time: Working time
                                         lost by either individually or jointly gangs considered for reasons attributable exclusively
                                         to the COMPANY during which the Contractor is entitled to a financial reward for such
                                         delays. The maximum standby time that can be charged by the CONTRACTOR is eight (8) hours
                                         per day by gang, for each actual day of standby time. Collecting the standby time will
                                         be in accordance with the rates of standby time set for in Clause Rates for each type
                                         of gang.

		-	Seismic Laying: Seismic
                                         Source and their corresponding recipients.

		-	Surveying: Project Phase
                                         consisting of detailed delineation in the land by the CONTRACTOR of the technical specifications:
                                         lines, sources and receiving stations.

 

1.25. ANNEXES.

 

The following annexes are an integral part of this Contract;

Annex 1 Terms of the COMPANY

Annex 2 Contractor's offer

Annex 3 Annex Labor

Annex 4 Annex HSEQ

Annex 5 Annex Safety for CONTRACTORS

Annex 6 Annex Corporate Social Responsibility

Annex 7 Annex Billing

Annex 8 Code of Ethics and Anti-Corruption Policy of THE COMPANY

 

II. GENERAL CONDITIONS

2.1. DEFINITIONS

All capitalized terms and not defined
elsewhere in this Contract shall have the meanings set forth below. For purposes of this Contract and where the context it requires
words in the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. Any reference is made a decree, law, resolution, statute or regulation
shall refer to this decree, law, resolution, statute or regulation, its amendments and modifications.

Administrator: Person or persons
the COMPANY designates to coordinate with the CONTRACTOR all activities related to this Contract that has no authority to change
it.

Affiliate, branch or Subsidiary:
Any company or other entity that controls or is controlled directly or indirectly by the COMPANY or the CONTRACTOR, or that share
a same parent company, or which a controlling company of the CONTRACTOR exerts ownership equity equal or higher than forty percent
(40%).

Annexes: Documents listed in Clause
Annexes of Special Conditions and form an integral part of the Contract.

Special Conditions: the section
of the Contract which consist of the same special conditions agreed by the Parties.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

General Conditions: the section
of the Contract which sets out the terms that are common to the inherent operational contracts and the COMPANY celebrates daily
in the ordinary course of business and established herein.

Contract: Agreement contained in
chapter of Special Conditions and General Conditions and the Annexes which form an integral part thereof.

Auditing: A person or group of
persons THE COMPANY designates to coordinate, monitor and control the correct execution of the Object of the Contract by the CONTRACTOR.

Invitation to Propose: Document
containing the terms and conditions established by THE COMPANY for submission of offer.

Place of Performance: Physical
area where the object of the contract is executed and described in the Special Conditions. Without prejudice to the Place of Performance
specification shall mean that it also includes any part or section of contract operated or administered by THE COMPANY defined
and delimited in the Risk Participation Contract, Partnership, Exploration and Production, or any other type of contract the Colombian
state to establish, and any administrative headquarters of THE COMPANY where it transits, lives or works the CONTRACTOR or its
subcontractors, and its vicinity.

Regulations: This refers to all
the legal obligations in the Place of Performance, and all contractual provisions, including those described in the Annexes Labor,
HSEQ, Social Responsibility and other Annexes that apply to all activities taking place in the Place of Performance.

Object: Activity the CONTRACTOR
agrees to perform under the terms of this Contract, detailed in the relevant clause in the Special Conditions.

Offer: Document and its annexes
containing technical and economic terms presented by the Contractor in response to the Invitation to propose, when this process
has been raised, and the CONTRACTOR agrees, in addition to the provisions of the Contract.

Part: The COMPANY or CONTRACTOR
individually. When the plural is used is understood to include both, or one or the other, as appropriate in the context.

Subcontractor: natural or legal
person contracted or subcontracted by the CONTRACTOR, other than its direct employees, to: (i) implement all or part of the object
of this contract, provided it has been previously authorized by THE COMPANY. (ii) Execute related, complementary or additional
activities to the fulfillment of the object. Those suppliers who provide or supply to the CONTRACTOR, services and property in
the Place of Performance will be included.

 

A.

B. 2.2. OBJECT

In compliance with this Contract, the
CONTRACTOR agrees to THE COMPANY to run the Object of the Contract on its own, with full technical, financial, administrative
and managerial autonomy.

 

In furtherance of this Contract the
CONTRACTOR agrees not to accept orders that address topics, quantities or additional concepts to those provided in this Contract,
or to submit additional billing for items not expressly contained in the object. The cost and risk of any work performed by the
CONTRACTOR outside the object will be borne exclusively by it.

 

C. 2.3. Duration

The term of the Contract is set out in the relevant clause
of the Special Conditions.

 

Unless stipulated otherwise in the Special
Conditions, the COMPANY may extend the Contract prior to the termination. The time and the procedure for extensions are described
in the Special Conditions.

 

Without prejudice to the provisions of
this clause, THE COMPANY may terminate this Contract at any time in accordance with the provisions of the Termination clause.

 

D. 2.4. VALUE OF CONTRACT

The Contract value is described in the
Special Conditions.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

When rates are agreed, these are considered
as fixed and unchangeable during the term of the Contract.

Accordingly, the CONTRACTOR expressly
waives any right adjustments, compensation, claims occurring on these rates during the performance of this Contract. The rates
are inclusive of all costs, profits and contingencies of the CONTRACTOR including costs of the CONTRACTOR related to staff salaries,
benefits and other labor rights; premiums for insurance policies, and any reason concerning taxes of any kind, direct or indirect,
so there will be no rise to any adjustment of the contract value. The CONTRACTOR declares that it accepts only to assume the risk
of changes in the conditions of market prices, as well as any other risks which may vary the rates.

 

The only adjustments to perform will be
the agreed in the Special Conditions where applicable.

 

When the implementation of Object required
unskilled field work the rate component corresponding to such labor will be adjusted based on the regional wage increase determined
by THE COMPANY.

 

E. 2.5. METHOD OF PAYMENT AND BILLING

THE COMPANY shall pay the CONTRACTOR in
the manner described in the Special Conditions.

 

The CONTRACTOR shall present its bill
as stated in the Annex Billing to this Contract.

 

If the CONTRACTOR does not invoice within
sixty (60) calendar days after the deadline for bill established in the Special Conditions, THE COMPANY may deduct by way of penalty
for this delay, a sum equivalent to ten percent (10 %) of the total invoice value.

 

THE COMPANY will not make payments related
to this Contract in cash or cash checks with. THE COMPANY shall make payments only by check or wire transfer on behalf of CONTRACTOR.
THE COMPANY will not make payments to third parties on behalf of CONTRACTOR.

 

Payments to this clause shall be subject
to withholding taxes that may be due. The withholdings the COMPANY makes to the CONTRACTOR shall be in the same currency in which
THE COMPANY makes payments. Furthermore, withholding refunds made by THE COMPANY will be made in the same currency in which the
deductions, without interest or adjustment of any kind were made.

 

THE COMPANY will pay the invoices in the
currency stated in the Special Conditions, and for the case of currency payable in Colombian pesos, the conversion is made to
the representative market rate "TRM" certified by the Financial Superintendence of Colombia or acting entity, effective
at the date of acceptance of goods or services under this Contract by entry sheet document, which is issued by THE COMPANY in
SAP upon acceptance of service or goods supplied by the CONTRACTOR.

 

THE COMPANY reserves the right to withhold
payments caused and yet paid to Contractor, when it has ignored written requests made by THE COMPANY on aspects of Contract binding
on the CONTRACTOR, and this has not solved these requirements. Such retention will cease once the CONTRACTOR meets the requirements
made by THE COMPANY.

 

If the CONTRACTOR decides to keep the
original invoices, shall deliver such original to THE COMPANY within ten (10) calendar days following the date on which the payment
of the relevant invoice is made. This is to make the appropriate annotation to pay under the provisions of paragraph 7 of Article
784 of the Commercial Code. The CONTRACTOR agrees that breach of this obligation shall entitle the COMPANY to retain any sum of
money corresponding to pending payments, until the entry fee is verified on the original paid invoices. For the last invoice,
the CONTRACTOR agrees to make the original within ten (10) days prior to the date of their payment schedules.

 

If the CONTRACTOR is entitled to reimbursable
expenses, they must be pre-authorized in writing by the Administrator. Such expenses shall be billed by the CONTRACTOR in the
periods in which they were caused, clearly indicating that this is a refund, and must be supported by original sales invoices
or equivalent documents issued in the name of The COMPANY, or THE COMPANY and CONTRACTOR. These supports shall comply with all
the requirements laid down in Article 617 of the tax statute and other regulations which complement, add to or modify.

 

The CONTRACTOR agrees and undertakes to
practice, declare, pay and certify withholding for taxes, fees and contributions as may be appropriate according to the current
tax Legislation and tax quality of THE COMPANY. Regarding the withholding of ICA, the CONTRACTOR shall relate in each invoice
submitted municipalities which is entitled to the payment of that tax.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

If the CONTRACTOR does not practice the
withholding to which the tax law compels, THE COMPANY shall be entitled to perform them under the CONTRACTOR, subject to default
interest and penalties that may apply, and that the reimbursement would be registered on accounting to its name.

 

F.

G. 2.6. GUARANTEE WITHHOLDING 

THE COMPANY makes deductions on the value
of each invoice by the percentage set in the Special Conditions, by way of escrow in compliance with COMPANY of all obligations
under the Contract. The amount of this withholding tax will not apply, as long as it is differentiated against on the invoices.
The amount deducted to the CONTRACTOR will be refunded by THE COMPANY to CONTRACTOR by deducting, whenever appropriate, the amounts
any THE COMPANY intended to pay, indemnify, repair damages, obligations or fines by the CONTRACTOR. It is expressly understood
and agreed that the amounts retained by the COMPANY does not bear interest. This withholding does not relieve the CONTRACTOR of
payment of compensation to which there is room for non-compliance with one or all of its obligations under the Contract.

 

Except for deductions mentioned in the
previous paragraph, the amounts withheld under this heading shall be reimbursed in full to the CONTRACTOR upon completion and
liquidated the Contract or the period specified in the Special Conditions, by the method of billing and payment described in the
Contract.

 

Additionally, to release the retention
money shall demonstrate that the CONTRACTOR is in good standing by payment of the tax on industry and commerce and the complement
of signs and boards, in the municipality where this object of Contract developed the industrial, commercial or service activity.

 

To request a refund of the withholding,
the CONTRACTOR must wait to be paid the last bill or is established in the Special Conditions for the implementation of the Object
of the Contract and shall submit the following documents:

 

H. Bill for the retained value, relating each of the
invoices and the amount withheld.

I. List of personnel involved in the execution of the
Contract.

 

J. Hold harmless document or certificate
issued by the respective ARP, EPS, PENSION FUND, FAMILY COMPENSATION FUND, ICBF and SENA, for each employee, showing all payments
without arrears incurred by the Contractor and/or subcontractors during the period in which the worker participated in the Contract.

K. Hold harmless document issued
by the Ministry of Social Protection of the place where the contract or the nearest to the same place, stating that against the
CONTRACTOR and/or Subcontractors do not pursue administrative complaints. If the event of complaints, it must specify the name
of the complainant and if it took part in the execution of the contract, and that the risk is rated medium to high level by the
Department of Labor Relations of the COMPANY, withholdings will not be returned or signed the notice of settlement of this Contract,
until such claims are not resolved.

L. List of current labor demands
where it is linked to any title the CONTRACTOR or its subcontractors, specifying the name of the applicant, principal claim(s),
Court, filed and current status of the process. If the applicant has participated in the execution of the Contract, and that the
risk is assessed of medium to high level by the Department of Labor Relations of the COMPANY, deductions may not be returned nor
will sign deed of settlement of this Contract, until such disputes are resolved.

M. Copy of final payments of salary
(ies) and social benefits of workers who participated in the execution of the Contract. If the worker(s) continue to provide services
to the CONTRACTOR and/or SUB-CONTRACTOR(S) under the same employment relationship, it should reach to a transaction agreement
where the parties (contractor employer and employee) are declared hold harmless to date termination of Contract.

N. Copies of insurance policies or extensions thereof,
under the conditions prescribed in the Contract and current until the term stipulated therein.

 

It is understood that to accomplish the return of guarantee
withholding the CONTRACTOR must have complied with all obligations under the contract and must not be against legal proceedings,
claims and/or researches in which it is integrally linked to THE COMPANY by reason of this Contract.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

O. 2.7. SUSPENSION OF PAYMENTS

THE COMPANY reserves the right to suspend
the periods specified in the Contract for payment when the CONTRACTOR has ignored written requests made by THE COMPANY or Auditor’s
Office on aspects of Contract binding for CONTRACTOR, and when THE COMPANY have not solved these requests. Such suspension shall
cease once THE COMPANY verify that the Contractor has met the requirements formulated.

 

P.

Q. 2.8. INDEPENDENCE OF CONTRACTOR

The Parties expressly state that this
Contract by its very nature does not constitute an employment contract or employment relationship between the CONTRACTOR, its
employees, servants, subcontractors or agents working for this with THE COMPANY, even in cases where THE COMPANY facilitates and
makes available to the Contractor, its employees, servants, subcontractors or agents, facilities and infrastructure, such as secretary
support, office space or facilities, among others. Therefore, the CONTRACTOR is the sole employer of workers who use to execute
the contract and assume all risks arising out of the same.

 

For all purposes of this Contract the
CONTRACTOR legally defines the characteristics of an independent contractor within the terms of Art. 34 C.S.T. and therefore,
it is not a representative agent or single broker of the COMPANY.

 

R. 2.9. CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL

When the Contractor and/or Subcontractor require hiring staff
to implement the Object of the contract, these are obligated to, among other:

A. Celebrate employment contracts that are required in writing.

B. Comply with the personnel requirements specified in the
Invitation to Propose and in its Offer.

C. Comply with the applicable Regulations.

D. Make payments of all wages,
legal and extra-legal benefits, allowances, extra work, endowments, insurance, and other legal obligations and, in general, the
performance of all obligations of membership and contributions to the General Integral Social Security System and other tax payments
and obligations that the law imposes on it as Sole employer of its workers.

E. For staff of unskilled
and skilled staff to perform activities exclusively for the fulfillment of the Object of the Contract and related, complementary
or additional activities, the CONTRACTOR and its Subcontractors shall work to pay their employees as a minimum wage that THE COMPANY
determines, without the existence of regional wages affect this obligation.

F. Maintain existing and duly
approved by the Ministry of Social Protection the work, hygiene and safety regulations. The CONTRACTOR agrees to deliver the appropriate
resolution when THE COMPANY requests.

G. Present at the request
of the COMPANY, a copy of the forms of self-settlement of institution(s) covering as relevant the accidents and risks of the employees
of the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR undertakes that no worker dedicated to the execution of this Contract shall begin work without
duly affiliated to all entities provided by the General Security System Social.

H.
Furnish, before the contract starts and when so required by THE COMPANY and complying with all current legal provisions, a
list of personnel to be used or being used in the work of this contract with their respective Name, address, identity card number
or identification and position or functions performed. The data provided must have been previously verified by the CONTRACTOR
in accordance with the parameters contained in the Annex Safety. This list is subject to approval by THE COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR
shall immediately notify THE COMPANY of any entry or change staff to meet the object of this Contract.

I. Provide staff with
its legible, visible and distinctive identification cards and ensure they carry it in a visible place during the execution of
the Contract, and when in the Place of Performance.

J. The CONTRACTOR shall
ensure that all and each of its employees and subcontractors to carry its service in a visible place a card, and distinctive signs
identifying them as such, in accordance with the identification model THE COMPANY sets.

K.
Return the identification documents and supplies when they have been delivered by THE COMPANY to CONTRACTOR or employees,
within a period not exceeding three (3) calendar days after Contract termination or withdrawal of some of its employees or subcontractors.

L.
Submit, at the end of the execution of the contract, at the request of THE COMPANY, a comprehensive report detailing the proper
fulfillment of obligations on labor, social security and occupational hazards imposed by Colombian law. This report should include
the various forms certifying the status of compliance of the aforementioned obligations.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

The CONTRACTOR must obtain work permits and visas necessary
for its personnel and abroad when this is going to work in the country, in compliance with Colombian laws governing the subject
matter, especially labor and immigration.

 

The CONTRACTOR’s Staff and its Subcontractors
and in general the CONTRACTOR’s dependents who move to the Place of Performance shall observe the Regulations, which includes
safety procedures issued by THE COMPANY for its own staff. The COMPANY shall be entitled to require the CONTRACTOR to correct
the behaviors that fall out with the Regulations and provisions established by the COMPANY and the CONTRACTOR shall be required
to meet these requests as quickly as possible.

 

The CONTRACTOR agrees to report immediately
to the Supervisor in the appropriate area and Contract’s Manager, any irregularity, incident, information or observation
that can obtain and can contribute positively to the safety of THE COMPANY or avoid risk, danger or threat of any kind.

 

The obligations in this clause is meant to apply to Subcontractors
(if any) to its workers, being in all cases the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR any failure in this regard, including ignorance
of the law that allege the Subcontractor.

 

If for the failure of the CONTRACTOR and/or
its subcontractors of their legal and contractual obligations and effect to the provisions of Article 34 of the Labour Code and
the regulations that add to or modify by any court or administrative authority, it is determined that THE COMPANY is jointly and
severally liable for labor claims correspond to the CONTRACTOR, one or more of its employees or its Subcontractors, THE COMPANY
shall be entitled to take legal action against the CONTRACTOR for the payment of any sum THE COMPANY has paid for these reasons,
and may exercise the right to retain any amount due to the CONTRACTOR up to the values that were being collected judicially and
out of court, plus a percentage of twenty percent (20%) for administration and management.

 

The CONTRACTOR expressly and irrevocably
authorizes and without request, to THE COMPANY at any time holds, disposes of the pending payment bill or guarantee withholding
or any other amount owed or come to owe to the CONTRACTOR, and pay on behalf of the Contractor the amounts owed to workers bound
to perform the contract, in respect of wage nature obligations, benefits and other labor obligations under this Contract and the
applicable rules.

 

This Contract provides enforceable and
therefore, the recovery of sums described in this clause shall be made by executive action only upon presentation of the payment
order and/or judgment or administrative decision that is ordered, along with the text of this Contract. The CONTRACTOR expressly
disclaims being required in default as expected by the Colombian Civil Code. In case it cannot withhold, or the payment of any
sums that person was claiming THE COMPANY to the CONTRACTOR by the reasons outlined in this clause, THE COMPANY may terminate
this Contract for breach of the same, making effective the policies and Guarantees ruling the compliance with this Contract, including
the Penalty Clause agreed here.

 

In order to ensure compliance with the
obligations under this clause THE COMPANY may:

 

(i) Conduct
labor audits during the term of this Contract and one year counted from the date of termination, to ensure compliance with the
CONTRACTOR of the respective job duties, however, the exercise of such audit may be construed as assumption of responsibility
of THE COMPANY in labor matters, nor be understood as violation of autonomy and freedom that the CONTRACTOR has as sole employer
of its workers.

(ii)
Request the CONTRACTOR to remove or replace any member of its staff assigned to Contract execution, if deemed appropriate and
informing the reasons for this, with the corresponding obligation of the CONTRACTOR to carry out such removal immediately.

 

The corresponding replacement should be
performed within a period ranging from two (2) five (5) calendar days, in the opinion of THE COMPANY, counted from the day the
Contractor receives the appropriate written notice. The CONTRACTOR shall be liable for damages caused by delays in the removal
and appointment of replacement and non-compliance with this request will be considered as grounds for breach of this Contract.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

The CONTRACTOR agrees to extend this Clause
in its contracts with its subcontractors, specifically including all of its subsidiaries and/or suppliers who provide or supply
goods and services within the Place of Performance. This obligation includes the duty of the CONTRACTOR to carry out the proper
monitoring of the compliance with the above duties by its subcontractors.

 

The exercise of the powers of audit and
other agreed by the Parties in this clause does not involve taking responsibility for employment of the COMPANY, or lack of quality
of real and unique Employer of the CONTRACTOR.

 

S. 2.10. RISKS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR AND
INDEMNITY OF THE PARTIES

 

Each Party shall, in addition to the obligations
set out in the Special Conditions of this Contract, recognize as own and be forced to assume and repair any damage caused to the
other party or third parties caused by or in connection with the execution of this Contract. Consequently, the party causing agrees
to respond promptly and timely pay any compensation, informing the other party about the process resulting from such claims. Expressly,
without prejudice to any provision in the Special Conditions, the CONTRACTOR assumes the risk of loss, theft, damage or loss from
any cause of materials, machinery and equipment used in carrying out the object of the contract. Loss, theft, damage or loss of
materials, machinery or equipment does not relieve the CONTRACTOR of its obligation to have at all times with the implements and
tools required for the implementation of the Object of the Contract.

 

If a Party to be drawn into a claim or
lawsuit for damages or injury caused by the other Party, the first party may request the cause to assume its defense at its own
cost.

 

In the event that THE COMPANY should recognize
a third party any sum of money for damages suffered and attributable to the CONTRACTOR, it will refund the money paid within five
(5) business days following the date of notification. Failure to repay the money and if any accounts receivable or outstanding
amounts on behalf of the COMPANY, this is now authorized to withhold or deduct the sums. If THE COMPANY cannot hold the amount
to be recognized to a third party for damages attributable to the CONTRACTOR and/or if such amount is not repaid to the COMPANY
by the CONTRACTOR within five (5) business days following the notification date, this conduct will be understood as a breach of
the Contract and will empower THE COMPANY to: (i) terminate, and/or (ii) collect the Penalty Clause under this Contract, without
prejudice to legal actions that may be required.

 

The CONTRACTOR pursuant to this clause
shall:

a) Respect private property within the
Place of Performance, and its area of influence.

b) Run
the Object of this Contract respecting the stripes for which THE COMPANY has entered into service contracts.

c) Take
all necessary measures for its employees, servants and Subcontractors respect the property of third parties. In the event that
the implementation of the Object requires entry to property of third parties must request permission from THE COMPANY and the
landowner.

d) Refrain
from interrupting the passage or the normal operation of roads, public or private roads, pipelines, pipes, telephone lines, electrical
transmission networks and generally public or private infrastructure, without the prior consent of the right holder of the respective
good and competent authorities, where appropriate.

 

Unless express otherwise in the Special
Conditions of Contract, for reimbursement purposes shall apply the provisions contained herein; however, the Parties agree that
none of these will be responsible for lost profits or consequential or indirect damage is caused to the other party, except in
cases of gross negligence or willful misconduct of the causing Party.

 

T. 2.11. IMPORT COSTS, RE-EXPORTATION AND CUSTOMS DUTIES

Unless otherwise provided in the Special
Conditions, where the CONTRACTOR performs imports and exports, this will be solely responsible for paying the costs of import
and re-export of equipment and supplies required for performance of this contract, including but not limited to port charges,
storage charges, setup fees, customs fees (tariff and VAT), etc. Notwithstanding the obligations arising in the Incoterms used
THE COMPANY who will appear in the import declaration as an importer, without the obligations which are peculiar to each part
generated under INCOTERMS defined are modified for this cause, except for DDP purchases (Delivered Duty Paid).

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

The CONTRACTOR to make imports to the
fulfilment of customs provisions in force on the date of importation, unless otherwise agreed in the Special Conditions, to obtain
permits and licenses necessary to allow importation into Colombia, as well as manage the necessary in order to obtain the exemptions
in the legislation.

 

Upon termination of this Contract, the
CONTRACTOR will obtain all necessary licenses and permits to enable its re-equipment, auxiliary equipment, materials and supplies,
taking over the payment of customs duties, taxes and other re-export charges, if applicable.

 

In any case, the CONTRACTOR shall provide
all necessary assistance to defend THE COMPANY, where it is required to prove to any authority that all equipment, tools and materials
have been duly nationalized and hold harmless and indemnify the Company for any damage generated as a result of this situation.

 

U. 2.12. GENERAL OBLIGATIONS OF CONTRACTOR

In addition to what is stated in this
Contract, the CONTRACTOR and its staff expressly agree to:

A. Strictly
comply with the laws and regulations of the hydrocarbon industry and in general to all the rules and Regulations which are applicable
at the Place of Performance, and the implementation of related, complementary and ancillary activities of the Object of the Contract
without making activities prohibited by the laws.

B. Strictly comply with the obligations
and responsibilities under this Contract.

C. Provide
employees, servants, agents or Subcontractors used for the development of this Contract and all necessary elements and implements
for the performance of its duties, as provided in this Contract.

D. Strictly
comply with agreements or contracts entered into with third parties for the supply of materials, machinery, equipment or services
are required for the fulfillment of the Object.

E. Address
the claims and demands directly or indirectly with the contract, to be made against them, and report them in detail to THE COMPANY
within two (2) calendar days following the date that has knowledge of them.

F. Reimburse
the costs THE COMPANY pays when it needs to call another company to implement obligations of the CONTRACTOR, by total or partial
breach of its obligations and duties under this Contract. The costs will be deducted directly by THE COMPANY of any unpaid balance
to the CONTRACTOR.

G. Require
Subcontractors to include in their contracts a clause which will keep THE COMPANY, its subsidiaries, affiliates and parent, free
of responsibilities and meet the specifications of this Contract relating to liability and insurance.

H. Request
THE COMPANY and obtain approval prior to the conclusion of agreements with the community, when they are not expressly authorized
by this Contract or under Annex Social Responsibility of THE COMPANY.

I. No advance any activity on behalf of
THE COMPANY or perform actions on their behalf.

 

The CONTRACTOR agrees to extend this Clause
in its contracts with its subcontractors, specifically including all of its subsidiaries and/or suppliers who provide or supply
goods and services within the Place of Performance. This obligation includes the obligation of the CONTRACTOR to carry out the
proper monitoring of compliance with the above duties by their Subcontractors.

 

V. 2.13. REPLACEMENT

Once the CONTRACTOR has informed about
the defective quality, malfunctioning, or in general, any other defect or feature that does not meet the technical requirements
for equipment, tools, materials or chemicals delivered, it shall proceed to repair, replace or re-perform services in the opinion
of THE COMPANY.

 

The re-execution of the service, repair
and/or replacement shall proceed within the period stipulated in the Special Conditions or otherwise within the period THE COMPANY
indicates in the application for reinstatement to the CONTRACTOR at the latest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, THE COMPANY reserves
the right to request the immediate replacement of equipment that, after being repaired by the CONTRACTOR, may not operate optimally
for the execution of this Contract and in accordance with the requirements of THE COMPANY. The lack of replacement in the terms
hereof shall be regarded as material breach of contract and will result in the imposition of fines on the terms provided in this
Contract.

If this situation continues for more than
three (3) days, it may in its judgment impose successive fines to the CONTRACTOR as provided in clause fines of this Contract,
terminate the Contract and collect the policies and the penalty clause provided for in this Contract. In any event, it is expressly
agreed that there shall be no payment of any additional fees or costs during the period of replacement of defective equipment.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

W. 2.14. FINES

When the CONTRACTOR violates any part or all of the obligations
of the contract for reasons attributable to its subcontractors, or presents implementation delays, THE COMPANY shall have the
power to impose fines for each day of delay or default in the performance of this contract, the percentage set out in the Special
Conditions. THE COMPANY shall notify in writing the CONTRACTOR its compliance and the decision to impose the fine. The imposition
of a fine does not relieve the duty to correct the shortcomings that led to the fines imposed.

 

Fines will be caused by the mere fact
of default attributable to the Contractor or its subcontractors and will not require any judicial process, reason why THE COMPANY
is entitled to deduct the value of any amount the CONTRACTOR is entitled. The Contract provides enforceable for the purposes specified
in this clause.

 

The application of these penalties does not restrict or impede
the right of THE COMPANY to enforce insurance policies provided for in the Contract and the compensatory actions that THE COMPANY
deems appropriate to exercise.

 

X. 2.15. INSURANCE

The CONTRACTOR undertakes to the COMPANY to subscribe for the
policies indicated in the Special Conditions of this Contract, the terms set forth herein and in the Special Conditions.

 

The originals of the required policies shall be delivered to
THE COMPANY within five (5) business days following the execution of the Contract by the Parties, together with the terms and
conditions thereof and proof of payment of the respective premiums.

 

The CONTRACTOR shall obtain policies with an insurance company
legally established in Colombia and acceptable to THE COMPANY. The policies are primary and non-contributory to any insurance
purchased by THE COMPANY. The collection of these policies do not constitute compensation for damages caused to the COMPANY, which
may proceed to the CONTRACTOR for the remainder until complete satisfaction of any damages that it causes to come near.

 

All policies required by this contract shall include the clauses
as follows:

 

A.
The insurance company expressly waives the right of subrogation against THE COMPANY, its parents, subsidiaries and affiliates
or associated insurers. In the case of the compliance policy, the insurance company waives subrogation against THE COMPANY.

B.
The insurance company cannot cancel or modify the terms of the policies hired without prior permission of THE COMPANY.

C.
The insurance company shall include THE COMPANY, its Affiliates and successors, employees, agents and partners as additional
insured. In the case of the policy of compliance the insured shall be THE COMPANY.

D.
The payment of compensation will be made once established, so by extrajudicial way, the occurrence of the claim and the amount
of loss by the insured.

E. The CONTRACTOR waives the right
to unilateral revocation policies that contracts pursuant to this Contract.

 

The COMPANY will never be responsible
for deductibles or limitations to the conditioning of the policies purchased by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall require its
Subcontractors the same position on insurance as applicable. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible if the compensation or
coverage of the insurance company has deficiencies. Any and all deductibles in insurance policies shall be assumed by the CONTRACTOR
under its sole responsibility.

 

In any of the insurance policies that
this clause refers to, it shall be included THE COMPANY as an insured and/or beneficiary, as appropriate to fully cover its interests.

 

The CONTRACTOR and Subcontractor also
undertake to purchase and maintain any other insurance policies indicated by Colombian legislation and/or regulations in force
under special, individual conditions and sums insured, etc., that it be brought to the successful development and execution of
this Contract.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

THE COMPANY may terminate unilaterally
this Contract, when the Contractor has not complied with the filing of the Policies required in the term agreed in the Contract.
Such failure will result in the enforcement of the Penalty Clause under this Contract, for which this Contract provides enforceability.

 

If the CONTRACTOR presents the policies
within the agreed time, but the insurer is not accepted by THE COMPANY or the terms of the policies are not required by this Contract,
the CONTRACTOR shall be obliged to modify these policies, for which it will have two (2) calendar days after receiving notice
of the rejection of the policies presented above.

 

Y. 2.16. USE OF COMPANY ASSETS

When THE COMPANY makes delivery of goods
or personal property to the CONTRACTOR for the execution of the Contract, such goods may only be used by the CONTRACTOR, its employees
or subcontractors for the execution of Object activities of the Contract for which THE COMPANY will give the CONTRACTOR relevant
instructions and authorizations.

 

The goods are delivered to the CONTRACTOR
as precarious loan.

 

For this, the CONTRACTOR shall in relation
to the goods given on loan:

		A.	Use the utmost care in
                                         their preservation.

		B.	Be responsible for any
                                         loss or damage they suffer, except those arising from their legitimate use. To this extent,
                                         it is obliged to respond in accordance with the provisions of Article 2203 of the Civil
                                         Code.

		C.	Be responsible for the
                                         damage that the CONTRACTOR, its employees or third parties caused to property.

		D.	Restore the goods under
                                         the terms THE COMPANY requests.

		E.	Use the property as authorized
                                         by THE COMPANY.

		F.	Permit, when required by
                                         THE COMPANY, inspection to verify the condition of the property.

		G.	Request prior written consent
                                         of THE COMPANY when required to do any repairs or maintenance to the property received.

		H.	Respond for any alteration
                                         caused over the property or making adjustments without prior written permission of THE
                                         COMPANY.

		I.	Maintain goods with distinctive
                                         signals that it has been provided by THE COMPANY, and in any case, to express to others
                                         when appropriate that it is not its property.

		J.	Request prior written consent
                                         to THE COMPANY on any changes of destination, temporary or permanent, which is projected
                                         on goods received.

 

Z.

2.17. DUTIES, LIENS AND CHARGES

The CONTRACTOR warrants that it has valid
title to all equipment and technological documentation of these and other elements that account for the performance of the Contract.

The CONTRACTOR shall report in writing
to THE COMPANY prior to the execution of this Contract, any limitation of the domain (application, pledge, charge, encumbrance
or claim) on the equipment.

 

The CONTRACTOR will address any claims
related to equipment; supplies and materials provided by this and will ensure that such claims do not affect the availability
of the equipment offered for the execution of the Contract.

 

If for any reason of those indicated previously,
equipment, materials or licenses of THE COMPANY are damaged, THE COMPANY will have the option of releasing them, including the
payment of fees and expenses, either through withholding payments of invoices are payable or guarantee withholding, or should
not count on these funds the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse THE COMPANY these costs plus twenty percent (20%) on account of administrative
expenses it incurred.

 

The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold
harmless THE COMPANY, its Affiliates, Subsidiaries and branches or Subcontractors for all damages, disbursements, losses, costs,
including without limitation to these legal, who may suffer for any levy, attachment or charges imposed because of the execution
of this contract, for reasons attributable to the CONTRACTOR.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

2.18. PRIVILEGED INFORMATION POLICY

The CONTRACTOR agrees it knows and understands
the policy of Privileged and Confidential Information of the COMPANY and agrees to abide by and respect it in order to ensure
compliance. The signature of this contract by the CONTRACTOR involves unconditional adherence to the aforementioned policy.

 

The violation by the CONTRACTOR of the
obligations under the Policy of Privileged and Confidential Information shall constitute sufficient grounds for the COMPANY may
terminate the Contract, without any opportunity to any compensation to the CONTRACTOR.

 

The CONTRACTOR agrees to extend this clause
in its contracts with its subcontractors, specifically including all of its subsidiaries and/or suppliers who provide or supply
goods and services within the Place of Performance. This obligation includes the obligation of the CONTRACTOR to carry out the
proper monitoring compliance with the above duties by their Subcontractors.

 

2.19. INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY 

Each Party agrees not to use or exploit
in any way the intellectual property rights of another, including Affiliates, Subsidiaries and branches or partners of THE COMPANY,
from which they are aware or having direct access or indirectly in performance of the Contract. Similarly undertake not to use,
exploit or publish copies or reproductions that are referred by either Party to the other, such as, without limitation, video,
text, recordings, pianos, pictures, electronic files, registry magnetic, etc., unless authorized by the sender. This obligation
extends to Subcontractors.

 

The party has knowledge of abuse by a
third party of any intellectual property, its Subsidiaries, Affiliates and branches, or partners agree to inform the other Party
immediately it is aware.

 

If developing Object of Contract and commissioned
by THE COMPANY the CONTRACTOR or its subcontractors create works of any kind protected by copyright, it is understood that the
same economic rights are transferred and will correspond to THE COMPANY without any limitation, for the time set in the laws on
copyright. THE COMPANY may authorize processing, reproduction, distribution, broadcast, or transmission to the public, for everyone,
without prejudice to the moral rights that may correspond to the CONTRACTOR and Subcontractors in accordance with the legal provisions.
The CONTRACTOR shall ensure the inclusion of this provision in subcontracts signed.

 

The Parties declare that they are owners
or licensees of the legitimate property rights regarding trademarks, patents, utility models, industrial designs and copyrights
used in development of the Contract including computer programs or software. THE COMPANY and CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for
payment of the respective payment of royalties may correspond each.

 

Each Party shall defend, indemnify and
hold harmless to the other Party, its parent company, its subsidiaries, affiliates and subsidiaries, or partners, and employees,
officers and successors of these, from and against all claims from a third party against of the Party concerned and resolved in
its favor, for violation or alleged violation of any right arising from industrial property and intellectual property, arising
in relation to the development of this Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure the inclusion of this provision in subcontracts signed.

 

The Party receiving any complaints regarding
the violation of industrial property rights and intellectual property shall report in writing to the other Party, within two (2)
days after receipt of the claim.

 

The terms of this Clause shall be in effect
during the term of this Contract, and after completion thereof for any reason, for a period equal to the limitation of actions
under the relevant industrial property and intellectual property regulations.

 

The CONTRACTOR, its employees, servants,
subcontractors or agents on its service cannot use its company name or the name of any Subsidiaries, Affiliates and branches,
partners of THE COMPANY or in promotional material or make adds regarding the Object of this Contract without first obtaining
the written permission of THE COMPANY.

The CONTRACTOR is obliged to do not make
commercials or demonstrations of any kind where THE COMPANY, its Affiliates, Subsidiaries and branches, or partners are involved.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

2.20. SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

The Contractor acknowledges and accepts
Social Responsibility Policy of THE COMPANY, which is located in the Annex Social Responsibility to this Contract.

 

The CONTRACTOR agrees to extend this Clause
in its contracts with its subcontractors, specifically including all of its subsidiaries and/or suppliers who provide or supply
goods and services within the Place of Performance. This obligation includes the obligation of the CONTRACTOR to carry out the
proper monitoring compliance with the above duties by their Subcontractors.

 

2.21. EXPRESS PROHIBITION

The CONTRACTOR, its employees, servants,
subcontractors or agents working for this are obliged to comply with the provisions of Law 40 of 1993, Law 282 of 1996, Law 504
of 1999, Law 733 of 2002, Law 1121 of 2006 and other additional rules that replace or modify them.

 

The CONTRACTOR agrees not to incur, among
others, any of the acts described below:

		A.	Making, tolerate or omit
                                         any fact or thing, invoking or giving in unjustifiably threats from groups outside the
                                         law.

		B.	Receiving, giving, administering,
                                         investing, financing, transferring, storing, transporting, or retaining money or property
                                         derived from or targeting groups outside the law.

		C.	Collaborate or provide
                                         support to groups outside the law.

		D.	Build, assign, lease, make
                                         available, provide, or transfer title to any property to be used by groups outside the
                                         law.

		E.	Paralyze, suspend or markedly
                                         decrease the performance of its contractual obligations to address user groups outside
                                         the law.

		F.	Pay sums of money to extortionists.

		G.	Refrain from reporting
                                         offenses whose commission has known during the Contract.

 

2.22. LICENSES AND PERMITS

The CONTRACTOR shall obtain and comply with permits and licenses
required for the execution of the Object of Contract. If obtaining permits and licenses is the responsibility of THE COMPANY the
CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with the terms and conditions established by such permits and licenses, as is relevant to the Object
of the Contract.

 

Failure to comply with this clause shall constitute a material
breach of Contract.

 

2.23. CONFIDENTIALITY

In addition to that provided for under Clause of Privileged
and Confidential Information Policy, all information exchanged between the Parties and the CONTRACTOR for the application of this
Contract is confidential.

 

Confidential information is defined as
all processes, operating methods, data, resources, graphs, visual, verbal or written information, procedures, ideas, plans, designs,
formulae, calculations, market strategies, pricing, contracts, names and customers data of THE COMPANY.

The CONTRACTOR agrees to maintain the strict confidentiality
of the information and not to disclose to anyone other than the COMPANY or used for purposes other than compliance with the Object
of this Contract, all or any part of the information that is obtained by virtue of this Contract, or by any other means. Any information
provided by THE COMPANY pursuant to this Contract shall be the exclusive property of THE COMPANY.

 

The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that all confidential, technical
or commercial material, which is obtained, acquired or used in the performance of this Contract will be returned immediately cease
to be required and, at the latest, at the time of termination of the Contract.

 

The information shall not include information that is put into
the public domain by different legal means any act or omission of the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall be entitled, by notice
to THE COMPANY, to disclose information when required by competent authority.

 

The CONTRACTOR agrees to extend this Clause in its contracts
with its subcontractors, specifically including all of its subsidiaries and/or suppliers who provide or supply goods and services
within the Place of Performance. This obligation includes the duty of the CONTRACTOR to carry out the proper monitoring of compliance
with the above duties by its subcontractors.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

The violation stated herein may result in immediate termination
of this Contract without prejudice to any penalty that might arise and collection of the Penalty Clause established in this Contract,
as well as the damage caused.

 

2.24. AUDIT

During the term of this Contract and for an additional period
of two (2) additional years following the fiscal year the Contract ends, the Contractor agrees to save, preserve and make available
to THE COMPANY all documents, records, registers, books and correspondence relating to the execution of this Contract. This is
to enable the COMPANY to make, through internal or external auditors, audit the CONTRACTOR, to determine compliance with the obligations
under the Contract.

 

To this end, THE COMPANY will notify the CONTRACTOR, with no
less anticipation than three (3) calendar days of its intention to conduct audits. The CONTRACTOR agrees to permit access to the
internal or external auditors of THE COMPANY.

 

If any check reached inaccuracies or errors in the accounts
or documents under review, the CONTRACTOR agrees to make the adjustments and corrections within the time indicated by THE COMPANY.

 

The CONTRACTOR agrees THE COMPANY to disclose the Object of
the Contract and details of payments made to any Colombian, Canadian or any other country governmental regulatory agency has legal
right to demand it.

 

2.25. AUDIT

When THE COMPANY so deems, through its
personnel or a third party, it can do the auditing for the proper performance of the Object of the Contract, as provided for in
the Special Conditions of this Contract. The Auditor shall have the duties of it office, which will monitor the CONTRACTOR in
performing the Contract complies with the Offer and its annexes submitted with the requests by THE COMPANY and the obligations
and duties in this Contract.

 

2.26. ASSIGNMENT AND SUB-CONTRACTS

The CONTRACTOR shall not assign or subcontract
all or part of the execution of the Object of this Contract, or run it through a third party, irrespective of the legal form it
uses, without the prior agreement and written THE COMPANY and express acceptance of third assignee of all obligations and responsibilities.

 

Any assignment of the Contract by the
CONTRACTOR shall be made by the signing of an assignment document signed by the Contractor in its capacity as transferor and transferee,
and approved by THE COMPANY. Unless otherwise provided, the assignment accepted by THE COMPANY, assignor and assignee shall be
jointly liable to the COMPANY for all obligations under this Contract.

 

In the event of merger or division of
the CONTRACTOR, this shall be informed in writing to THE COMPANY.

 

The CONTRACTOR agrees to require that
contracts entered into with Subcontractors remain the same obligations as the CONTRACTOR under this Contract.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the procurement
of goods and services by the CONTRACTOR for the execution of the Object of this Contract, it may not have more than one (1) level
of outsourcing is that Subcontractors may not subcontract the services covered by this contract in whole or in part, without prior
express and written authorization by the COMPANY.

 

2.27. APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS

The administrator of each of the Parties shall be the person
designated in the Special Conditions, who will be the contact person for each, for all purposes under the Contract.

 

The CONTRACTOR shall notify in writing the replacement of its
Manager.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

The Managers shall have the following powers namely:

		A.	The Manager appointed by THE COMPANY shall be entitled
                                         to take all necessary measures aimed at ensuring compliance with the Contract and may
                                         delegate its powers to one or more persons. Manager’s omissions do not excuse the
                                         CONTRACTOR from compliance with the obligations contained in the Contract.

		B.	The Managers appointed by each of the Parties in this
                                         Contract hereto are not authorized to enter into agreements to amend as agreed in this
                                         Contract.

 

2.28. FORCE MAJEURE OR ACTS OF GOD

When the force majeure occurs, it shall
give written notice immediately to the other Party. The affecting Party by the force majeure and/or unforeseeable circumstances
shall notify the other Party, attaching evidence of the occurrence of force majeure. When the occurrence of force majeure is claimed
by the CONTRACTOR, the COMPANY will evaluate the situation and within forty-eight (48) days following the receipt of the notification
shall notify the CONTRACTOR if it is recognized or not. If not recognized, the contract will continue in force under the same
original terms or under new terms agreed in writing between the Parties. If recognition of a fortuitous event or force majeure
claimed, immediately suspend the contract by signing by both sides the record for suspension. When the occurrence of force majeure
or fortuitous event is alleged by THE COMPANY, the CONTRACTOR shall suspend the activities running within the period the COMPANY
states in communication in which notice of force majeure or fortuitous event is notified.

 

The CONTRACTOR shall not suspend the execution
of the contract in the areas or activities or obligations that have not been affected by unforeseeable circumstances or force
majeure.

 

The following will not be considered events
of force majeure or fortuitous event and therefore risks whose effects assumes personally and directly the CONTRACTOR;

 

		A.	Work stoppages, strikes
                                         or riots in the community by negligence of the CONTRACTOR in carrying out the object
                                         of the contract.

		B.	Strikes, work stoppages
                                         or labor disturbances in general, by officials of the CONTRACTOR or its subcontractors.

 

In the event of armed terrorists or threats
or any criminal group or groups outside the law, the threatened party shall immediately notify the other of the situation so that
both assess the seriousness of the threats and agree measures implementing to overcome the situation and/or suspend or terminate
the Contract.

 

Upon termination of the circumstances
that determined the fortuitous event or force majeure, the contract, in accordance with the provisions of clause 2.29 of this
Contract will restart.

 

When the circumstances that determined
the fortuitous event or force majeure continues for more than thirty (30) calendar days from receipt of the communication notifying
the event, THE COMPANY may terminate the contract with immediate effect when its sole discretion, considers that the circumstances
that gave rise to the event of force majeure, have continued or is not expected to cease soon. In this case, once THE COMPANY
declares its decision to that effect, the contract shall be terminated without further statement of one of the parties without
any compensation to the parties, except the payment the CONTRACTOR owes THE COMPANY for the work performed until the suspension.

 

2.29. SUSPENSION

The Contract may be suspended in whole or in part at any time
for the following reasons:

 

A. Suspension by mutual agreement between the Parties

B. Suspension by unilateral decision of THE COMPANY

C. Suspension for breach of the CONTRACTOR.

D. Suspension for event of force majeure.

 

In case of suspension by mutual agreement,
the parties will sign a record for suspension in which the cause of it is noted, the date on which the Contract is deemed to be
suspended and, if possible, the estimated date of resumption of execution of the Object of the Contract. In the event of suspension
for unilaterally decision THE COMPANY or failure of the CONTRACTOR. THE COMPANY shall notify the CONTRACTOR in writing of the
decision of suspension, time at which the contract is deemed to be suspended. In case of suspension arising from an event of force
majeure shall be as stated in Clause 2.28.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

The CONTRACTOR shall suspend the Contract
from the date on which the suspension occurs and shall refrain from ordering additional supplies, equipment and materials, taking
into account the Party affected by the suspension, without prejudice to any special instructions provided by THE COMPANY

 

In any case of suspension, THE COMPANY
may extend the date of restart, in which case it shall promptly notify in writing the CONTRACTOR. Similarly, THE COMPANY will
indicate the date by which the execution of the contract must be restarted, noting, if appropriate, the adjustment requiring execution
schedules. The CONTRACTOR is required to restart the suspended contract on the terms THE COMPANY indicates to restart.

 

The suspension of the Contract for any
reason will not result in any recognition of costs or compensation arising from the suspension to the CONTRACTOR. The suspension
for breach of CONTRACTOR shall ever result in the recognition of cost, price or any fees during the period of suspension.

 

When the suspension of the Contract continue
for more than thirty (30) days calendar counted as from the date of signing of the record for suspension THE COMPANY in its sole
discretion may terminate the Contract without any further statement of Parties and without compensation to The CONTRACTOR, except
the payment THE COMPANY dues the CONTRACTOR for the work executed so far suspension.

 

2.30. TERMINATION

 

2.30.1. Unilateral early termination

THE COMPANY may unilaterally terminate
the contract at any time before the expiration of the Contract by giving written notice to the CONTRACTOR at least thirty (30)
calendar days prior to the effective date of termination. This form of unilateral termination shall be understood as just cause
and will not cause any penalty or compensation to the CONTRACTOR. THE COMPANY shall only be required to pay the CONTRACTOR as
actually executed by this to the satisfaction of the COMPANY until the effective date of termination.

 

2.30.2. Termination for breach of CONTRACTOR

In addition to the provisions of paragraph
2.30.1 above, THE COMPANY may terminate this Contract, without any compensation to the CONTRACTOR, in the following events, among
others:

		A.	For negligence of the CONTRACTOR
                                         in fulfilling the object that relates to this Contract.

		B.	For voluntary or compulsory
                                         dissolution or settlement, merger, transformation of CONTRACTOR, or death in the event
                                         it is a natural person.

		C.	For default on all or any
                                         of the obligations under this Contract.

		D.	If the CONTRACTOR and/or
                                         Subcontractor fully or partially omits or delays the compliance with legal, statutory,
                                         regulatory, conventional, labor obligations, those agreed between the parties and set
                                         forth in this Contract.

		E.	When the CONTRACTOR has
                                         done subcontracting or assignment of the Contract without the prior written consent of
                                         THE COMPANY

		F.	If the CONTRACTOR is subject
                                         to administrative or judicial intervention.

		G.	For financial failure or
                                         notorious insolvency of the CONTRACTOR, that cannot meet its obligations under the Contract.

		H.	When the CONTRACTOR omits
                                         or delays the performance of the obligations that the law and the contract will impose
                                         as the sole employer of its workers.

		I.	For not to restarting the
                                         Contract immediately and under the conditions of the written notice of THE COMPANY indicates
                                         to restart.

		J.	For not to having insurance
                                         policies in the form and within the period specified in this Contract,

		K.	For concluding agreements
                                         with non-authorized by this communities.

		L.	For the falsity or inaccuracy
                                         of the statements of the CONTRACTOR.

		M.	When the suspension of
                                         the contract exceeds the limit specified in Section 2.29 of this Contract.

		N.	For breaching laws or regulations
                                         affecting the implementation of the object of the contract.

		O.	For any other legal cause.

 

In the event of any of the events specified
in this paragraph, THE COMPANY may terminate the Contract, it being in their favor the compensation and the actions that the law
grants to claim its rights.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

The Parties agree that no form of termination
under this clause shall result in payment of any compensation to the CONTRACTOR and the only obligation of THE COMPANY for such
termination will be the payment of the requested, successfully executed and received by THE COMPANY, until the effective date
of termination. THE COMPANY shall withhold any payments should the opinion of THE COMPANY the termination is for reasons which
lead to compensation by the CONTRACTOR to THE COMPANY.

 

It is the express desire of the parties
that once occurred any of the reasons specified in this clause, the contract will terminate by law and the declaration of judicial
or administrative authorities or individuals vested with such powers are not required.

 

When this contract ends following the
expiration of its term of duration, the full implementation of the Object of the same or any other cause herein included, the
Parties, together with Auditor’s Office must appear to the signing of a final act of termination of the Contract as a condition
for payment of the sums outstanding at that time, where indicated in the Special Conditions. In such record, the final reports,
reports of compliance with labor obligations of the CONTRACTOR and policy compliance under this Contract by the CONTRACTOR, in
addition to the requirements of the special conditions when it leads to this shall be incorporated.

 

2.31. PENALTY CLAUSE

Failure to comply with the obligations
of the CONTRACTOR will become debtor for THE COMPANY, without prior request or with the single summary evidence of this breach,
and shall pay by way of penalty Clause, the amount resulting from applying the percentage the total value of the contract set
out in the Special Conditions, or the amount described there. Notwithstanding the foregoing, THE COMPANY may at will simultaneously
require payment of penalty clause and compliance with the Contract and all the injuries that have caused it by reason of the failure,
indicating that the enforceability of this penalty clause does not exclude the right to claim in another way other damages that
was caused to THE COMPANY or imply waiver of the enforcement of the obligation breached.

 

For these purposes, the COMPANY is entitled
to deduct from any amount to the CONTRACTOR the value of the Penalty Clause or judicially charged, without any court order. For
these purposes, the contract provides enforceability.

 

2.32. INDUSTRIAL SAFETY, OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION

The CONTRACTOR shall strictly comply with
all legal and technical standards on industrial safety, occupational health, environmental protection, fire prevention and control,
as well as standards, manuals, procedures and guidelines established by the COMPANY about it. Any costs incurred by the fact of
complying with these laws and techniques shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. In particular the CONTRACTOR acknowledges the rules
on this matter and its implications and agrees to comply rigorously in accordance with Annex Health, Safety, Environment and Quality
- HSEQ.

 

The CONTRACTOR shall strictly comply with
the provisions contained therein and, subject to this, its other legal and contractual obligations.

 

The CONTRACTOR agrees to extend this Clause
in its contracts with its subcontractors, specifically including all of its subsidiaries and/or suppliers who provide or supply
goods and services within the Place of Performance. This obligation includes the duty of the Contractor to carry out the proper
monitoring of compliance with the above duties by their Subcontractors.

 

2.33. ETHICS, ANTI-CORRUPTION AND PREVENTION OF MONEY LAUNDERING.

THE COMPANY has a Code of Conduct and
Corporate Ethics and Anti-Corruption policies and Money Laundering Prevention, seeking above all: a) guide the conduct of all
employees of THE COMPANY, the CONTRACTORS and Subcontractors: b) Maintain proper internal controls; c) Have appropriate records
and reports of all transactions; and d) comply with the law. The CONTRACTOR expressly states that has reviewed them and agrees
to comply. The signature of this contract by the CONTRACTOR implies its unconditional support of the above documents.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

In the execution of this Contract, the
CONTRACTOR agrees to notify THE COMPANY immediately knows about any information or event that involves a diversion to the provisions
included in the Code of Corporate Conduct and Ethics, and the Anti-Corruption Policies and Prevention Laundering. Such communication
may make confidential the following toll-free phone numbers 01 800 518 0744 (Colombia) or 1-866-450-2579 (international), 1 877
266 579 (Canada and United States); email lineaetica@pacificrubiales.com.co or by written communication that can be deposited
in the mailboxes located in different venues of THE COMPANY.

 

The violation of the obligations under
those documents and in this clause shall constitute sufficient grounds for THE COMPANY may terminate the Contract, without any
opportunity to any compensation to the CONTRACTOR.

 

The above obligations extend to employees
of the CONTRACTOR; its Subcontractors and its respective employees, and the CONTRACTOR agrees to include this policy and clause
in its contracts with Subcontractors.

 

2.34. APPLICABLE LAW, ADDRESS AND LANGUAGE

This Contract shall be construed in accordance
with the laws of the Republic of Colombia.

 

For all legal purposes, the Parties shall
appoint as its contractual address in the city of Bogotá, D.C. The Parties agree that if any of the conditions listed in
this Contract appearing in texts in languages other than Spanish language, Spanish version governs.

 

2.35. SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

In case of disagreement or dispute with
respect to this Contract (a "Difference"), rather than such Difference submits to arbitration, THE COMPANY and CONTRACTOR
shall meet and attempt in good faith to resolve such difference. This procedure shall not exceed fifteen (15) calendar days, counted
from the date on which the alleging party has notified in writing to the other Party on the Difference.

 

Differences arising between the Parties,
during the execution of this Contract and its implementation, interpretation, development, termination or settlement, and that
cannot be resolved by mutual agreement as described in the preceding paragraph, shall be submitted within five (5) days following
the period of fifteen (15) days noted above, the decision of an arbitration tribunal composed of three (3) arbitrators appointed
by the Parties, from the list of referees for this purpose has the Chamber of Commerce of Bogotá. If the Parties fail to
agree on the appointment of arbitrators, they shall be appointed by the Center for Arbitration and Conciliation of the Chamber
of Commerce of Bogotá, D.C., and prior application submitted by either Party. The tribunal so constituted, will meet in
the premises of the Centre for Arbitration and Conciliation of the said Chamber of Commerce of Bogotá, DC, will be subject
to the provisions of the current legislation and will issue its award by law which shall be final and unappealable.

Each Party shall bear the costs and expenses
of all counsel, consultants, advisors, witnesses, and employees hired for the same at the time of any Difference referred to an
arbitration tribunal, and the costs and expenses of the tribunal shall be shared by the Parties in equal parts.

 

2.36. EXPENSES AND TAXES

Unless otherwise provided, all expenses,
fees, contributions or national, departmental and municipal taxes is caused by reason of the grant, legalization, execution and
performance of this Contract, or amendments and/or extensions, if any, including stamp duty shall be the sole responsibility of
the CONTRACTOR.

 

Stamp duty will be borne by the CONTRACTOR
and retained by THE COMPANY in accordance with current tax regulations.

 

The CONTRACTOR acknowledges tax, customs
and exchange regulations in force, in particular those related to the withholding of all taxes, as they apply to this Contract.

 

The CONTRACTOR shall be the solely responsible
to the authorities for the collection and payment of taxes and contributions that correspond for the execution of the Contract
except in cases where it is the sole obligation of THE COMPANY.

 

For the purposes of industry and Trade
Tax and other taxes of municipal order applying to activities Object of the Contract, the CONTRACTOR shall register with the respective
municipal authorities. When THE COMPANY required, the CONTRACTOR shall submit the relevant certificates of registration and compliance
with the formal requirements.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

THE COMPANY reserves the right to adjust
withholding, according to law. If THE COMPANY has taken such erroneous fees or made advance payments, the Contractor authorizes
THE COMPANY to deduct the outstanding payment values in the Contract or other contracts, the value corresponding to the adjustments.
The default interest and other penalties generated by THE COMPANY by misapplying deductions will be paid by COMPANY.

 

2.37. WAIVER OF REQUIREMENT FORMALITIES

 

The CONTRACTOR expressly waives the requirement formalities
to be in default if delay or omission in the performance of its obligations under this Contract obtains.

 

2.38. OTHER CONTRACTS

 

THE COMPANY reserves the right to subscribe
and execute other contracts that relate to the object of this Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall then give the necessary support to
THE COMPANY and its contractors who are working in the Place of Performance, to ensure that all parties are appropriately integrated
with other materials, equipment and services provided by THE COMPANY or by a contractor of this and to achieve the purpose of
THE COMPANY.

 

In the event that the CONTRACTOR has any
complaints about the lack of cooperation from other contractors hired by THE COMPANY in the Place of Performance, it shall immediately
notify THE COMPANY in writing thereon THE COMPANY to determine actions to take.

 

2.39. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

The Contract, its Annexes and furthermore, constitute the entire
agreement between the parties, and therefore supersedes all oral or written agreements or negotiations prior to it.

 

2.40. AMENDMENTS

The Parties agree that any modification
or addition to this Contract shall be in writing, furthermore, duly signed by the legal representatives of the parties, specifying
that it is an amendment or addition to the Contract.

 

2.41. PREVALENCE

The Parties agree that in the event of
any dispute concerning the interpretation of this Contract the following order of precedence shall apply, but not before stating
that the Special Conditions may signal a special order of priority for annexes:

A. General Conditions

B. Special Conditions

 

2.42. NOTICES

All notices, communications, confirmations,
requests, required or permitted under this Contract shall be in writing and sent by fax, mail or courier, with due acknowledgment
of receipt to the addresses indicated in the Special Conditions.

 

All notices will be considered as received
(i) when they have actually received if sent by mail or courier to the addresses indicated; and (ii) at the time of transmission
to the numbers given by facsimile, as long as the machine from which it was sent issue the submission report. In this case, a
facsimile copy must also be sent by mail or messenger, within two (2) days following the date of transmission.

 

The Parties may change the addresses indicated
in the Special Conditions stating such change to the other Party by written notice.

 

As specifically allowed in the Special
Conditions of this Contract the communications by email, the same should be sent to the email address indicated in the Special
Conditions and the tool for confirmation of receipt. These communications will be considered as received on the date that the
recipient sends confirmation of receipt thereof.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

2.43. ANNEXES

 

Annexes indicated in the Special Conditions are integral part
of this Contract.

 

As evidence, two (2) copies of the same tenor are signed by
parties involved in the city of Bogotá D.C., on June 20, two thousand thirteen (2013).

 

	THE COMPANY	THE CONTRACTOR
	(Signed)	(Signed)
	IVAN DARIO AREVALO	LIGIA ISABEL BLANCO UMBACIA
	Legal Representative	Legal Representative

 

(Seal)

PACIFIC

Rubiales Energy

E&R – LEGAL F.R.L

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

Annex 1

 

 

INVITATION TO TENDER

 

[***]

[8 pages omitted pursuant to the Confidential Treatment Request]

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

Annex 2 

 

 

 

	
         

         

         

        PHONE: (571) 593-6800
	
        SAExploration Inc., Sucursal Colombia

        CALLE 93 No. 14-20 of. 709, BOGOTÁ - COLOMBIA

         

        FAX: (571) 616-3649

 

[***]

[Approximately 450 pages omitted pursuant to the Confidential Treatment Request]

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

[***]

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

Annex 3

 

[***]

[20 pages omitted pursuant to the Confidential Treatment Request]

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

 

Annex 4

 

 

	
        Code: D-COM-003

         

        Date: August 2009
	
         

        
	Version: 4
	Controlled	HSEQ ANEXX FOR CONTRACTORS	Page 1of 28

 

[***]

[28 pages omitted pursuant to the Confidential Treatment Request]

 

    	 

    	 

 

    

 

Annex 5

 

	
         

        Code: D-COM-005

        Date: January 2012

         
	 	
         

        Version: 0

	
         Controlled
	
         SAFETY ANNEX
	Page 1 of 5

 

 

[***]

[5 pages omitted pursuant to the Confidential Treatment Request]

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

Annex 6

 

	
         

        Code: D-COM-002

        Date: July 2011
	 

                                                                                
	
         

        Version 1

	Checked 	
        CONTRACTUAL ANNEX

        CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
	Page 1 of 19

 

[***]

[19 pages omitted pursuant to the Confidential Treatment Request]

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

Annex 7

 

	
        Code: D-COM-001

        Date: September-2009
	 	Version: 0
	Checked 	ANNEX BILLING	Page 1 of 2

 

[***]

 

[2 pages omitted pursuant to the Confidential Treatment
Request]

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

Annex 8

 

ANTI-CORRUPTION COMPLIANCE

POLICY AND PROCEDURES (the “Policy”)

 

(Initially
adopted by the Board of Directors on May 21, 2009)

 

PACIFIC
RUBIALES ENERGY CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

(Collectively, the “Corporation”)

 

POLICY
& PURPOSE

 

The Corporation as
well as all of our directors, officers, and employees, are fully committed to complying with all laws that apply to our business,
both in Canada and abroad. It is vitally important that the Corporation and all our directors, officers, and employees act in accordance
with these laws. Moreover, it is equally important that all Third Parties act in accordance with these laws.

 

Among the laws with
which the Corporation must comply are Canada’s Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act (“CFPOA”) and
applicable local anti-corruption laws (“Anti-Corruption Laws”).

 

This Policy provides
information about the CFPOA and describes the ways in which the Corporation and our directors, officers, employees, and Third Parties
must comply with the CFPOA and local anti-corruption laws. To this end, this Policy should be considered to form an integral part
of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of the Corporation, as amended and updated from time to time (the “Code”),with
which all directors, officers, and employees of the Corporation are required to comply. Because of the complexity of the Anti-Corruption
Laws, no director, officer, employee, or Third Party should determine whether or how the Anti-Corruption Laws apply to a particular
situation without appropriate consultations to ensure compliance.

 

It is a matter of the
highest priority to the Corporation that all of our directors, officers, employees, and Third Parties comply with applicable Anti-Corruption
Laws. Failure to comply with these laws could have a serious impact on both the Corporation and the individuals whose action or
inaction has resulted in anti-corruption violations. Violations of the Anti-Corruption Laws may result in civil and criminal penalties,
including fines and imprisonment, for the Corporation and our directors, officers, employees, and Third Parties, and may also lead
to disciplinary measures, including termination of employment. Anti-corruption violations may also generate adverse publicity for
the Corporation that may seriously undermine relationships with customers, suppliers, regulators, and other stakeholders.

 

SCOPE

 

This Policy’s
anti-corruption prohibitions apply to the Corporation and our directors, officers, employees, and Third Parties, wherever located.

 

Specifically, the Corporation’s
directors, officers, employees, and Third Parties, whether acting in or out of Canada are subject to the CFPOA. With limited exceptions,
the CFPOA applies to the Corporation’s business, even when conducted outside of Canada. In addition, other Anti-Corruption
Laws may also apply to activities occurring in that jurisdiction.

 

    	 

    	 

    

  

This Policy covers
dealings with Foreign Officials and not with commercial business partners, as long as such dealings with commercial business partners
involve no payments intended to be transferred to Foreign Officials. Note, however, that commercial business payments could violate
the Corporation’s Code and subject the Corporation’s directors, officers, and employees to disciplinary action.

 

ANTI-CORRUPTION
COMPLIANCE POLICY

 

This Policy provides
guidance on how to conduct business consistently with the Corporation’s commitment to achieving the highest standards of
ethical conduct and to ensuring that the Corporation, its directors, officers, employees, and Third Parties all comply with applicable
Anti-Corruption Laws. Capitalized terms in this Policy shall have the meanings in APPENDIX A.

 

Anti-Corruption Compliance

 

It is the policy of
the Corporation to comply fully with the Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

The CFPOA

 

The CFPOA prohibits,
in order to obtain or retain business or to retain or obtain an advantage in the course of business, the offering, giving, or agreeing
to give or offer a loan, reward, advantage, or benefit of any kind, directly or indirectly, to a Foreign Official, or to any person
for the benefit of a Foreign Official, (1) as consideration for an act or omission by the Foreign Official in connection with the
performance of the Foreign Official’s duties or functions; or (2) to induce the Foreign Official to use his or her position
to influence any acts or decisions of the foreign state or public international organization for which the Foreign Official performs
duties or functions.

 

Other Anti-Corruption Laws

 

Depending on the countries
in which the Corporation conducts business, there may be other Anti-Corruption Laws applicable to its operations. For example,
the Criminal Codes of Colombia and Peru both prohibit the bribery of Foreign Officials. In addition, in July 2011, Colombia enacted
a new Anti-Corruption Statute which can apply to the Corporation’s business activities. Any director, officer, employee,
or Third Party engaged to act on the Corporation’s behalf, who is uncertain about whether anti-corruption laws other than
the CFPOA may apply to particular situations, must consult with the Corporation’s Chief Corporate Auditor and Risk Officer
(CCARO) or the Compliance Officer.

 

Foreign Officials 

 

This Policy applies
to payments to any person, including Foreign Officials of any branch of government (executive, administrative, legislative, or
judicial) whether foreign, national, state, or local, and regardless of rank or position. Foreign Officials are broadly defined
to include officials, employees, agents, and representatives of government agencies or instrumentalities, as well as public international
organizations. Importantly, it also includes persons employed by commercial enterprises owned or controlled by governments and
private persons with responsibilities similar to those of government employees, such as private engineers retained by government
agencies to advise on regulatory approvals.

 

    	2

    	 

    

  

Books, Records, and Internal
Controls 

 

While the CFPOA does
not contain a specific provision requiring the Corporation to maintain accurate books and records, Canadian companies must comply
with the Canada Business Corporations Act and provincial corporate and taxation statutes and securities laws requiring that companies
keep accurate books and records and that financial statements be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

For example, a hospitality
expenditure that is consistent with the CFPOA may give rise to liability under the Canada Business Corporations Act and/or provincial
corporate and taxation statutes and securities laws if it is inaccurately recorded on the Corporation’s books and records.

 

It is the policy of
the Corporation that all directors, officers, employees, and Third Parties of the Corporation maintain a reasonable system of internal
controls to prevent any prohibited payments and that the records of their Corporation activities be fair and accurate and that
they comply with all Corporation policies and procedures. Additional guidance regarding proper accounting and recordkeeping are
discussed in more detail below.

 

Third Party Payments 

 

Payments through Third
Parties with the Corporation’s knowledge that some or all of the payments will improperly go directly or indirectly to a
Foreign Official or private person are also prohibited.

 

It is not necessary
to have actual knowledge that an improper payment will be made to a person by a Third Party. Deliberate ignorance or conscious
disregard of the facts can also constitute knowledge of a payment. Thus, it is important for the Corporation’s directors,
officers, employees, and Third Parties to make reasonable inquiries when dealings with Third Parties may give rise to improper
payments. These due diligence obligations are discussed in more detail in Appendix B.

 

Failure to Comply 

 

Violation of any Anti-Corruption
Laws may expose the Corporation and its directors, officers, employees, and Third Parties to significant criminal and/or civil
sanctions. Such violation of law or of this Policy may result in the Corporation taking disciplinary or other action against the
persons concerned, including termination.

 

    	3

    	 

    

  

ANTI-CORRUPTION
COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES

 

Administration 

 

The Corporation will
administer this Policy in accordance with APPENDIX C.

 

PENALTIES

 

Violations
of the Anti-Corruption Laws may result in significant criminal or civil penalties for the Corporation and for those individuals
involved. Fines imposed on individuals may not be paid by the Corporation.

 

A violation may also
result in disciplinary action by the Corporation, up to and including termination of employment.

 

Third Parties found
to have violated anti-corruption laws or this Policy will be terminated, and the Corporation may seek to recover its damages from
the Third Party and to recover any compensation paid to the Third Party.

 

REPORTING

 

Anyone who believes
that the Corporation is about to engage in activities, or has engaged in activities, that may violate any Anti-Corruption Laws
or this Policy should immediately report the information in accordance with existing policies for Reports and Complaints found
in the Corporation’s Code. However, if you feel uncomfortable following such procedures, or there are circumstances which
make it difficult to follow existing policies and procedures for reporting potential violations or complaints, or if you have any
specific or general questions, you may contact the CCARO or Compliance Officer. Alternatively, you can utilize the Corporation's
“Whistleblower” hotline, described in greater detail in the Whistleblower Compliance Hotline memorandum.

 

Directors and officers
should promptly report any violations or suspicions to the Chairperson of the Board or to the relevant committee Chairperson.

 

Additional information
regarding reporting is provided in sections of the Corporation’s Code entitled “Treatment of Reports and Complaints,”
“Penalties for Violation of the Code,” “Contact Information,” “Disciplinary Action for Code Violations,”
and “Legal Notice.”

 

The Corporation will
not impose sanctions on or permit retribution against a person who promptly reports information of violations and who has not himself
or herself engaged in offending activities.

 

QUESTIONS

 

Any questions concerning
this Policy may be addressed to the Corporation’s CCARO or Compliance Officer.

 

    	4

    	 

    

  

CURRENCY
OF THIS POLICY

 

This Policy was approved
by the Board on December, 2012.

 

    	5

    	 

    

  

APPENDIX A

 

DEFINITIONS

 

	TERM 	MEANING 
	 	 
	Anti-Corruption Laws 	Canada’s Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act (“CFPOA”), applicable local anti-corruption laws.
	 	 
	Benefit of Any Kind (CFPOA) 	Includes, but is not limited to, cash, gifts, gift cards, electronic equipment, clothing, jewelry, meals, entertainment (for example, concert, theater, sports, or other events), travel, lodging, transportation, loans, loan guarantees, extension of credit, use of property or equipment, charitable and political contributions, incentive payments, and jobs, or any offers of the same.
	 	 
	Foreign Official	·    All
    officials, employees, agents, and representatives of any branch or level of a foreign government (executive, administrative,
    legislative, or judicial, and national, state or local) or of any foreign government department or agency;
	 	 
	 	·     persons who perform public duties or functions for a foreign state, including persons employed by a board, commission,
corporation, or other body or authority that is established to perform a duty or function;
	 	 
	 	·     directors, officers, and employees of foreign government-owned or government-controlled companies (including
    their agents, consultants, or other representatives);
	 	 
	 	·     any
    officers, employees, or agents of a public international organization (for example, the World Bank, the United Nations, or
    the European Union).
	 	 
	Third Parties	Consultants, agents, contractors, representatives, and other third parties acting on behalf of the Corporation.

 

    	6

    	 

    

  

APPENDIX B

ANTI-CORRUPTION COMPLIANCE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

 

Risk Assessment

 

The Corporation will
conduct periodically a written risk assessment to identify and prioritize anti-corruption risks. This will include an evaluation
of where the Corporation operates, the markets for its particular services, the extent to which it uses Third Parties, and the
degree of interaction with Foreign Officials. The Corporation will adjust its policies and procedures as needed, to minimize risks
identified through the risk assessment process.

 

Financial and Accounting
Records

 

This Policy requires
that all books, records and accounts of the Corporation be kept in “reasonable detail” to reflect accurately and fairly
transactions and dispositions of assets. The Corporation also will devise a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to
provide “reasonable assurance”: (1) that transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or specific
authorization; (2) that transactions are recorded in such a way as to allow preparation of a report that is in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles; (3) that access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general
or specific authorization; and (4) that the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable
intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. False, misleading, incomplete, inaccurate, or artificial
entries in such books and records are strictly prohibited. Additional guidance regarding financial and accounting records is provided
in sections of the Corporation’s Code entitled “Accuracy of Books and Records,” and “Accounting, Auditing
or Disclosure Concerns.”

 

Use of Third Parties

 

The engagement of Third
Parties raises special concerns for compliance with this Policy. The Corporation has less control over the conduct of Third Parties
than it does over the conduct of its own personnel, whom it can readily train and discipline. Therefore, the Corporation must exercise
due diligence to ensure that it has formed relationships with reputable and qualified Third Parties.

 

Due Diligence

 

No Third Party may
be retained without prior written approval of the CCARO or Compliance Officer after the satisfactory completion of standard due
diligence, based on a form available from the CCARO or Compliance Officer. Records of such due diligence must maintained and a
copy forwarded to the CCARO or Compliance Officer. Such due diligence should be re-performed at least once every three years.

 

    	7

    	 

    

  

Agreements

 

Agreements between
the Corporation and any Third Parties must be in writing and approved in advance by the CCARO or Compliance Officer. Standard provisions
are available from the CCARO or Compliance Officer and should be included, where appropriate, in all contracts with Third Parties.
Standard provisions include anti-corruption representations and undertakings. Copies of fully signed agreements should be forwarded
to the CCARO or Compliance Officer.

 

Monitoring and Payments

 

Once the Corporation
retains a Third Party, the Corporation will continue to monitor the Third Party’s on-going activities for any anti-corruption
concerns. Any director, officer, or employee who becomes aware of any red flags or reasonably suspects conduct by a Third Party
inconsistent with the Anti-Corruption Laws or contractual terms must promptly report such concerns to the CCARO or the Compliance
Officer.

 

Payments to a Third
Party are permitted only if reasonably related to legitimate services performed and made pursuant to a written agreement.

 

Acquisitions and Joint
Ventures

 

Acquisitions and joint
ventures pose special anti-corruption compliance issues. Before making an acquisition or entering into a joint venture, the Corporation
needs to determine that the enterprise to be acquired or the prospective joint venture partner does not present unreasonable risks
of past or future anti-corruption violations that may become liabilities of the Corporation.

 

Due Diligence

 

Standard due diligence
should be conducted in advance of acquiring any business or entering into any joint venture. Records of such due diligence should
be maintained and a copy forwarded to the CCARO or Compliance Officer.

 

Contractual Provisions

 

Standard anti-corruption
provisions, as appropriate, should be included in all acquisition and joint venture agreements. Copies of fully signed agreements
should be forwarded to the CCARO, Compliance Officer or the Corporation’s Audit Committee.

 

Hiring Relatives or Close
Associates of Foreign Officials

 

The Corporation’s
[INSERT POLICY NAME] sets forth the existing policy for the hiring of relatives or close associates of foreign officials
which is the responsibility of the Corporation’s Human Resources Department. The Corporation’s existing policy addresses
the anti-corruption risks when hiring relatives or close associates of Foreign Officials.

 

Gifts and Entertainment

 

The CFPOA provides
a defense that permits a loan, reward, advantage, or benefit made to pay the reasonable expenses incurred in good faith by or on
behalf of a Foreign Official in relation to the promotion, demonstration or explanation of a company’s products, or in relation
to the execution of a contract with the foreign state.

 

    	8

    	 

    

  

In determining whether
an expense is “reasonable” and incurred in good faith, the Corporation will examine and weigh several factors:

 

		·	The nature of the business relationship between the Corporation and the government;
	 	 	 

		·	The rank of the government official and influence the official has over the awarding of any possible
benefit or contract to the Corporation;
	 	 	 

		·	The amount of the expense and whether it is “modest” in relation to the amount of existing
or potential business and intended to promote “cordial” relations between the Corporation and the government;
	 	 	 

		·	Whether the expense is “routine” and not perceived as “extraordinary” within
the market; and
	 	 	 

		·	Whether the expense is being incurred in relation to the company’s presentation of its business
to the government.

 

Under the CFPOA, however,
gifts and entertainment that seek to influence a Foreign Official’s actions to obtain or retain business or to induce improper
performance are impermissible. Generally, the more lavish the gift or entertainment, the more influence the benefiting Foreign
Official wields with respect to the company’s business, and the less directly related to the company’s presentation
of its business is the particular gift or entertainment, the more likely it is that the expenditure is a violation of law. Furthermore,
though a single gift or entertainment may be small, such gift or entertainment may violate the law if, combined with other forms
of hospitality over a period of time, the cumulative effect is improperly to influence a Foreign Official.

 

Other anti-corruption
laws may limit the permissibility of gifts and entertainment for the benefit of Foreign Officials. Furthermore, the Anti-Corruption
Laws may consider a wide range of business people as Foreign Officials, such as employees and agents of state- owned enterprises.

 

Accordingly, the Corporation’s
directors, officers, employees, and Third Parties may not extend gifts or entertainment for the benefit of Foreign Officials
without securing appropriate approval from the CCARO or Compliance Officer, or a designated official.

 

Additional guidelines
regarding gifts and entertainment are provided in the sections of the Corporation’s Code entitled “Giving Gifts,”
and “Receiving Gifts.”

 

Facilitating Payments

 

The CFPOA prohibition
on payments does not extend to payments made for the purpose of expediting or securing routine governmental action by a
Foreign Official. Routine governmental actions include:

 

    	9

    	 

    

  

		·	obtaining permits, licenses or other official documents to qualify a person to do business in a
country other than Canada;

 

		·	processing governmental papers, such as visas and work permits;

 

		·	providing services normally offered to the public, mail pick-up and delivery, telecommunications
services, and power and water supply;

 

		·	providing services normally provided as required, such as police or military security protection,
loading and unloading cargo, protecting perishable products or commodities from deterioration; or scheduling inspections associated
with contract performance, or inspections related to transit of goods across country; and

 

		·	actions of a similar nature.

 

In determining whether
a government service is “routine” several factors should be examined:

 

		·	whether the Corporation negotiated the terms for obtaining government services and entered into
a written contract which describes all the terms and conditions for obtaining such government services;

 

		·	whether the government service is a “basic” government service needed to provide the
Corporation’s services such as security and other typical service (e.g. security, police or military protection); and

 

		·	whether the written contract describes all payments or compensation to the government for providing
such services;

 

It is extremely difficult
to distinguish between payments that are legal under the Anti- Corruption Laws and illegal bribes. If the governmental action requires
the exercise of any judgment or discretion, then the governmental action is not “routine” for purposes of the CFPOA.
Consequently, no “facilitation” payment or promise of payment to any government official may be made unless such offer,
promise, or payment has been approved in accordance with the procedures specified below.

 

All facilitating payments
must be discussed with a supervisor before payment and recorded in the general ledger as a “Facilitating Payment” and
should show the amount, purpose, name, title, and function of the person to whom the payment was made. The Corporation’s
accounting system must code such payments under a single “Facilitating Payments” accounting code. The Corporation will
periodically conduct an audit to ensure that facilitating payments are lawful and in accordance with this Policy.

 

Charitable Contributions

 

Charitable contributions
by or on behalf of the Corporation may violate the Anti- Corruption Laws. Particular care must be taken if a charitable donation
is directed or solicited by a Foreign Official, or if the charitable organization to which a donation is being considered is associated
with a Foreign Official or an immediate family member of a Foreign Official. Charitable contributions made by the Corporation must
be given only to purely charitable organizations for proper charitable purposes.

 

    	10

    	 

    

  

All charitable donations
made by or on behalf of the Corporation must receive appropriate approval from the CCARO, Compliance Officer or a designated official.

 

Political Contributions

 

Under Canadian law,
corporations are prohibited from making any payments to political parties, party officials, and political candidates. Furthermore,
local political contributions by foreign enterprises are often unlawful under local election laws.

 

Annual Training and Audits

 

The Corporation will
provide annual anti-corruption training to its directors, officers, relevant employees, and Third Parties. Training sessions may
include on-line courses and in-person presentations regarding the Anti-Corruption Laws as well as this Policy. Records of all training
provided, both on-line and in-person, shall be maintained, by the CCARO or Compliance Officer.

 

Certification of Compliance

 

No less frequently
than annually, the Corporation’s directors, officers, employees, and all Third Parties will execute an anti-corruption compliance
certification substantially in the form attached as APPENDIX D (for directors, officers, and employees) and APPENDIX
E (for Third Parties).

 

Auditing

 

Testing and analysis
of Corporation transactions and procedures for possible violation of this Policy shall be a regular part of the audit process,
and the Corporation shall cause periodic audits to be conducted.

 

    	11

    	 

    

  

APPENDIX C

 

ADMINISTRATION OF THE CORPORATION’S
ANTI-CORRUPTION POLICY

 

Administration of the Policy

 

The Policy will be administered by the
Corporation’s Board of Directors, the Audit Committee, the Chief Corporate Auditor and Risk Officer, the Compliance Officer,
the Corporation’s Legal Department, and Internal Audit.

 

Board of Directors

 

The Board has specifically directed issuance
and implementation of the Policy and retains ultimate responsibility for ensuring that the Corporation meets its obligations under
the Anti-Corruption Laws. The Board has delegated certain responsibilities for administration of the Policy to its Audit Committee
and to certain officers of the Corporation.

 

Audit Committee

 

The Audit Committee meets periodically
to ensure effective implementation of the Policy and to discuss and review any business related compliance issues.

 

The Audit Committee is charged with responsibility
for:

 

		·	overseeing administration of the Policy;

 

		·	evaluating and recommending to the Board possible amendments to the Policy;

 

		·	reviewing the findings of the Legal Department regarding possible violations of the Policy;

 

		·	where the circumstances warrant, undertaking an independent investigation of possible violations
of the Policy; and

 

		·	reporting to the Board at least quarterly on the status of the Corporation’s compliance with
the Policy.

 

Chief Corporate Auditor and Risk Officer
(CCARO)

 

The CCARO has responsibility for:

 

		·	overall implementation and effective oversight of policies and procedures relating to the Policy;

 

		·	assisting the Legal Department, as needed, in respect of the Anti-Corruption Policy;

 

		·	where the circumstances warrant, referring to the Compliance Officer any questions, reports, or
complaints the CCO receives regarding adherence to the Policy;

 

		·	immediately reporting to the Compliance Officer any material violations of the Policy that appear
to have occurred;

 

    	12

    	 

    

  

		·	assisting the Legal Department in investigating possible violations of the Policy unless the Audit
Committee determines that an independent investigation is warranted; and

 

		·	Reporting to the Audit Committee at least quarterly on the status of the Corporation’s compliance
with the Policy.

 

In carrying out the foregoing responsibilities,
the CCARO may utilize the assistance of qualified staff members, investigators, forensic accountants, and outside legal counsel.

 

Compliance Officer

 

The Compliance Officer has responsibility
for:

 

		·	day-to-day administration of the Policy;

 

		·	Assisting the Legal Department, as needed, in respect to this Anti-Corruption policy.

 

		·	advising Corporation personnel on any legal issues related to compliance with the Policy;

 

		·	coordination of anti-corruption education and training programs as required by the Policy;

 

		·	administration of the Policy hotlines;

 

		·	remaining current on best practices in anti-corruption and corporate compliance policies and procedures;

 

		·	administration of the Annual Certification program;

 

		·	receiving and responding to questions, reports, and complaints regarding adherence to the Policy,
after consultation with the CCARO and/or the Audit Committee where appropriate; and

 

		·	immediately reporting to the CCARO or, where appropriate, the Audit Committee any material violations
of the Policy that appear to have occurred.

 

Internal Audit

 

The Internal Audit Department will assist
with enforcement of the Policy by routinely and regularly including in the internal audit process questions and reviews designed
to test and verify compliance with the Policy. Internal Audit will immediately notify the CCARO, the Compliance Officer, the Legal
Department, and the Audit Committee, as appropriate, when any credible indication of a failure to comply with the Policy comes
to its attention.

 

    	13

    	 

    

  

APPENDIX D

 

ANTI-CORRUPTION COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION

FOR DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, AND EMPLOYEES

 

1.       I, [NAME],
a [DIRECTOR/OFFICER/EMPLOYEE] of [FILL IN THE CORPORATION ENTITY NAME] (“the Corporation”), do hereby
certify that I have complied with the Corporation’s Anti-Corruption Compliance Policy and with any applicable anti-corruption
laws, including but not limited to Canada’s Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act and will continue to comply with them
during the duration of my [DIRECTORSHIP/OFFICERSHIP/EMPLOYMENT] with the Corporation.

 

2.       I hereby confirm
that should I learn of any past or anticipated failure to comply with the Anti-Corruption Policy or with any applicable anti-corruption
laws, including but not limited to Canada’s Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act, I will immediately advise the CCARO
or the Compliance Officer of the Corporation.

 

3.       I hereby certify
that, in accordance with the Corporation’s Anti-Corruption Compliance Policy, all books, records, and accounts for which
I am responsible, or of which I am aware through my business activities on behalf of, accurately and fairly reflect all transactions
and dispositions of the Corporation’s assets.

 

[DIRECTOR OR EMPLOYEE]

 

	BY:	 	 
	 	 	 
	NAME:	 	 
	 	 	 
	TITLE:	 	 
	 	 	 
	DATE:	 	 

 

    	14

    	 

    

  

APPENDIX E

ANTI-CORRUPTION COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION

FOR THIRD PARTIES

 

1.       I, [NAME],
a duly authorized representative of [THIRD PARTY], do hereby certify for and on its behalf that I and, to my knowledge,
every director, employee, Third Party, and agent of [THIRD PARTY] has complied with [FILL IN CORPORATION ENTITY NAME]’s(“the
Corporation”) Anti-Corruption Compliance Policy and with any applicable anti-corruption laws, including but not limited to
Canada’s Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act and will continue to comply with them during the duration of [THIRD
PARTY]’s agreement with the Corporation.

 

2.       I hereby confirm
that should I learn of any past or anticipated failure to comply with the Global Anti-Corruption Policy or with any applicable
anti-corruption laws, including but not limited to the Canada’s Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act I will immediately
advise the CCARO or the Compliance Officer of the Corporation.

 

3.       I hereby certify
that, in accordance with the Corporation’s Anti-Corruption Compliance Policy, all books, records, and accounts for which
I or [THIRD PARTY] are responsible, or of which I am aware through my business activities on behalf of the Corporation,
accurately and fairly reflect all transactions and dispositions of the Corporation’s assets.

 

[THIRD PARTY]

 

	BY:	 	 
	 	 	 
	NAME:	 	 
	 	 	 
	TITLE:	 	 
	 	 	 
	DATE:	 	 

   

    	15

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00237-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00237-of-00352.parquet"}]]